AAA.
m&mfr :
k
.
*
...*2?. ?^/i'AV
-
'
AA
Vmmt
FROM -THE- LIBRARY- OFA. W.
Ryder
No. XVI.
THE VIKEAMOEVAS1YAM.
Price Us. 2.
'
cpartmettt of fublie Engtrtutton,
THE
VIKRAMORVASIYAM DRAMA
A
IN FIVE ACTS
KALIDASA If
EDITED WITH ENGLISH NOTES. BT
SHANKAR
P.
PANDIT,
Registered under Act
XXV.
M.A.,
0/1867.
GOVERNMENT CENTRAL BOOK-DEPOT. 1879.
(AH
rights reserved.)
Price Us. two.
PRINTED AT THE "INDU-PEAKASH
^rvrwv
"
PRESS-
CRITICAL NOTICE
IN preparing the present edition of the Vilcramorvas'iyam the following Mss. have been used.
This
Gf-
Though letters
or
is
written in Devanagari characters.
the date
not given,
is
and the nature and
two hundred and
goes
it is
an old Ms.
appears from the form
it
state of the
paper
to
Except the
first
the
of
be about two hundred
years old, possibly older.
fifty
very correct.
It is
So
far as it
ten or twelve pages,
does not appear to have been corrected by any one.
it
It contains
no chliaya or Sanskrit translation of the Prakrit passages, except of the portion which is contained in the first twelve pages, where one is
The
sometimes given in the margin.
The colophon
is 41.
II
signs of 7 and
t
^Tf
is
:
11 or 12 lines letters.
As
is
M R-UI precede
in
a
on each
at the
<
it
Almost
II
the Matrfis
over them as in
perfect state side,
all
or
the consonants which, those vowels
and
the text of this edition,
M3:
modern Mss.
of preservation.
It has
each line contains about
time I got this Ms. I thought
the oldest of the Mss> I had, I took
from
number of leaves
^F
follow, instead of being written
The whole Ms.
total
it
as
my
and with the
it,
as
it
21
was,
guide and copied
copy I
collated
2
(
the other Mss. in
The Ms. G. belongs
possession.
to
one
from whom it was procured for me by my Trimbak Gole of Khandesh, and has been Vinayak its owner through the latter gentleman.
Mr. Jos'i of friend Mr.
returned to
W.
my
)
Sattara,
a
is
modern Ms.
fine
It comes from Nasik, copied
The
Nirantara.
date
of
also
in
Devanagirt characters.
by and belonging
its
genesis
is
to
given
Govind in its
S'astri
colophon
which will follow presently. It contains no chhaya. The number of leaves is 23. The number of lines on each page is about 11, each line containing about 42
now and
notes
ginal
considerably used to
and the
then
Now
read from.
letters.
M.S.
There are mar-
appears to have been
and then quotations are the Saras -
given in the margin from the Sdhitya Durpana and
The whole Ms.
vatiJcanf.hdbharana.
follows
is
The colophon
very correctly written.
perfectly
legible
already referred to
and is
as
:
(sic)
This Ms.
J
N
r.ffcer
||
And
cribed below.
N. was copied
it is
a
is
doubtless
a copy
most faithful copy.
of N2 des-
It appears that
from NJ both were corrected
separately.
In many places the inaccuracies of NJ are faithfully reproduced iu N. K"2
is,
as said above, also
whose name
is
from Nasik, and belongs
Elcanatha S'astri.
about 48 letters.
ing each 13 or 14 lines, each line containing This Ms. It contains
is
very
closely
no chhaya,
written,
though
perfectly
legible.
but the Prakrit passages as well as the
Sanskrit ones are very correctly written.
The colophon runs thus
to a S'astri
It consists of 19 leaves hav-
:
-*RmR*
The date
ff^fff 3fHr^~
(|
is
not given.
The Ms. may
3
(
from
l)e
liarital'i
There
seventy-five years old.
fifty to
nal glosses as in N.
N-i is
)
On
have been very often
to
the first side of the first leaf of N. there
on each edge
given in four lines one
N.
of this as well as in that of
corrections in the body
very carefully written, and appears
read.
few margiThere are
fire
the margin.
or quotations in
the following
is
of the page:
55
3T?T
I
^T!^ ^?C
%fkwr*r
|
between N. and NJ value
is
HHtJWTC
*W:
that the former
is
Both
just the same.
3ST.
The only
[|
difference
older, otherwise their
is
and N.2 were procured for
by my friend Mr. Hari Bhagavant Keskar B.A. Nasik High School^ and have now been returned
late
me
Master, their re-
to
spective owners.
This belongs
A.
my own
to
Number
vamigari characters.
collection of Mss.
There are
the last one and a half are blank. side,
and about 55
The
modern Ms.
letters in
of the stanzas, all
each
The
It
is
line.
fifteen lines
in
De-
which on each
a fine, but rather
is
the whole Ms.
beautiful and
letters are
generally very correct.
and
of leaves 21, or 48 sides, of
is
names of the speakers, the figures
the stage-directions and
similar
words and
phrases not forming parts of the poet's composition, are painted
with the usual Prakrit
yellowish
passage has it.
liaritdla
and in
some places
and obviously has is
often been
not given, but
five year old.
||
||
it
\
11
?fr
:
11
to
^ H
been
have
read.
is
immediately
chhayft
even with
may
The beginning
the colophon runs thus
5m *m
Sanskrit
date
black ink,
when
certainly be fifty or
W. *m?W^
^rfoTrtf J^T rTTO?5TR
As
far as
I
fol.
corrected with
ordinary
The
sftTTOrc
Each
called Gent.
substance
The Ms. appears
lowing
copied
its
red
it
was
seventy^*T:
and
^RT% ^T?fr
remember the
cii>
4
(
A
cumstances under which to the Deccan, I
This
B.
came
having obtained
into
in
it
my
grantlii Ms. obtained
it
possesion,
Poona
belongs
in the year 1871.
Devanagari characters and
in
is
)
a
copy of a
late
Rao Saheb
is
from Mysore through the
Narayan Jagannath Vaidya, Director of Public Instruction, MyBoth the granthi Ms. and its Devanagari copy, which sore. latter
was made
for
are in
my use,
my possession. The age
of the
granthi Ms. is not ascertainable, but the same appears to be very old. I havenot used the granthi original but only the Devanagari
copy, which
is
to the
eacli
page,
The beginning
letters.
correct.
generally very
of 10 or 11 lines
is
It consists of
line
containing
22 leaves about 52
||
TO &c. &c. is II
:
sfr 3nf^rrejri
^
II
II
t.
"5.0
faroNsPRis* *wra
^
II
II
qfCWfflTJTiir^
||
w,
||
II
II
There
is
^fr^wffR
||
<%||
II
The colophon
w.
<%
no chhaya
J|
swirg
1
U<%
II
1
||
of the Prakrit
in the margin. speeches nor any glosses
This
P.
Krishna
is
a Devanagari Ms. from Poona, obtained through
S'astri Ktijvade, of the office of the
Public Instruction.
lator to the Director of
of which the last and
leaves
Government TransIt
There are eight lines on each side and about 49 line.
It is generally correct,
Kasik Mss. N.
Ly some The age
ISTs.
The
one, probably
of the Ms.
years old, possibly
is
first
much
chhuya given immediately
letters in
though not so correct as
A
each
or the
thirteen leaves have been corrected
by Mr. Kajvade, not
consists of 42
sides are not written upon.
first
given older. after
but
it
not
always correctly.
may be one hundred
Each Prakrit speech has it.
In
my
opinion
this
its
Ms.
*
3
(
was copied
)
Evidences
a Telega Ms.
from
found in many places.
of this are
for instance, the cipher
Thus,
indicate the doubling of a letter, generally a Praia-it parts, as ^5Jo'4
3^
for
v
consonant, in the
or 3W3T.
-'4
be
to
used to
is
This cipher
is
sometimes given as in ordinary Telegu Ms. over the letter preceding, instead of between the letter to be doubled and its preceding
There
letter.
thus
^TOtgoCT'^
:
tion of the (
^f
)
and
(
borne
in
special evidences.
the
8,
which
passage in
is
FT
which
how
mind
f
is
Again
are
similar
The beginning is w'^5TPT W. flJWTW ^ffSJTTCTf colophon
and the
M
often
when
each
to I
it
tTffiT
&o.
*
:
II
is
r
accounted for
other in Telegu.
which
in
characters,
easily
and PT
a mistranslitera-
only
Telegu
Thus,
speech runs
King's
can easily be confounded.
)
misrepresented by is
13, line
cPsqTvraroFr,
correct *T
some
are also
on the second side of leaf
II
^r H
||
^
||
These six Mss. agree with one another in one essential point, they all omit the Prakrit verses forming parts of the But besides the six I King's long soliloquy in the fourth Act.
viz. that
have also used two more Mss.
K.
Which
is
viz.,
a very excellent
characters, professing to have Kas'i, or Benares.
Ms, written in Devanagari been copied by one Chintamam in
It consists of
very closely written 12 leaves
having seventeen to twenty-one lines on 58
letters to the line.
There are corrections is
frequently used as in A.
very
correct.
The date
two hundred years
each side with about
The Prakrit Passages have no chhaya. made in the Ms. with Jtaritdla, and red geru is
old,
It
appears to have been used, and
not given but the Ms.
The beginning
is
may
is
be about
the usual
salu-
tation
to
ft^ifi^R
Gunapati ^ri?
wif
(sic)
6
^T*FT5TR
^*T:
$tt ^
*fft*R
II
^9
SPT ^
3^
II
I!
Ms. was
Tin's
3^.
*TST
(
)
The
I
is
coloplion
:
5
kindly lent to
me by my
friend Prof.
R. G. Bhandarkar of Bombay.
This
IJ.
varama
S'astri of
son
sion of his
Ulpad
Madha-
the late
to
in the Surat District
now
in the posses-
27
It consists of
Kyishnarama.
folios
very
The length of
and afterwards revised.
written
correctly
good Ms- belonging
a very
is
the
9J inches, and the breadth 4 inches, with about 14 lines The date given at the of about 38 letters in each to a page.
folios is
end
is
1732, but whether Sanivat or S'aka
is
But
uncertain.
it
might well be the former as the Ms. certainly looks two hundred years old. U- Agrees most with G. though the latter does not contain the Prakrit passages
in the King's soliloquy in the
fourth Act, agrees less with A. and least with N.Nj., as the differences go.
This Ms.
marked on the
first
26th April 1874,
A
owner.
It
calls the
been returned
has
page
copy of
it is
Both K. and U. contain the
owner with
now
I returned the in
Prakrit
my
King
the Mss.
letter
U.
and dated
Ms. to the
possession.
verses and
directions relating to the dancing postures in
the
the
I have also initialed
the day on which
faithful
so far
play a Trotaka throughout.
to its
which
i.e.
in the fourth Act, arid therein differ
the
the
stage-
soliloquy of
from the
rest of
Neither U- nor K. contains a chhaya of those Prakrit
verses.
Besides the eight Mss. described above I have also used two other Mss. one containing the
other
that
of
Kauganatha.
characters kindly obtained for
commentary of Katavema and the
The former
me by
is a
copy in Telegu
Dr. A. Burnell C.
S-,
Judge
of Tanjore, of a granthi Ms. existing in the Library of the Raja of Tanjore.
This Ms, does not contain
the whole of
the text
(
but omits nearly
nearly
all
and verse except such
it gives, however, with a Sanskrit chhaya, and explains
requires explanation
Prakrit speeches
tle
)
Sanskrit prose
all tlie
Katavema thinks
us all
7
;
the metrical Sanskrit portions which, though not quoted
by him continuously, can easily be restored from his comments. The Ms. is written on thirty-one leaves of modern foolscap paper with 23 lines line.
It is
to
probable
and about 22
each page the
original
of the
letters to the
from
granthi Ms.
which Mr. Burnell procured the copy must be a Devanagari Ms-, Thus at page though Katavema may have been a southerner. 23 the Ms. has 3K * That this
vema
calls
most
is
his
T*J in
Telegu
likely true is
commentary
for
letters
shown,
what ought
to
be
by the fact that Kdtathus TOJTrfsfn^f^RiT
first
^KfrTRu^
;
end of each Act; where Kdtayavema (not Kataa Dravidian name and K'imdragiri is the name of a sacred hill near Bellari in the Dravidian country, where many thousands of pilgrims flock annually even in these days, and Katayavema who calls himself a King might have been the king of that place, or so connected with a King thereof that he dedicated his commentary to him by calling it KumdragirirCijnja ; 2ndly from a casual remark at page f
JR and similarly
at the
vema, observe) looks like
;
13 where in explaining the passage raiR" RT
means
Tr*T *
sirSJil'Tr 1
yes,
BTFff
or
cfrTiffff
1
is
^T^U^TT^ff 3^_
3TWWT1^,
'
the word
^R^ being the regular and ordinary word for The colophon containing a mutilated
yes in Tamil to this day.
S'loka at the end
^m
&c. the commentator observes
as follows
:
ST^T
3
(
'3
T being
tlie
j
a
)
mistransliteration
for 7, those
letters
each other in the Devanagari alphabet. At being very page 48, part of the King's speech runs in Telegu character similar to
thus is
TO?
:
ffWf?crtf?5R
by
second
the
JT'T'T
written
This ?$re5r: old Devana-
At page 50 the word 1*R
characters.
gari
TOTS!:. tRfpnir: in
ffWfrfrSJfarKiT
a mistransliteration for 7^5T:
in
*J
is
misrepresented
having been mistaken by the
JFT-f
and wrongly represented through the latter letter in Telegu characters, which would not have been the case of the Ms. in question had been written if the original scribe for
in
*T
;
resemble each
traceable to
T do
not
At page 54: the Ms. reads in Telegu where the $1 and *T are clearly
other.
^TOflrtnWWW
3f^TTv &c., mistake
a
where the
characters,
where T and
Southern characters
any of the
of
ff
letters
T
and
and
founded with each other, whereas they are not so similar that the other.
See also page 56
fr*4hnr)
which
mistake
Devanagar-
being similar are often cont the Draviilian alphabets
in
one
may
where R'^R^ is
a Ms. in
in
Sf
*T
is
only possible
the Ms. comes from a Devanagari original.
be mistaken
for the
read for PT^R^
on
the theory
(or
that
These and a variety
of other circumstances leave no reasonable ground for doubt that the original
of
the
Ms. was
was kindly Northern
lent
from a widow
of Eanganatha.
me by Dr. G. Biihler, who had himself
Division,
at Benares.
a Devanagari Ms.
from
copied
The Telegu Ms. is in my possession. The other commentary used is that
This Ms.
Educational Inspector, obtained
It is u carefully
a
loan of
it
written Ms. which
text of the play as well as copious comments the commentator. But the explanations are often very by doubtful and in many places palpably wrong. Altogether the
contains the full
commentary is a very Katavema.
indifferent
to that of
It has
I believe has restored
it
the
to its
Government of Bombay.
one, and considerably inferior
been returned owner,
after
Dr. Biihler,
who
taking a copy
for
to
*
9
(
Various readings from both
by me, which
but I
not
so
)
commentators have been given systematically (is from those eight Mss.
have carefully
tlie
and
collated
which form the basis of
this Edition.
One remarkable the main text the
feature of
this Edition is that
the recitation &c. thereof
soliloquy in the fourth Act of the play
presented
to
it
omits from
and the directions relating to generally found in the King's long
Prakrit verses
the
have
I
public.
as
it
has been hitherto
given the
fourth Act with
the Prakrit verse passages in an Appendix,* in which the passages
and directions parts
main
from the
My
easily distinguishable.
out of
the
text
of
the
eight collated, and
verses,
dancing postures and
them.
He comments
have
I
lie
known
the
Prakrifc
from one of the two of these Prakrifc
stage-directions referring to
were
Act without the slightest
there.
give a full
to
whether these
Prakrit sentences therefore he had
the
on the fourth
passages
stated above,
may be
derived from sixf of the very
is
commentators, Katavema, who knows nothing
indication that the
Edition
authority for omitting the
fourth Act
passages from the best Mss.
included in brackets, so that the
in question are
excluded
It is his
occur in prose or
Prakrit
custom, as
Sanskrit version of verse.
if
not
authority of
them intended
further explanations
occasionally
objection to these
passages
Mss., that to
is,
If
verses of the fourth Act,
would certainly have given a chhaya or Sanskrit version
them
all
besides.
of
One
independently of the external Prakrit and are most of
they are in
be chanted or recited by the King, who, as an
*
The paging of the Appendix corresponds with that of the fourth in the body of the play, so that the matter on any given page in the Appendix is the same as that on the corresponding page of the fourth Act
Act plus the Prakrit verse or
verses.
f These are G. N. Ng. A. B. P. The Mss. that give the passages are K, and U. about which see above.
10
(
)
tittamapdtra, always speaks Sanskrit in the rest of the piny. Another objection appears to be that wherever they are in-
tended
be chanted
to
or
tautological,
picious circumstance
stanza 8
krit of stanza 7
(page 117 A)
is
(page 107A.) \
they are mostly
King
stanza 44
49
a very sus-
Thus
ex-
for
repetition in Pra-
merely a
a Prakrit repetition of stanza 45
is
is
im-
versos
is
their genuineness.
against
stanza
the
substance of Sanskrit
following them, which
preceding or
mediately
ample,
spoken by
containing the
more
a
;
tautology of the Sanskrit
stanzas 48 and 50 (page USA.), and so
forth. *
A
third objection seems to lie in the fact
that a great man}'
of the Prakrit verses though claiming to be parts are full of -descriptions
soliloquy
of the King's
and vague allusions
and
re-
ferences in the third person to some one iu his situation rather
than to him distinctly. regards some others
For example, see stanzas
again,
it is
28,
02.
AS
clear that they are not to be re-
yet it is not plain whose parts they peated by are stanzas 1 and 5. such of form. Examples the King, and
A
fourth
passages
is
respective
and
perhaps the
that not places,
strongest objection
against the
them required in their only but several of them appear to interrupt are
none of
the free and natural flow of the sentiments as expressed in Sanskrit passages;
they not
to
occur
i.
e.
not only would they not be missed were
where they are found,
gives a better continued sense from the
when
the case
When
I
the latter
was
in
to see the family
is
play,
but
their
Sanskrit than
so often interrupted
Library of Rao
which, I
was
absence is
now
by them.
Madras in the hot season of 1874
present Derail of Imlore, and on of the
the
I
had occasion
Bahadur Raghunath Rao, the examining a
Devanagart Ms.
informed, had been taken
part of the country by the ancestors of
the
family
to (hat
when they
11
(
in
ignited from the
Doccan
)
two hundred
about
Act did
ago, I found Hint the fourth
and
not contain
years
fifty
the
Train-it
under reference. passages and the stage-directions the above
I have thought, I hope not incorrectly, that
and considerations passages from
of
the
of
text,
my
Edition.
Though
I
am
pronounce decidedly on the may perhaps be allowed to risk a passages, may be that the passages were intended to be
not at present in merits
account for expunging the
are sufficient to
the main
facts
a position
to
I
guess that it chanted by some one behind the scene, and as such anonymous passages without any indications
that they are
known
occur
bo repeated
to
the
plays,
our
may or may not have originally belonged even though they bo a production of the author.
to the
play
behind the scene are not
to
in
passages
The
prints,
available
and
reprints,
have
doubtless
own ways
and
in their
ing
to their notice
of
my
though
I
do so
admirers of
but
with
it
is
great
predecessors in the field, that
demanded further
that
good service
in
research
no
by
Kalidasa,
presumption,
deference
days bring-
further
a great
learning
collation
many
of
them
and
elucidation
of Mas-
the translations, and annotations that have hitherto
Europe and Calcutta,
I believe,
the
to
most of them contain texts
and
improvement based on more careful in
present
their
and within their reach one of the best com-
positions of that author; to say,
done
to the
at
Editions of this play
As
for
been given
may very
well
* One year after the text of the present Edition had been printed Dr. Richard Pischel published in the Monthly Journal of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Berlin (N"o. for October 1875) a recension of the Vikramorvas'i according to Dravidian Mss. And though his sources are of course different from mine he too has had, on the authority of his Mss to omit the Prakrit passage* in the soliloquy of the King -in the ,
fourth Act.
This affords independent confirmation, of the correctness which I have omitted them in the text of the Edition.
of the principle on
(
be pardoned,
first
on
foreigners and that too
the
many
Those that have had
ground
and reprints, and have
felt
will
commentaries, is
able to render
its
claims
that
they were given
by
years ago, and secondly on the prin-
to read the
better
garding
)
bad readings generally lead
ciple that
attempt
12
to
worse interpretations.
play in the existing
editions
the necessity of better editions easily find
them.
or its merits,
what help the
I therefore
say
present
nothing
but leave the work
and
to
re-
speak
though I am fully conscious that the discovery of more ancient and better, because more reliable, Mss. will make
for
itself,
further purification of the text possible.
S.
P. P.
:
S5-
|
i
10
6.
P. om. stage-direction
&C.-B. adds
'^rtiT
after
K.P.G. om.
10.
7.
K.
8.
For WT &FW^ K. G. ^TW
?fff:
nfq-srfrir
9.
G-.K.
r.-U.
N.B.P.
Trr^r^^: for &o.;
f ^; P. om.
?W',
for
cfffrf.
3T
;
N.K.
for
A.N.NS.P.
iTfT.
omit
^^
om. g.-G.
^r;, B. 50:
A.
11.
A.Tftj N.Na. B.U.
f
MF4n
f
K.
fit; for
,
and
SKW
G.U.K. have Tc^f; U.P. om.
2.
marginal gloss: TMT ^: B.
w7: after
G.K. ^^r, for N.U. om. J5r
3.
5.
B.
8 ToST
p.
.
&o. G.
before 4fc
K. have3?srr gftrTW^ ^Tf^^; B. ins.
^
JT
&c.;
&c
qft-
after
v^f
U. "?-
BW^T^Trlt fW 3T 8?^^?^ ^T (sic.) it atf^J for the whole speech. P. om. the whole of the Nepathya 5fT
speech, proceeding at once to the next, rf ^TT &c -G.
7.
.;
as
WW Tft-
also after 5R*T; U. ^TfT^
K. v
^^^fffr.-N. A.U-K. K. 8TW?T. G. K. ^^5, for OT
U. adds
arr^rtr
B. has both j
^rTT;
before V?;
rf
5'
^T aud
:
-x\ omits 4
:
N2.
Na,
^.-G. has
a
&C.-N. N2.
have
er
and A. Rfff. after the same word; N. adds *?fr fr. 8.
Bet ween inserts,
^^
^
like
an U.,
&c. G. omits
G. has
9 ?f."
before
-*
i
2.
N.N2. arj^pr, P.
A.N.Na.
for 10.
^CT
P.
K.G.
;
N.Na. insert
4.
G.K.
5.
B. om. FT^rr^: G.
for
r.
U.
A.
after
rf^r:
7.
8.
P.A.N.N2.
B.
^e^:
11.
*Frh;
G.N.N2. do not repeat 3T.-A.U.have
K. om.
G.
c
^RH^ J^r,
and P.
B. u.
G.
for
for
K.
sfr
&o. K.
N2.
-K.
for
;
P. 12.
G.K, omit
FT?foR.-A.
N.
for qf.
snror fafrr
fterafi
%T?Ri
1.
P.
3. P.
for^iTT-G. K.
:
ins. THsTT
|
^mT^
after JTfm^fr.-N. Na. ^?r^
for 4. P.
after ?tff
5fF,
6.
1
insert
and read
and omit
N-2.
U. f^STPir, for N. Na. ^f^rf%ffr, K. P.B. for
^T^
^r.-GL K. ;
after
for
U. trrl-^^
G.U. om.
7.
P.B.
^^;
sf
3F^rt.-N. N2. Tlf^T; P.K. irfTTf; K.
and ;
omit
8.
G. ?W ^fiT
,
omitting A. ,
Tfl";
K.
3T^T^t-
before
K. G-
G.
K. 5^TT-A. B.
JTff*r-N.N-2. insert
^rJT
;
K.
;
Tf^; K. for
5.
U.
,
qK.
read the
B.
*T-
,
U.
^"T?
Tfl^f.
for 3TrT.-N.N-2. insert
after
^fT-N.Na.
f^ff
(?))TrH K. om. f*JT.-G.P. omit ?R-P. ^TCT^; for \W:.
:
I
'
luffs
\k
|
rfm
ft"
10
N ^Nfr,
1.
N.
2.
B.U. have
2
.
U.
f^T^,
.Na. prefixes
3.
^
Tr
C f:,
e^:,
N.N2. <J^lft*TO; T.
6,
7.
K. om. 5R.-a.gr1fBf^ for
8.
G. ^7*R.-K.G.U. omit the
second SPf and K.P.G. have
G.
jf
5.
]
N.N2. omitll.-B.
before the
G.K. JTfl^r U.A. arefiR.
P. B.
4.
9.
P.
A.N.Na.U.
K.B.G.
ff,
B.
10.
for
first
^fj.
%frr; G.
arr^TO^; K. a?WK^.-
N. ,
om.
C5TFfrJr.-N.N2.
for
K.U.
B. ora.
N.N2.
and A.N.N*.
^HT
for
I-
VW
*Nfr.
B.U.
K.
Wilt;
c
N2. ST^mt, for ff JSTrirff .-U. B. ins. ^?T before
to
U.
for
and A.N.
for
K,U,
W
F? ;
^T^r ff .
m^f for
and P.
^1
*
5
*wr
t
\
1.
N.N-2.
2.
N.
r^f:[B.
lias
in the
:]
;
P.
margin
against 7. 3.
U.
*
U. tf^:
assigns the speech P. ins. f5Jf before
&0.-N.N2. B.
corrects irr^ 4.
5.
^
^sfT^r
into
T^
G.K. om.
T.
;
ins.
T*
om.
fr
off;
U.
ff^r^w^
atff
TST
"TW 67 p.
foir
after f55T.-N.N2.
%^^
?5fl T'^T
K.
K.U.
read f 5Jf iff ^nTW SffrTT\t
We with Kataveraa-
N.N2. omit
U. ^iPlRS^e; K.
K.
u?r-
om. ^r.-A.^Sr^ff, N.N2. B. sgyife;, K.G. ,
after
^,
for
^r^Tef
to *Tff
|
^TT
*tmi
JT^SIf.
P.
and reads
8.
A.N.N2.
insert
S5tf
JTf.-A.N.N2. omit
tffr-A.U.
insert
before
I-G. K. "t
before
6TfK3T7; U. 6.
A.N.N2. entirely omit the stage-direction 5rTr^T'4f^ &c.
-B.U. ?N:
r;
P.
B.
:
I
wrriw x
1.
B.P.
om.
for
G.K.
;
^r .;
and has
A.
read
.N2.
.
8Tiraf.-A.N.N2. Prft^r?
[A. pwfcrrgt] JTprfl^^rrff
U.
B. OTgTf Rr
-B.P.
tf
fT^Trff
for
fqRR-, P.
A.N.N2. ins
flr
before fl^ff-
??;
RSff
A.N.N2.
simply ?f
K. ^HTT
f1"5T?fr
ffj;
^T-
for
fr^
p.
%
^c frj. G. does not make
5.
A. Pr*n%
6.
B.
?f
P. Cf-
ff
speech of 1 5fl
.
TO. K.
,
K. ?. K. R^^c^r?, P. G.K.
U.
B. reads
BT ffsfjr" frj;
3.
after
for ^Tf-B. om. ^; P.
N.N2. om. flj;
v&
N.N-2.
B.
2.
rj.
&c.up to 4. P. ins.
fi.
after
and
for
after *tft?i
G.
p.
add^
a separate to fW^rcflfr. B.
P. om.
N2
.
^CHsfr
^ *T>FT
after ^T:;
A.N. fjf:; KJJ.P. RrT-
after
flrarcrfr
I
ITS'-
|
TOT
10
reads ^TUTf -N.Na.
U. fi^fr.
.
-a
.
K.
;
A N.Ns. repeat B.
^WW?, and do not
it.
3.
B. om.
P.B.U. vft before
9.
K.
om. ^r^Tflff; P.
G.K.
5^W
3W&
=T
We
read
N.Na. B.P.U.
We with
A. adds ^TOff ^Tl"
10.
K.
reads
the
following
after palpable interpolation
A.N.Na.B.P.U. before
[?.
the second pada with A.G.
for the fourth pada.
6.
W
J^II^TO f^T^I
om. 5.
P.
ff^f-
^T. U. adds
8.
P.
^rrwff
3ft.
after Tfl^STRT.-B.
w;
;
WT for
U.
^ and
^fff?f-A.
ins. tfft after 2.
om.
P. om.
tflRff J RaT^ffr
&c. and omits
t; N.Ns. also om.
T^t.
*Tif-
U.
i
I
w
ann^r *9
ft
^nsft
|
i
n .
e
n
l
I
?fr:
||
G. and U. read
it also,
but after the stage-direction arf^T JT^rfl^lt.
spurious
is
its
That
is
by more than a
proved
little
it
first
being paraphrase of St. 6, and then by its being omitted by five of our
Mss, A.N.Ns.B.P., and also by the commentator
B. JIwrvSR, A. N.Ni. fiN^hifafhwft. K.U. om. stage-direction.
2.
P.A.B. *fr
3.
?fa
om.,
W*7R
and N.Na.
for,
-U.
before
5.
For
6.
AB.P. apwjrfor^
Tf%:
G. has
W-A.
5*tf for
B.
.-?.
G.
N-;.
.f^r before
1.
A.
B.
,
Wfe-B. qK^T.-U. (wrongly) reads ^Tr^^R^ft^r JT^f^l^
G. ,
tfl.-A. K.
^W*i,
u.
i*r*Hr
N.
K.
K. ins. *\* before -B.P. TWCr, K. fW for if *T.-A .N.N om. and read Jfrwfa; U.
^rr"r.
B, Tilnrrc, P.
P. om. ml. B. A. frav*r. G.
8.
K.
^
frj^TRqrf-w &c. K. !TT^. G.K.U. ?r^f after fffSf and A.
"W
ins.
"
N.Na. read f^rar .
before
m^-
B. ins. ? before tfafl
P. ins.
^ before
I'flar.
.
wfgr
10
H
I
:
for
A.N.N2. 55
1.
5-8. B. f^o 5To
I
|
*-
|
f^r r%
fllWf J^f
ar
&c.
f
|
K. &c. K.
^f 5
|
with G., except that .
r
sfnspfr
U. ?5?f
I
^s
^
om.
I
11.
^^IW
f 5f and
w|^ir w ^f^l (stc.)
&c.
6-8.
[which
^ej| rofr
peats q^a" in
1
1
lates ara
u.
j
P. fao
r^o
^flspff.
trans-
it
^f o j
I
|
^^f. 5 ^f
Cr
A. r>e
I
1.
9.
7,
r^rc
and
flft
A.N.Na. -N.N-2.
in
1.
*f after
U.
T? in
6,
GfT^j
in
8.
g-^^f.
ifor.
^TrwJT?r, P.
^^ irfr.-A.U. ^^ N.N.
1.
7f. P.B.
%^T.-U. WNr, B.P.
^rT,
it re-
5 arid has ffr-
K.
jH, G.
1.
RWHf before
and
V*.
n flwifa
I ? ilr
HTI?T
I
i
U.P. ^g--^r?'fr.-G.
another
lias
3.
e^iT. A.B. om.
A. ^ Tr^.
reads
ITSTlf^.-A^at
G. om,
U. R7 ^f -
the
ft,
ins.
after ff.
f?
fr^f^ff 3-TT^.
B.
//er before T^f .
?at.
g?rcr. P. 5?
G.N.N2. om.
For
T^rofrcTr
qw'rr
ofr
1
^
J
*T-
^M"
u.
G.
5.
A.N.Na.
om.
I
K.
for
^R".
G.A.K.
6.
K. B. om.
^r fwr^Tr
P.
G.K.
8.
for
r *r.
G.Na. sTTK^^r.-A.B. om. .
4.
rt.-
after
&c. N. reads:
-
^r ]l
fr
rrar^fr ^rrfer
^T^fr^trR-
B.
},
re-
ff
A.U. N^^fr. K. om. ^fr.Na. om. the staedirection fMf^.-K. 2.
bef. .
After frWr G.K.N.N2.
1.
A.N.N2.U.P. 6ff
which G. reads gf K. peats jrj wnft; A.N. B.u. [ TJ. fl ] g
before
for
9.
& for ^.-
5TT
*ffi.
G.K. ,
and ,
for the
2nd puda.
10
TOtTO^C
Pt
8
I
1.
U.
into
fe^rr
^
^^m^r
^5TV corrected
*75:. G-.
I
5.
|2^. N.Na. ^J
STO
I
PRTC^T N.Na .B. f 55f
Rr.
*. K.
K.
.
*\t
A. ^rrtflr for wi^if u. .
^r?f.
p.
.K. om. 2.
JRfHt.
A.P.
JRT8%. 3.
G.
-G.
B. assigns the speech to
om
6.
VT^;
ftfr Jfl
;
tw, P. r,
tfT;
?!
K.
r r
G.
TJ.
T
Tf
7.
om.
Q?T ^'4 **TFTO.
N.Ns.
^mrw:.
O.K. CTwRf for^r FrM. 10. B. arcrcs: for ^T:-A. B. P. fWT,K. RTSf^or. N.N2.K9.
rlaTr^sr^ffaTTT
T ^T-
^^r, B. art
A.N.N2.TJ.
read
ffifir
f^Ff j^f T^ff Tf ^; P.
^f^I^JT.
R" for "Iff
K.
B.
fN
U.
K. om.
*T-
B.
?fw:;
4.
U.
f arr
^:-
^Rm.
read the JIfrOTf after
r
11.
P.U.
G.K.
;
TT
T
P.
B.
1.
j
for ^f o
B.
t.,
i
G. .
P.N.N 2
r
TffOT,
B. ^fea?
sides .
U.
2.
.
*ra*T, for
after
Wt -a.
flt.
W-
r
K. ^^gsrr?, a. N2. ^PT^^Tfl:, and U.
R and be-
for
P.N.
this speech to B3t: "*B.
K.
?F7^nf.
N.N-2.
A. 3|ff qRyT?fr. G. wj.
B.
^rw
A.N2.
4.
7T. P.K. om. 7T. A.
^.
U.
g ri
for
^T*t
*"c?5^
:
P.B. arrr%.-G-.
wlfr
5T5T:.
Cr. P.B.
for 7.
3.
A,
K.
P.
^T
before
K.G.
g. P. j-G-.K. ^Tf^[ for B. om.
.
N.N'a. ^KRT:"for
5.
qwrer^r.-"B.
fqilff,
G.K. om,
assign
J
*fflR
I
ff
t^nnr
: I
fam
10
w^^r^rrf
N.N.
1.
direction
in.
IT.
7.
B.
u^q
G.K.
2.
for
U.
.
1
P.
1
N2. usrrws^
whole
f^ror:, which it im-
serts: ^T^fr .
Winwpr: [P.N. ] ftwr for the '
stage-direction.
K^T.-B.
8. P.
U.
G.K.
5.
N.N2.
r-tf,
W
KT for
0|
K.G. om. ^f beK.
T^TU ^T^fwr:. U.
U.P.
^-B
before
B.ins. :,
B.
'TPTT^r:.
We omit
A. P. and
&0.-GK :
6.
?ffT:.
for
G.
N2. read ^^5^(ff4 after
m
n-
A.N.N2.U. Vl&vf
om.
for
and om. for
^rt( ^TT? )-
I
fore *T-^r.
9.
4.
tflHr -a.
fTW,N.N2.f^, K. P. Jpranr. K. after
plies suddenness. 3. A.N.N-2.P.
I
for
JTsT
after
better as
is
sr^frlr
10.
read
with A.N.IST2.P.U.
tf*rr
:
i
10 :
I
1
B.P.
:
G.B.K.
rw U.
)
nq^:
nw:
2.
G. A.
fl".
for 11.
G. om. the
12. P. flfh for
wrrw, G.K.u.
B.P.
(!) for
m^.
13.
TST:.
THr:.
G. om. the stage-direction
5f^fl^^.-A.N.N2. ^ for ft, K.U. has [f for fT, B.P-om. fT.
G.
*?wriHrtT.
first C=f:.
7.
9. P.
K.
before Wf:.
T
6.
U. Jfrsw
fW ^r^.-B. reads the WT
w ^jsr.
5. B.N.ls 2.
10.
for
^f:-U. ^TRK^
W
nor U. has neither S.-K. 5T^JT for Sr^^^.
for
(read before for w?rr. p. om.
?T?rr
rii
5THT
w?rr.-K. om. 1.
5?r
om. OT.-GKK.
ft
for
T-
H. G.
inserts
fw
before
nn
ftf*
i
rfhirftft
i
ftsrrerfir I
5t; G.A.N.N2. P. om.
W
for
^Tr.
P.
1-3. G.K.
om.
give the speech thus: ?^
?If.
.
f..p. after
U.
ns. I
U.
"ir.
P. .
.
TT|] K. *
B.
.
r.
P.
G.K.
[K.
.
A.
It is evident this pas-
a little corrupted, and sage tSfar^ seems to have that is
go on:
after
rrf.
G.K.
K.P. om. 4.
U.
Fir
^r^K
after 3fj.
before
got into the text from
the
margin, being explanatory of *a?TOr. We with Kata-
vema. 7.
A. TK^J.-U.B.P. %ff, G.
WewithA.N.^.K.
10
1.
^nrw
K.U.
WNa
'BRT5R.Q. f%? ^5 corrected from ?Tt g; K. f?I [for
&|
? ].
fore
A-H-jTi. ins.
?5Jf
be-
K? -G. wr^r,
N.N2. JwTFr?r, u. 5^IP.-G. om. H before ^f?. -N.N2. om.^T. qr^rr?.
B.N.isra.
p.
gether omits. G.
before
3.
lRr
-After
read as follows
:
af
N.N2
SH
bef.
U.
wf gwt
for
^rf
nrf
T^
&c. P.
^r
1
G. omits
*T5J
5.
A.N.N2.P. om.
8.
J WTfi^^
fff ifrcw
?R
W,
r
U.P. ^ff^ 1!
9. ff
G
.
qf rtlr
2.A.U.
i?&f.
inserted before JW< iffj F7.-G.K. om. 7T. B. f for ?t
qfrw.
q|tin?
B. ins.
K.
4.
U.
K
O.K. om. ^J.
B.
T3T
for
and B.
10.
G. K. om.
for tfj rf^^
11.
For
which N.
alto-
nr:
f?.
G. has
.
B.
5 ^^
Ws
IRT
1.
G.
3.
B.
-G.K. om.r^^*T
P.
.
4.
G.B.A.
.
KFflf.
7.
B.A.N.
5.
r,
.
and P. 2
Tpr for
.
after
insert
A. *Hflwrwv ,
G.
RIJFFIT.
goes on
N.N
W
12.
G.
:
?rvr ff
R:fTFJTr:.
J
after
Let
rfiT
it
be ob-
G. and U. always read R:*ff*f and never R*JFr. throughserved once for
K. after :
P. adds
5^f.-B.P. ora.
u.^rarr
and B. fidRUFft, for 6.
R-
rowir.
TO.-U.B. 5*nl5re V:, K. J l??5T:, P.
ora.
a^TMr.
after
^
G.K.9hwr^Fjt:
^
A.N.N2.
B. faror:
out the play.
all that
fr HI:
^3^
frfi G.
2.
and inserts
fSrustTCofa
PTR^
f* before
A.
.
ff If
ifi
,
N.N2. thus:
W
^f^Tr
the margin] [N. ^f^Tr] r
lias in
.
U.
If ff
P.
[which after
B.
*ff
Tf?grr,
read for 3T-
K. s-gfr.-N.
for 5TT.
r> r?
U.A.P.
mfT, N.Ns.
K.
,
ff
not
does
*ff:
5.
K.
it
HRirenfr ^fr?. .
Sff^.
B.
r.
and
Na. fr
f5T?.
N.
&c.
two
N.Na.
,
N.N2. ?Tf for
R^cTWW-
ff ff iff
T?[tUe last
words N.
A. Tfr7
-U.B.N. Na. 4.
ef!f*T
i
^r ,
U.
fr ?r irt
N.Na.
ff 8T
&c. P.
^PnftB^nftrt, B.
r?
^r[om. K.]
between TK^WT and
c.
3.
G. om. ,
^r
j
r.
K-
,
I reject
some of our
B.
U
for
P.
the stage-direction ^qfrST
best Mss. omit
it,
and because,
^ ^frTJ^[ J^ if it is
fT'^f^
genuine,
why
because does not
the ludicrous posture attract Nipunika's or the King's attention
they see him soon after
?
when
^:
N.NS.B.
1.
for
itftfiff^r
jrr^^r..p.K. *rr^fff
p. f it-
.
A. ^r^rergj B.N.N2. ?rWffKW B. P. WWT; ;
r.
.
irw
?cr5rjRrir.-A.N.Na.
f^.
U.N.K.
2.
U.
srfr^rlr.
K.A.N.N2.
f
5
srrrrfe;
ins.
rTrfr.
U.P.A.
for
f4rffr
6.
3-^3-^f
for
.
f-
A.N.N2.
fir.
U.A.B.
W
and N.Ns.
ff
before ^ff wliich they read for ^?. ^f.
K.N.Na.B.
sn^i*?;
instead of OT. G.U.
T
^r; K.
WrRPTfire before W^T^.-P.
K.
P. srrrw; U. grrr? .-G. om. ^. A.N.N2.P. om.^Tf. P. ins.
for
U. om. f^.
Q.ur>r-
,
rol-B.
K.
A. om.
rff. .
P.
also inn.
A.N.Na.
ins. ST
before.
A.
ar-
*^T
K.
U.
?f?r.
.P. ins. ff^T after
N.N2
3.
.
rffrT|fT.
O.
-G. f^; P. 6m;
U.
fir
P. adds
;
P.K.
U.P.B.A.N.N2. For rff%. G. has
om. after
A.N.N2.
6.
P.
.for f^aj.-
^Tf.
JJWbef.faT
K.G.P. om. 3W.
G.
.
U.
W T
*^T.-U. bas fat
after
after
the
i
3Tisr OT
rnt
.
TOOT
i
f&reflrc
i
i
n4"
|
after rt. A.
U.B.P. fa$?>Gr. inserts ^f before sri^.B^ deest from
K.
up to 3WHR.-A.N. N2. 8T^RnW f.-A-N. in-
G. qre^r
1.
.-N. om.
5fTT
5.
N.U. Rlt.
P.
om.
fffi.
rtq-.-Gr.
tfiJjfr;
K.U.
P. ^T^iTR^^ff which ft a?;
*T3TT;
G.N.
-P.
i^rrf;
it
for ;
reads
";
P.
HrTO; K.
B.P. ^o^T for srwf.
4.
Jftlnr.
K.U.B.
.
B,P. fffff.-A.N.Nz.ins.
7.
^Ta>
PTl'flr?;
FT^ ?;
B. .
To*f.
K.
K.P. 34
om. 7 5T.
3"
Wf^ K.
G.U. rT
G. ^f^.
6.
U. faf C.
A.N. t for
for
B. R53T.-A.N.
U. om.
3.
)
for WF3-3T; N.
A. 3'fr%f; P. N. 3 alr^ *FTO^fr. A.
W
A.
before
= g^t
;
after
4
_*ff?
WCRTOJ K.
A.N.N2.
G. (
J^
.
G.
after 7T.-U.P.A.N'.
serts
2.
^
for
ft?
Tnlr
^
i
1.
K.
2-3.
deest
A.
1ST.
1-3.
11.
f
.
P.
?T? ,
3T
T^T. K.
and has ins. afl^
lC .-A.
[*-.
?5ff for
^[fiT^fr.-A.N.
r
before
T15T
B. om.
4.
before
*wr
and U. ^
P.
^r
C
J.
for ff.-A.
N.U.B.P. read PT3t^nr beforef4r."U. reads
.
before
A.N.U. om.
fi^rfrrf T.
tlie
speech
thus:
fr].
A. Hf for HC. B.Cff
H'^fff 7r J? aror. i?r
5.
1fK7 ^fff [apparently miswritten for T *^ff
;
P.K. A.B.
B.P.U. om. ,
.
N.U.
ins.
r?.
T
A.
G.K.
haveisTf-
P.B.U.
iris.
ffiW bef.
r.-P. B.
-rR
after after
T.
jf^T
A.N.N2.
P.
G. ins. ^^rrff before
.
K. U.
^f.
ff.-A. ins.
TOT
U.
6.
For
*Tf5J(f?r
P.
G. reads *TW-
om. f ?r. N.NS. %*
AJff for
,
P, om.
i
*rrr
Pr-
-i*
r
i
1.
ffWpnr-G.
P.B.
T^.-P. om.
for
B.A.U.
^T 2.
T
fff
before
itf
frff.-P.
T-^.-P.
adds
f^T;
^rf^F^^j
!
^dl^; *TTOfa; P.
4.
tJ.B.
gff,
N.N2.
[
K.
TR[ K.
If ]!?
^^
for f%
W
om.
^SU [G.
5.
w^w.
U.
A.
B. fct
^ ^K.
f'Ft
before
f%f
&c. U.
r*.
57
sfft'T
^W.
for RTt
^^"T
for
N.N2. rafr
for ^^f^R'.-B.
.
R
Tf
-
e.
G.K.
?rr
srw
iwr
H^
irifr
U. faz
P.
A.B,
i?7.
W? i??
adds Iff after 3"*ff6R, and Jus.
G.P.
?.
G. ^f^R'T for
rf^r^r
rrJTFrT^r
P.
fl^lK;
N.Na. THI^1ft5lr, and B. for r^ffT .-^. , ;
K.G.
^RK.-P.B.
G.
N.N2. om.
3-wrftafr.
K. ^frir
?); A. ;
K.
G. P.
B.
G.E. om.
;
3.
rrr
f*r-
for r*.
U. CrffPT^rT^^Q
B.
.
after tnr>T^f.-A.N.N2.
insert
3$
*W
fr^fr^r.-p.
^.-B. fRiT^ bef. ^7 T^W for After ^TOT% U. ins. Ro for
?t for
^t. B. om. *T?.-K.N.N2
**-
OT-
?? ir-
10
FTC.
i
viri
sc^nfrfir
I
i
3.
Inr for
I^W.-A. r
wrongly 1-2.K.
.
u.
Tr?rrfR,
r^r.
U.
G. T*ft
5.
ora. ^T^vsf
3f^ i5T^5
wlr. P.B.U.
A.N.N2.
A.
FT R:^r^r.
for
N.N2.U.
B.
N.Nsj.
7.
and P. 8IRW, for
after
^
-"P. fflfSJW -P.
WPT?frfl[
^
for
for *:.
A.N.N2.U.K.
8.
with G.P. for 5T5 f,
9.
^T.-G. K.
.
q;
N.
Tvsr3^ for
which A. puts before R^M -A. f^J^S, B. r?
A. 3WW.-N.
B.N.N2.P-
.
N.N2. ? .-a.
rf?f
for
*tff.
10-1 1. *tf Z^tt ora.
by G.-A. V
and G. ^i^T, for 7GT.-G om. sftfr. N.U. 3-r^^r. K.B ^,
:
I
u
T.
^
H
i
I
i
T f.
f;
-A.K.N.N2. U. reads the TT^T after N. Tff. A. TWT^ff, B. TWTK^^T; P. ;
ins. 1.
^Tf
a
6.
A.
ins. arrrrKJTR!>J,
U.P. T^r, before
and B. N.
^.
7.
U.
fi?.
.
N.
before
K.
:^T^ before
before *wr
G.K.
the speech thus:
om. WTiffi'T
G.
ins. Jfl^nr,
* , .
B.
and U. fTOFPTR. P.reads
P.
We
.
with K.A.N.
qrir
N2.-B.P. 8. A.N.N2. r
*T for 5T?.-B.
.K,
B. C
%
and and N.N2. ft before ^fr which A.B.
.
Twr?r.
JT
*[ after
before
1*1*31,
they read for 2pr.-P.A. ,
for 3 j-
I
i
f.
u
ararjpU
ITT fr*rfcr?r
or^fk
I
^
i
'
R|i
f?.-U. for ^T^'^r &c. thus ST^Tff
:
U.P. om.
2.
A.N.N2.
.
P.
^T
before
ins.
^ after ins.
^.-B.P. PRrft^r, U. mfo?r, G. i^sir^Tr, A. f&r^sr.-B.P. fsrfr, G.U. f?r,
bef.
and P.
p. om. the speech. 7-8.G.K.B. inse 6.
T^.B.
K. om.
5T? ,
5f.-pN.N2. XJ.
tt.-U.
4. P.
3^
for
vsf.-K. oin.
N.N-2.
.
B.U.
for
reads
om. fj*
.
and N.Na. ^'JT^*^, before U. after Tr-
^R^
.
G.
.
of JR
1.
J5,
N.N2
,
N.
for
K.
jfr^rr.
^Tl. .
G.
A.
P. .
P,
I
Bfrtt*
I
Wfa:
w ^Tre
of
i
f frW iraras
1
:
-
-
I
J.
i
RR
.
G.K. om. *-
before
7-8. K. om. Tl^. P. .
u.
om. ^gr. B.P. U.P.B.
2.
G.K.
3.
jiifq-
*& for
TI%H.-A. Ptnr5^r, K. ?n?^STT, G. srr^'^^r, B. *TTW-
^.-A.
*r
before
iTT^r.
for irt
*?r, N-N*.
*fl*,
U.
B. y-
TO
1
.
K.
fnr.-G. i ^fl?. P.
and U.
^5f,
4.
N.N2
6.
A.N.N2.
f* W:.
.
ins.
iff.
^ff 5-.-P.K.U. J^ar.
-A. -before T.B.
w. G.K. r g l[om. K.] ^fTf[RT om. G.]. B.
^r^r
for
P. 5tflTjpG.K.B. f.-U.
6.
T^TrrTrT^
^rwrfcrm.
P.B.
TW.-G.
^[U.
We
N2.B.P.-A.N.N2.
For R>' &c. U.
^>-
for
r
B.P. ins. Cfa after
K.U.
^tW
.
om.]
with A.N. ins.
^t
I
We
with G.K.U.
:
n
\
u
10
-^
i
^
|
3Tcr:
^rr ifit:
and Katavema. 1.
A.N.N2.
^ I
8.
be-
insert
B.A. N.N*. tTW.-P.B.
.
jtflr.-
^1 bef.
ins.
N.Nj. TTl^nT.
10.
u. |
K.
*&
B.
U.G.om.
f K. TfK. P.
.
P. arr^JT.
.-B. .
U.
does
not repeat ?"3t.-A.N.N2. ins. before ^T.
W
after Tf?t. B. .
om.
it.-U.om. r^ffir
A. and read
for 3tT
P G.
K.
.
We 3 omit 3 with G.U.P.B.K.
f^nr-
after
B.
A.
after WRRRT:.
N.HT*.
*z.
A.N.N2.U.
TFnr-P.A.N.N2. *^S:
after
7.
f
rlRHTTrT.-N.N2. ?f^: for
fore rlw.
rrcri
11.
U.
C
WT. K.^FKH
N.Ns.U.
and
r
ssi gfcfr 8
u
Vftsr
I
.
We
with
.frT. .
N.
c ^g^rfr, u.* TfnRr.
-A. Tr^T^
A
K.om
r.
G
.
f.-We with B.and P. except that they add ?fj after * TTOT^7.-P.K.B.
for
,
^;
N.N2. n?^f*; G. B. K. om. -^. P. rrWB?r, 1. K.G.U. ora. .-K.A.
N.Ni.
*
for
?rr ^r-
-G.
for T-
2.
K. om.
^4
ff.
B. J?r*trfa[ fr
? ],
for
P.
6.
E.A.N.NS.
7.
B.P.
^
8.
G.P.
ins.
".
,
P.
^
f=^5fr
J
^^J^
qfafo^T,
We
G.
with
G.
sftfil
bef.
Tff-
3-ft.
m^
before
G.^" inserted
ft.
after Tf-
A.
^"5T:,where ^TJRW
is
correct-
ed from *TOf%
i.
e.
^fO
(
ffW-
N. like A., only it omits and has ff'T5iri^rt: and
WW
K.U. 4.
W 7? &c. U.
and om.
.
corrected into
A-N.Ng.
U. R-
rM.-p ^m*r:
*.
.
u.
CK
K.
7^
?
STWWW
A.
never
had
^f%:
and has
frvnfrfcftar
<\ 1
'
fw
\i
I
10
1.
G.N.N2.P.
P.B. ?TrT5TFT. :.
P.B.
2.
K. XTftwi^. A.N.N2.
m5f^fTR^.-A.N.N2. K.
P.
7.
f 51
^F
N.
*s
ft
for JTCrL
^
;
t.-^'2.
into
coi-rected
JT-
era
where
too
great an attempt to be easy and intelligible Las quite spoiled
the
9-10.
B.A.N. om. t.-G.K. K.
*r
s[f
text.
T .
I
B. srar3TTfi?. P.
U.
.
1
U. reads:
*T-
B. ins. t bef,
*
f&ftfr
j
l
us*
?rr
1.
10
O N. N2. Wf^T^^Tt. U. TK>T
IJ.
om. stage-direction
alto-
K
T.
G. 2.
4.
N-2.
A. N.
5.
A. ins.
G. K.
T.
.-0-.K. ins.
^r^
G.
7.
K. rr
8.
A. N. N2. ins.
U.
before
.k.
iTK^r^r^JT'fr? 6.
for
^ff?R,
^
after
P. B. A.
?r.- P.JTfffr JT^fr, A.N
G.
fiJT*3^T.
t, K. G. K. ins.
9.
bef. iff .
om.
.
P.
ins.
T^i bef. Tfl
N.N.
.
om. f
irmr^TiTT. B. TT.
om.
^ and I
P.
om.
reads
and om.
.
U.
G- jf
srfrif
iffrr*r-
1
U.
U.
B.
rlr
^T
and K. %*T, for f rlrfr'Tf rO, B.U. adds
iTf^l after
B.U.P. Tf%sr. 10.
B.U. om. -.
rff
-K
A.
^7
i
10
HP
N.N2. om. TO.-. and om after 5TT,
6. .
A.N.N2.
B.
read
simply reads
the.
padas 1.
2. 3.
and second
&.!
B.
A. N. G.
first
thus:
K
N-2
^5T for ^K^JT. for
5yTf5?frJTST
TKJ. 7.
K.
ForrT<% G.K.read
tffa.i
5J*fff5frW*T. G. B. om.
P. reads
W before
A.N2. r*
for
9-lOrB.N.Na. U/ora.
^?^.G.K. C'^"^, N.N-2.
Cf.-G.K. insert
IT|?T^.P.G.K.U. ^^f. G. K. ins. tfMf after 3*^1. A.
*ft
before ^fr^n?.
N. Na.
4. 5.
N.N2
B.K
.
P.
tf ,-GK
before ff.
A.N-Na. insert
N.N2.
^^f.
ins. Tf T a fter f stfr.-A T,
K,
.
B.
W-
T*^fraTW B.P. ;
I
TOT
i
*r TUT qf
ff f?T. U. A-N.Na. ^f^ftfo -U. fPT before fa^f
Pfy?, P.B.
U.
,
3.
(>.
-U.K.N.N2. =at
O.K. U. *Tf fo 3. A.N.N^.P
and
T^T,
oin. ^|7f
and N.N2. om.
.
ff
for
N.Na.P.
B.P.A. f'R^T. N.N2.
A. reads the 2nd ptula thus: and ,
$Jf.
P. r^^rJT.-A.N N^. J4 after K. ^ray [K. 5fr] ^Tifl"?. A.
6.
for
K.
A
G.K. om. G.K. T
before
before ^fl.U.^B. om. ^f. 2.
5.
4.
for
om .W. U.
W.-A.N2. W'T N.
.
We
with G.K.U.
for the fourth pada
!
corruption further go
Could I
.
A.N.Na.
[G.
GK.
.
m3
oin.
*$w
[G.
[K.
^I^^5Tl B.G.K. ins. ^FT afetr ^T2. ff. We omit it with A.N.Na. P.U.-K. f* for *R.-A.N.N2. K^. G.K. nf^rfft for 5T]
f^rOT, ^l^.
13.
^RPTS
reads:
IT. f
.-G-.
?5JF
w?r?. p
.
P.om.
JT
fl?l[K.
flRSff ]
r
P4r
[G.
W
^^r
and
|
We
because
reads
'T.-U. Hi n H: 3'o
|
^fl
the
Ifl^Tflf-
it
reading therefore
the
NT ^rTf.
thus: fJK
G.K. tlie
And G. and K. [K,
?iR0
] ^?T.
gentle
Lo
shorter
and
reading, the
decause
and
less
by more
conveyed
the shorter reading
^r
first t
given adove, and not likely to be
original
secondly
AVe reject
-
appeurs
open allusion
r
A.N.N2.P.B.
Katavemji, reading of
explanatory of
whole
ffiEW [K.
om.]
.
corruptly f> with
ef?-B.P.
iT-
K?
r
the 3-1.
corruptly] G. om.]
I
more
is
fitted
to
be made by the heroine than
crercfrff
the long quotation contained in the longer one.B. after
A.N.^.U.B.
i.
.-6 G.
oni.
.
B.
fir
Cfiarrfw
[ ffff 7 ]. K. sr r pr^tfT so jrooft ^ ^ r^^ftRr and omits the rest.
ffl
for
*r
^i
3^r
|
|
I
'
P.
P. T-
B. adds
2.
Tf t 5rr7. .
N N2.P.B.
TV.
bef.
is
3T
far
l7
T
for
/|rf ? ^T_ aild oniB
tle rest
N Ni
wholly omit speeches forming these lines. B. *?*> ?-:? ^r?
two
the
JR
^
after
and U. after 6? I7.-U. K.
H2T7, B.P. 4.
Ka-
also
as
for qf^ff. P.B.ins.
^
J
concerned.
A.G. ^T
3.
^fFf
f
K. TT?a>TT^JTf. A. q-^I'Hr. We with
BO
the rest. U.
T^r 5"P.
B.
A.N.N2.G.K.IL, as taveinu
U.
A.
JJi?,
G.
q^.
G.K. insert ^r? bef ff'T*f. ;
tfr
|
and om. the rst. P.H-
T
urfs*T r
IT*
I
Irfr
-
I
flrwf
i
TFH
;T( Differ
\
|
We
with the text
of Kuta-
venia. 1.
G.U. T
^Tf^rrlff, N.N-2.
om
rrJT.-N.Na. 8
T?r
3PK. fc
A.
.
*T5^TrJT Pf
fr^.
^T"r
Trfrfl
for 5ff,
vsTIC
go on: A. ^T
and
om.
B.
U ^r
N.N2.
R*ff,
have fam~*f. K.
P.
? 3^<.
2-3.
U.P.
T
rj
&?[^tif?
and then T*rT^rfl'
T.
q^ir
ffl
ff
N
,
K.
.
f%Trif
Na .
.
P.B.
G.K.
.
saiiW^ before
^fl. fl .
[G. 3^ Tr
T
*T^
B. p.
reads the
speech ^T;
]
;
fww -G. wr
^OTF.
thus:
N.N2. ^~ G.
K. H-
?fH ^?5f
[G.
4-G. P.G.K. om.lfl. N-N->. ^^r. u.
7. A.
G.
B,
ff-
.
,
P.
W^
B.
^5.
flff ^rsf
rf.
i
mm
*nnrr%
i
5551
|
U. is
WH,
W
Tf
one
of
those
corruption.
It
sible to decide
.
much
is imposwhich is the
-T
B.
K.
passages
have suffered
which
This
^
for 8?
p.
P.
original reading. U. appearsmost natural and, therefore,
P. .TTfff
^ N.N2.P.U.
.
B.
N.
.
forms the authority for our text,
though
it is
unsupportKata-
ed by the other Mss. ff vema reads
^
m,
lo^r at
ment
of the
the commence speeh. Cr. *?
K
and A.N N2. om- JT^'Tf^.-A. ,
2.
K
by
K.U.
|f
T.-X.
IJ
B.Wr?^r.-A.N.Ni. G.K.P. om. 5.
for
N.Ni.TJ. om. ^.-P. ?fiT.
A.
Tr-T^rq^Hr
for sr sTff^r^r
&c.
read
U- ^
Mf.-U.K. om. of. U.B. SPU before ^t. P.witli us. K. TO for ^[.-A. i^, N.Na.
SFfT
P.
which
A. lates
5f ^^r
U.A-B. ^JTTrC for
P. iJT^i?. N.Na. 4.
for and U. &c. K. as we. 1. P. OTTp?? *n^rf7. A.N.Na.
insert
3.
it
trans
U.N.N*
ns.
1.
before
?5^r
G.
^TP%, read
K.
.
after
,
.-P. ,
4-5. K.
and
Jgr,
B.P. read
for tlie
?5JT[P. oin ]
We
with
and
A.N
NJ. Ui!R ^r. P. U. K. rf5Jrwssrvr.-G. rc-
^ff
6-7.
O.
f-?r
ff-
*T.-U. reads
G.K.
G.K.
reading.
speech
whole
for the
*2\
simply
\
*&t
f ,
om,
&o.
Kafavenm's
]
Wfeff
A.N.JST2.B.P.
speech thus: [ B.P.
7W
H^rr
q
for CfT-
.
B.
f^nlf.
flT T-
omitting
^-
8 P.K.B.U. I
[p.
7fjf,
om.
[B.
[for ff TT
R-^^ff
r.
[B.P.
[P. om.]
P.
.
fq^^f A.3ST.N*. om. p. ^TO ^ ^^5- foi
f fT.-A.N N2.
for
N.N"2.
3f
^^ irfr, c
all after JfRsTf 7^r 7]
for
u. K.
P.
7^-
i
ar*r I
l
-
^
ft:
K.B.i ns
&c. B.
K.
have
.K"3.
before
|-
^
K. ,
P.B.**Tr
B.
G. K. om.
^
before
and have
5.
2.
U.B.P. om.
after .
iTl
P.TT-
all.
6-7. G. and K. begin with the N.N-2.U.
-B,P.
Rrr?.
.
G.
stage-direction &ftfcpw. A. B. 5
K. f% for
-B.P. RTK. B. fa
after
fa-
A.N.Ns. om.
3.
K.
5f^f
this speech.
T (N?. U.B.P.
[B.I] CT*. G.K.P.B. fore 4.
after
^
If*.
u.
arJT
f
r
3
be-
for
frr^
^rw r^
HIint
|
A.NN-2.
.
4.
U.om.RT.
5.
B.A.N.^.U.g
WRPT^T .
K.r*'
J
?f
aw
nr
.
and B.
A.U.
nrarrft[)T?3Trft
rfr?
ins.
OTrfl
G.K.
.
p. f%
B.
A
^MfT. 2.
before
lj
after 3TT?7r% as also before
B.f^
r.
i
.
u.
U.]
N.N2. 6.
K.
r
p.
P. 3.
A.N.N*. HF before
T.-N.
for
for ^f*ffl%. U.
without thef^f.
B.G.K.
W after Nft7.
B.
for r%? 7.
.
:
i
\o
ITTT
mr.
i
->
? ^ or
i
ITU
A.
1.
q
er
10
omit ^l?. P. has
corrected into
after 2.
B. wrongly
3.
P.A-
9.
K.
,
fro
12.
A.N.N-'.ins. 5f? before
7.
?5Jf
?
A.N.Nj. A. q'WR.
8.
N.Ns.
B. and
havenr^R.
4.
U.
A.N.N2.
-G.T: forer. For fTKrTR 11.
R-Tr (?).
G.
A.N.
G.*Wf.
10.
G.K.
B. for
3
?5yf
Trarfor
JTT.
before
jf
-
K.TW^f.
Rafter
qf^r4f.
13.
B.P.
N.Nj.
for
1 I
&
r^r. g-f .
.
g^ J7
.
I
i
|
before
A.N.N-.sf!
1.
A.N.N2- om. 2-
^t.ins.
if.-B.W
for
before
^.-G.fff
I
T(
JT^^T. Before
?
^
)
rw
for ff.
B. flTTR'g^'c 3^*7. P. wrongly
37.
K.B.P. f^ir^.-U.B.
?5JT
and K. have
5.
A.N.Na.?OT before
&c. G.
and K. ins. S3JT. N.N2. for ^.-U.T'^. K.4PT. P.
^ r-
5T.-A.N.N-2- ins. 9T5*s>t before
7.
A.N.N2.
K. ins ^?f^r afP. no stage-direction. J|f. K.om. ^FT ?r qF*r fr,
U. /or
J5f.
ter
f.
U.
for
J?
.-. om. ins.
^
JT5f.
K.
A.N.N2.U. .
f^^. A.l3fr after W f% J ^ 7-t..
3f"Tff 8.
off
W. N.N2 om. before
B. om.^rg.-P.r*T^7f, omitting J';Jf.
am. G.
A.N.Nj^
c
fTOf*. B.P.
IT. P. 4,
U.G.K.
before ff^ G.
8.K.
.
G.K.B.I
for
Wl. N.Na. .
1.
P.
fK
'ffjfl^f for
before
recommend itself on account
K.
of its shortness, but the other reading, given above, is not only the reading of
Hgt
fr.
A.B.U. ^TOT before P. fT^T for
G.
.
*T.
T^.
B. om.
2-3.
HW^.
U.N^.BA.
six independent
also of
P.reads'Ff
6.
wi. u. .
in
f*
fore
B. ff*5T?rr. G. reading
W:
&c. So N.Ns., only omitting Jfff*" and inserting T be-
T^?i^rf B. TT
K. agree
If ff
for
^?>T
wr. N.N2. 73T?
^T.
A.
jnrflvT:
aj&T'CT f FF^T
rarrf .-A.
Pr for
but
G. ins.^T after
4.
flffo-U.
.N.N-2.
Mss.
two commentators.
"T r
[K. TK-
&c.
*pnj.
B.
G]. This readicg would
We wth
G.K.U.P and
the two commentators. B.
P.u.^^ref^f HT & c
.
.
s
errnro
*\$
TTO
TO
I!
II
A.
1.
\
?
H
H
II
K.TF-
G.
life for fa.
G.K.P. om.
2-6.
[K. After
W1W B. lias i?^ |
.
I
Tf-
JjfrTWi^Ff anP. ins. ^*T be-
G.
]
[K.
fore ^rTf.-A.N.Na. read the Bhurjapattra thus: ^FW ^T*Wfft3TT
not
[ it is
w is
or erw
^wr,
cordingly] ^ (T
flffasT
but A.
and translates ac-
clear
.
[G.
Ns.
ins.
I
]
t]
r^[
K.
om.
fr]
a?f [N-2. a?f] 3-
for a TF.
^K
sfrfrr
8T^r[G.
TT[aar?T[N.N2.
[ N.N-2.
ir-
certain
mean
Avh ether 'N.Ns.
3?
f{ G.
]
^ R
[N.
B/s second Hue ff?
is: ?
^JT 3? 3?fr
second stanza
is
:
r
V
3-r.
i
wrwrcnrfafir
^ fewr
-'
i
(r*Tr.
reads 5^*rr
for
and reads tlie second line and the following ^5 'T thus :
TriT
f
^
^K
us
U.5 for
1.
H 5 ^; K.
q.-U.
wrongly JTf^^K. B.P. JTrri^. G.^r and P. "W for ^sf.
2.
I
.K.om. T'^.-K.
U. reads
3.
be f might 3T
copied for ^ITC Khtha-matra Ms.
)
after
and N.Ns. 17. -P.
<^f Jf ^f-
||
The
va-
riety of reading shows that the passage has been misread and misunderstood. The
large
number
Mss.
has, however, nearly
of our good
enabled us to rescue
it
K.reads
.
4.
^
A.N.N2. om. f?f|^r.-K.U.
^,
^ ( misfrom a priT
5T?
G.N.
ft,
for
KH
fr*T
after
after
i
for
w^r. G.K.U.
K. B. wrongly om. W?f. ejn^^if. p. ri wrwf. 5.
A.N.Na.
ins.
5:4
B*t before H-
G.K. (notU.)
from
corruption. Kutavema reads:
R55T-
after
5
rf.
W*l on
1
:
I
I
I
l^r
?TIT
/
I
10
I
1.
G.K.
3.
TJ.P.
4.
N-Na-^TRt^T for
5.
B. ^^[for
for .
B.
.
G.
P.
G.K.^T^f
f%,
TFrfrfr,
,
A.U.B.
G.K.sr^ifffr.-A.
N.N*.[Sr.
U.K. Na.
7^ ?].
ff>rrJrr,
^f^r
,
JTff.
P.^|.
B.fwr, U.
JTff,
G.
N.
K.
B.%T.-P. assigns the speech to Vidushaka and
Tff,
G.K.
P. OTif .
9.
K, U.B. fowfe, G. K.om. 55JT and P. has
10.
instead.
A.
has
reads
G. K.
6.
W
for
addition to 7.
.
P.
K.
8. B.ins.
before Rf for
and P.^FPt, om. 3*f.
A. 11,
for ?[f.
A.K
TOUT 3 r.
or
i
N.
.
u.
A.N.N2.U.
1.
ff%.
K. S.
^Tf7
B.P.
fMT,
fT-
G.U.K.
(!).
5f3T? 3f3?f.
4.
B. e^r^r. K.
5.
B.P.
A.
^ 3 ^.
A.G.K.
G.N"2.
-J.
for
K.^T
N.N"2. ^ff
T.
A.
r
is
P-^fsr^r.
om.
Vidushaka
know
Cliitralekha
before.
P.
amrJ.
K.
speech thus
w
G.
U.
lias :
the
3Tt <J
?r^frfi^ 3Tron
whole
7W ^f-
ef
?Cf.
^I^T for tffw. B.^r? G. ^rrcr for 3Tf|iT'?r. A.U. l*KT. G. q%f8T.
8.
Na. have simply 'TOR" rFI
fT^
7flf
A.' s addition
spurious, as
drd not
m
A. adds
ff 3?Cf
r^^T^r. But
B.rT^^w?F. N.G.A.B.P. T^r. N-2.U.Vr^t. a. CtefT. 6.
5FTC
^r. G. ^^mrtnr. P.
After
N. fST before ^fjf ^,N.N2. ?T^^. B.om.
J3TIT,
T.
for
3T?f
K.
G.
ffest
^F after
^
B. a^^R
^.-Iir.N2.
K.
ifr,
&G.
P.
ST^T.
1ST.
for
wwc
.
i
10
P.G.K.
1.
W,
N.Ns.
?^. ?.
u.
W.
A.
*
P. TSRTH 7^".
2.
P.
Q-.
T^T
B.G.K.A. ^ffU G.
^
U.B.K.
t,
G.P. om.
.
A. om.
for ST.
K.U.
f?.
93$$, K.
So N.Na. which, however, have
P.T.
rr^.
for
read
they
A.
8.
w
&c. K.
.
that
G.
and G.
^,
GK.
555T.
If. fTrffff.
K.B. om.
tft.
A.r^T*TC. G. for fWf. U.
for g?.-G.A. JT^^T. A.U.B. ,
.
3.
N.N2.
P.B.
t
for
and
A.N.N2 .U. .
6.
^fW,
B.
P.
K. p. has
10-11.
A.B.P.
f.-U.
except
.
ffr
omits
^pr, and G.
f fe
N -'
i
55
Pr
both
i
leaving witkout
2.
G.U. tffcra^ before
jTiRfr sTcTf
1.
U.
3"
fore ??r. K.*T?r
I
5lT
J-
&o.-A.5J^TTfr. G.U. for C-fr. N.N2.^f7 be-
p^7.
B.P.
^rjfTf.-G.K. ^ after JFrTr5f. For ^H^r^R- G. reads :
?r
-a.
for .
&c.
P.f
it
.
renders
^
(which
T^^rf^T
Katavema: 7 sitsRfj?
w?r ar
I
ff-
3.
A.B.P.
quite
which
clear.
^rer
rfi
is
not
The passage somewhat
appears to have suffered
We
from
with B.
B.
4.
U.
R?^,
and
K.
?55f ^T-
,
=Cr 1
5F ?:,
&c.
W
37
%%IrTr).
U.
corruption.
for *T?Kf*f.
after
N.N-2.
before tffr J-
B.ins.
^f^ff.
6. N.N-2.
=r
fprr^rrlr^
&c
.
U.K. wrongly ?PTf: [=5TTT?T:?], and B. P. TPH:, for
7.
far.
q
:
10
ftwafre
:
.
A.N.N*. P. ,
G.K.
Na.
^JT^,and
T*.
for
8
<M
frfr.
3?f after wRr.
N.
.lWfr:,
and K.
for
11
B.U.P. omit
^.reads the
P.om. lif 4. A.B.U.^f
?rr
f^ before
fr.-G.
B.lffr^r.
0.
B.
for
N.om.
.
2.
fsnrwft ^r^r^: F%
for
12
.
B.U.
^ P.
P.^li^
ff-
P.
U.
om.
K.
before
W.
TOT
\
T
I
-
cr
G.
1.
^rT^T
-A.U. ^r^T
ftffl,
1
and N.N2.
ffHTq frf^T,
^r^T.-B.R^"^ G.
2.
^
T^r-
for
|
,
before
T*f.-P.
P.A.TJ. om.
N.N-2. rTflRSr^r,
^ n^.
for
f
after
5.
N.N^.^^Tf
om.
for
P.
6.
A.N.N2.U.P.
7.
A.N.N2.
for
rff.-A.
and P.B.
fftf-
for
r.
B om .
.
R:^^. K. om.
r-
R^r^W.-A.N.^.ins. Rafter 5*.
3.
A.B.P.read ^fr:.
8. A.IST.X2.P.
U.
N2.
KTJ. 4.
U.
and P. JT8,
om.
JT^fT,
CT5-.
B.P. om.
C?W%
for
U.
f
TT after fv
^T-
^.-A.N.
^rfSTRTTTWiFfflr.
B.P. ?ftT
TPsi for
om. .
W
(sic.)
P.
I^.-G,K,
A.
"ins.
or
forefa TO* snr r? *.
:
5^5
1-2.
A.N.N2.
^^^,
*i PT.
reads ^mff WTF. U. P. om.
c
'TWT|[lr
omits reads
*TW
simply J?rlT
fir
N.
G"gf
for
K.Kf
T?.
.N2.
T
^f for
ft.
A.N.N-2.U.om.f*-A.N.N2. *T3T. U. omits *T5T and
3.
A.^^rc. N-2.
3f.-N.N2. and omits
B.bas
instead.
|
ST'T-
P. 6.
U.
.
fjr^nTrftr. K.P.r^r-
^^?rr*T:, also
*r^
P.^rr
".
N2. omits T*TKr, and
oqrf.
.
i
U.
B. t JJ^T^ST T A.N. TOif^ f irf! i^ri
f
TOT
I
omitting
.
G.
K.
p.^rsr-
:.
for TO.
K. om.
inr.
4-5. U. R"o
|
^4
ITT
^T^rt Jor| ^r
.
G.K.B.
before TF &c. A.N.
*TF
g- Jit.
B. reads
?rr
I
q
?3f
7.
8.
G. :.
B.K.P.
U.
.
G.
3T-
A.ins. ^[ after ^ff.-t for
JT5I
ffTr
G.E.
for 5?.
PTT
^1^.
iT^.
om.
B. cHT-
U.^TT .!!. om. ^TW. B. for ^t^f.
E.^T^
T
>J-
A.N.N2.
6.
2. .
P.
ft
ITT
for
B. has JT?
.
ins. 9TT:and
U.
before S'f^.-A.Ns.P.
G. om.RT. .
A.N.N2.
J5F,
G.K.
J U. f^T^W for jE^f. TJ.P. 5rq^ W^rfT. G.K. ins. before ,
^TF;
W
ST^J.
W
before
???f.-A. CW^T.
for .
U. has for f
.
|
^
T.
N.^f
K.N.N2. &c.
*4
j
after !*fa:.
A.N.N2. om. f I for
^. B.
T.
om.
not repeat ??r
A.U. =rrrr^r for TOqiTr -A.
N2. ins.
ff o
U. ins.
H[fr.
IT?.
the 2nd H?.-U.
f
and does
G. Hf? for
f?
I
.
Iff
nftajffi
|
nr
5
^
.
i
If
-
i
f if^t
i
G. om.
1.
U. Pro .
2-3. G. speech
STT.-N'.Ns. read
in
the
r
I
u. the
r
G.
5.
following
unsatisfactory way: f^" PT-
r.
Ir.
K.
omits
r. 1ST.
r.
p.
6, A.N".]N"2.B.
B.
3WT, K.
for 4.
7.
A.N.N2.K. after
^. G.
ff.
G.K.om.
A.N.N2.r^^CTf^T5rR:. U.
for
K. om. rf. A.U.B.P. [U.B.P. ?].
G.K. fto-
ff 9wr^f5rr.
sTf^TOt, and P.
i
*ar
^
*rimri|
8 G. inverts the order of *-
1.
frl CT.
^RT
after
qrT^wr.-G.om.f^ ROTU.B. cm. f *t.-G.K. ins.
?
reads
G.
T.
B.
P.U.r>-
.
ftfF'jr^ .
it
Tf7.
after r4,-.-A.N.^.
for
which
which reads
5\% 51
the only Ms. that the question a pa it is
makes
B.T-
of the following speech of A.N.Nu. read 1$-
^
Devi. ?Tt.
A.IlT for
3-4:.
qfi:-?^ r
N2.RJ o
A.U.B.
.
A.K P.om.f.N.N2.rR'
Tff.
.
for
|
5TTT.
B.U.K.^f^.
for 5i7jT^. 6.
^
^'^T
I
after
3-f ^5^T.
& f (T
&c.-U.WTTTf and goes on
ftSFiJt.
:
wl^ff
"t-
B.^T^. K.
K.oin. f*T, but reads 4
before Wl^flT.
A.
puts V*f
A .N.Na .^r^T for 3'<]\ f fff, which shows that they read G.K.P. T3*Ttff, wrongly. WlTT. K.^I^FT^t.
oni.
for
?f
-
U.74
\
RT. i
,
i
^
f fa<m
Hi
\w 1-2. N.Na.
.
G.
B.
.
V
ins.^f
before
N. .
A.U.P.'go T-
After
:RJo| T-
: |
ting
So N.Ni., only omit-
^fiffi:.
P.too o
N.Ni.om.f^r after 3.
G.K.ifT r?.-A. 7-8.
4.
B.u
A.B.f before <W. B. W? before ^T. A.N.Na.U.
5-6.
A.N.N2.f'^
before
the speech, which A. gives thus : 3*1*3 3 Tfrwnw Cf-
:
i
%
fif
f fr
^ H[
K. OTIW
(to
6.
A. gives the speech thus
^ fT-
So N.NS., which
.
only om.
:
U.R^>
*?**.
I
^r
?T
vvritWW 3Z*. B.ins.
K.
after
T^5T and om.
fr. K.3T a5 tar.
.-X.N2. B.oin.
P.om.
and reads 2.
G.K.^fiT 15 for
3.
G. rff
s/c.
?Tf
.
U.om. the
speech. 8. .
B.
^ra
A.
The da and
d/ia
ins.
T
for nf^f, wrongly.
|
f T ftff before
iff.
are
very similar in the southern al-
phabets. B. was copied from for a Granthi Ms.-K.*T3T
.
fore
A.ins.?WTr be-
B. wsrrwror
.-A.
6.
A.
ins. a
iff
before for
reads the
JTT and oin.
^^. P. tlie
|
like B., only it oui.
second
aTc?
and
7.
G.K.U.
before
insert
&c. K.U.om.^f, A.N.N2.U.^T*T.After *rwFf G.K. go on: =T fore
l^f.
A.N.XJ.B.P. assign speech to Vidiisliaka,
4.
P.ins.f^
.
U.
G.K.om. tbe stage-direction and A.N.U.ora.iT^ before
for
lias *Ts5jT.
3.
T^TW. A.
after
3T
?Rr
however. this Avliich
Although G.K. U. assign the same to Devi, none of them have never-
Ave adopt.
;, :.
theless
*mtf. 5.
the stage-direction U.5*Rt. B.om.TfPt.
G.K.om.
6^T.
N.
for
c
only 8.
A.^T
^>
So X.Xj
.,
^ Ipfrf.WewithB.
A.^. B.f ifJ
IJ
i
U.spTr. Hi"
U/-T?5f
STRRT ^f^3t
.
7-
HPT*
I
\
: i
ProNrft
:
?'4r
A.5I fTrfff ^EWTW ?ffT after
?f.-After fr^r G. has
^flT efi WK,
5^7 and
Hif
.
it
iff-
f? T
tlie
reads
B. like our-
selves, only omitting
5f.
T.
A.
A. om.
flfc
before
the
for
ff
We
whole
speech.
withN.N^.P. G. inserts
J
fT^fr-
and K.
same, except that
2-
wf
P. ^o
TUfrEr
1.
n^Rr
We
3.
read
tliis
speech with
^. nr
?Cf
WfefT ? fll ed into
T
(
correct
W!$\). Na.
|
(M
(rorff
|^f[^ ^Tr^wff Bauanfitha:
q"6*r
ff
I
B.
Kata. rlr?
I
Pwrer
CrHr T
;R
Pcffr
4.
Fftrnarfr
A.N.Na.B.f-5rf^. G.rt. K. om., and A.N.Ns.TO'T'T for, for
^T-
:
\\
Tf^^t:
10
1%
|
?f?eT
.^ for
Hf fr.-O.
cf
Of
for
ora.
U.
U/TIJ
B.adds
.
speech and B. has
for 5ff.Tf
after
fr.
8.
9.
P. ins. 3? before Tfrs^ ..-After HfgT-
2.
the
commencement of the King's
-N.N2. om. .^Tr,
at
N.^.U.PW?^
4.
10.
U.^
for J.
A.K.U. om O.K. om.
.
B. and
G.U.K.P. om.
A. goes on
HT.
.
N.N3.f 3 r3f s nr TIT
rfi JT^I?.
^
I
*?![B.om.]
:
u.
*fT 5frrw?f r
JT?rr
|
for r-
&c. and P.
5T
.
3.
P. ift inserted before %TT.
)
r*
(omitting
I
ftr.
r
10
for a?3TT?nT. K.^TTvTif.
5. 6. 2.
om.
.
u.
A.N.
U.K. K.
3. 9-10. N.
B. 3.
fl'tiTr
for
A.N.N2.P.
^r?e
.
ins.
>ff
N.N2. have
^f5 before
*ff
before
^W RRT-
for the
whole
speecli.*"
A. ora.^^T Wff^. P.K.7-"ffor
which they
insert at the begiuning.""B.
.U.
for
a?fl
.-U.5Rraft H-
T.-B.*f for f for Ifr,
and .'Jf
ins.
before
before
fr.
51 .-K.SIK. P. ins.
.
B
K.fRs^-
B.TiTf . K.^rff ji P.T. G.ttfRr.
1% before
"A
W.
fq10
1.
A.om.
qrijTJT.--A.oin. ^fr.
P.om. R
arid reads
**![:.
4.
G.
A.N.N2.P. read
8T-T5FHT
for 2.
N.N2.fr3ffor
IST.Ns.K.
N.2
T??rr:
read
after 3.
u.
^Wf for
lias
^sy^T.-A.N.
for
TWW.
i.
G.
N.
and G. TfT K.P.add
^.
A.N.N-J.
B.
f^.
aTT5Jfa*^
W5OTPT^.
m.
5.
of
A.N.N-j. introduce
b 3^
3?^T:
*&$.
tli
e stanza
IMJ.B. ^f! I
ftZZW %
^TOT. K.
U.
FT-
^T^:
.
i
nfrstfr
ajft nrr:
-
1
1.
N.N^.
2-4. N.N2.^rr^f: for for
^^ TT^
5.
and K.
.
A.K.
*TWf
before
A.B.K.P.
for
T
^Tf.-G.K.have *t, and A.U.
W, B.adds
iSTfof
^5Tf. G.K. have iftRW for
before aTf<^?T.-U.om,
R". P.reads: JFroJT
T ^Tf^ ajf
?rcrft5iTr.-B.3r for 9rr.
6-7.
A.N.N2.om.r^.
B.
.-A.N.N2. ,
omitting the Tf at the i. B.
om. .
om. for
[miswritteu for
corrupted from
U.reads the passage thus
iOTT^ ?fflf6=t
[wrongly and corruptly peated?]?^ STfW. P. fl .
G.
re-
9rc
? Rr
I
A.G.U. aTrfT. A.N.Ni.B for .
TJ.
Our authority for the addition of f^ J is
for
3.
4.
G. and the commentary of Katavema, and that for omitting 9*3 tff from our text is B. Another reason for the
omission
is
position
it
it
5-6. A.N.N2.B.*WWrr. ^r
p.er?
occupies in the
which shows
has been interpolat-
B. begins the speech with
f
p.
before ^TST^.-
&c. A.G.
,.
ed. 1.
om. r.
T
uncertain
the
different Mss.,
that
.
and P. with 3r4.-K.3faffor ?^,
and
om. T
*1W.
B,
for
U.^
for V*.
K.om
fcfa:
I
i
1-3. G.ora. 2.
U.om. riff ?IfT,
3fr.
K.?fr7
-
the 57 before
^
for
which P. altogether
o5fffr.
for
W.
G.5%fr. G.B.K.IT A-RSfOT. N.N2.B.
B.N.
rr
for
.
A. ^^.
^rfr
U. ^ .
ins. 33: after
A.
for
^.-
W. B.P. JR: forV^": .
K.G.U.P.om. if
r.
A. B.
B.P.
iff
for
W.
&o. iJf-
!.
N.N2.
6. 7.
rr
N.N-2.^
irr
17
j
T.
^r
G.U.read
B.
ft
ft4
ei
i
TO
? d
5
^R:
^^
^557^
i
e
i
g i
m
TOT
5-6.P.
T*^
HfKf%. P.
qr? .
f,
B.U.
Tf^,
KB .
.
for
N.N2.
^f.
.
.
U.
U. omits
G. ^B5ffr-
after
c
for
*T[^ff.-
forr
&c.-A.N.Ns.snf for
K.
fif.
In fact N.N*. read
vr Rr.-G.om.
*fJf.
for
4.
7.
N.
8.
Nj.om.
W
thus: B.'Hf
rfr^iror^^r
n
sftj
TOTO^
I
w
1
1
B.
1.
before
10
|
1
f^
nrR^JT, and P. the stanza as
A. N.
tlie
N.
N
a
n
has
U. ins. >W before B.N.N2. Wff P. ?Wi^, and
margin against
for
2
.
8.
W9.-U.
%
W^.
G.
4. 5.
P. om. irc*. B.K.P. 10. G.
B. G.
^rr^:.
and P. 7.
N.
rw,
*T^f, for
U.
U.
N
.
K,P.
^fc
'
om. the ins.
^
fr5J for
K
?fr.
2 .Wf after which N.N 2 .B. read
B.A.N.
A
for
9. A.
U^Tf?T for TTfT P.c^for rw.-p.
N. Nj. flRfBT? ("with in the margin) for 5TCKJT. U. 6-
Cf?rq-.
*W. U.
om.
.^.U.
N W% for
have
K.
a
stage- direction. 3.
n
11.
U.
12.
P.
stage-direction.
before
\Qo
u
:
1.
P. G.
:.
G.7T:
K.
^ 2.
G.K. frf^JT^r: for with A. N. N. U. B. P. For 9TR*r A.G.N.N2. P.
We 3.
read ?f^T. A.
after 5^:. U.B.
G. 5W*rrw: for flf^w.-.
8.
N.Na.
9.
NNa. :,
8T?T
J^jr^
after .
H>ir
B. T-
irilfTlsyirw.
B.K.r.
after nR7r^urw. U. .
10.
A
G.K.
wPrgf and B.
qR7, and P.
B. T^ f^- K.
r
^MTc5 clK'T, Cr
>
for
N2. om. for the
whole
P. om. the
stage-direction. A. wliole stage-direction. om. *&. P.ins. *TTJ? before C?f:.
.
f>^:; and A.
f^f
Jr7 5f?T:. except P. read and P. with Kataveina We
A..
have
6.
ed into f^TI^, and N. Ns. W?T^j for f^TST^. All our Mss.
4.
\\
?T: after tf :.
Kf Tff correct-
See notes.
^
A.N. have
11.
P.A.N- N*. om.
direction
give 13.
it.
the stageir?J?iFTiT; B. G. K.
K.iiis*
^Tf:
after
I
8
11
I
11
|Tf
TOT 3^
?ll
10
for the
1.
third pada. 3.
6.
A.N.N2. B.P.
.
B.P. om.
fS for o^f-
do not repeat insert
^
om. 4-5. From
P. om.
fl*f.
B. f.
before
ttr.
U. om.
N.Na.
G. om. ff r.
?f^.
For ^rin^Tf^ tr rr% A.N. Na.G.K. read wr. 9. K. om. WW.N.N2.2f:, and 7.
?T^"
G. reads thus
:
?f r ^r
A. tfr
for
Jf
^, after f4r.-G.!
^RRTf:. N.N2- om.
K. tfr :.
P.
agrees
with us except that it reads *T^Tf for tfo. G. is some-
what
A.B.P. f,
,
for
and
K.
II
ii
.*
I
fer
p. 1.
q^in?
.
G.B.K. insert ^TfW before B.P. om.
3.
.
UJ?
^T^T I?.
.
K. f^f
for
2. .
U.
A.
V-
.-P.
K. om.
4.
5.
for
6.
for .
-8.
9.
for for
Hf. K.^J 7J for
Cfl Cif
K
i
HT
5
CT sr
I
m
|
?. I
for
1-2.
RstW. K.om.
W
.
and
H
5.
has
Cl Ct
I
'ft
A.B.K.N.N2.P.5TR?T:
^r
for
We
,
^
is
letter
ble to
make
out.
?
G.^rerer
.
where the corrected from some which it is impossi-
with A.KK.N.Ns.P.
7.
8-9.
at
B.A.KNa. have commencement of
the
the
speech,
omit tfr.A. fore
1&&
and
A.N.Na.
inserts
^
be-
-A.
G.A.U.tr-
K. and .
N.G.P.K.
speech thus
[N2, f
:
fr If
.
read the
crff|
sreft
10
's
.
.
A.
Nz. om. the whole of Vidu-
isrr.
shaka's speech ^J^ &c. and so much of the stagedirection of the following
K.
speech as ends with 1.
.
P.^fw for
:
P
2.
.
om.
for
.
G.U. om.tft. ^^fRTT^i3t r.-B.3f for nor 5? P. lias neither li
qr.
for
R; B.TORW.
A. after ffcrjftT
goes
.
on
with A.N.
&c. p.snir^ jarrcr?r%. B.P. a U. ll^ u NI'{l.U.^ar for 5fT^.
and Kataveina. U.
B.P. 8 ?? ff.-B.WfT forffW.
fl
We
S.
N2.B.P.
10-11. A. 4.
for
N.N-2.
6.
:.
U-B.om.
t.
7.
8-9.
^Tf^
A.B.P,
rTCf
r^Tf
P.
R3jr*
3^9" for and have
TK5R:
^
i
10
.
T:.
In
Thus
all
f
for
|
neither.
except U. which has and Kataverna
fact
N.N-2.read
U.f%
^^
;
T.
G.
of
to
fWT^. K
1.
A.N.N2.JT?f
2.
U.Ri^rr
forVl
also
A.N.6%
W which P.altogether
have
T
T.
the previous " with the B.P.
in
We
"
referred to
by Bollensen in (Anmerkungen
his Edition
and Gale. Ed.
.
5JrW.
8 T^3fl
speech.
3-4. G.B.K.U.ins. after
Mss- read
But they are doubtless all wrong as the flf in 1. 5 refers
and P.f^
%^T, instead 3
our
Ranganatha
G.K.read &c.,
'T
for ^T'
G.K.ins.
*
S.
after
40, 6).
A.
TT-
N.N2.
oniits.
for
5-6.
.
G.K.
[K.fWf iTW. P.B. .] i&m -G.K.rlf J. and have ?TO3T for TOJPT. P.
7.
A.N.N2.*for
P.TT^r cirT:.
9.
ft
mi:.
B.P.:
A.
10-11. corrected into
JUT.
B. after
for
1-2. A.N2.W before BTff&o., and vsT'-Tf
for^fff. TJ.5RF,
for
rer. p.fir
for
^Tfr.
and P.W,
5ffT
&c. B.jff forSfff.
3T
fTff
B.W7-
&c. A. has: ?Rr ^'s^lf^.
for a?f*aT,
5.
N.rn ^rr
^
N.K2.
and
go
on:
:.
And
G.
reads
(^JFS^:?).
We
with B.K.P. 6.
N.^
for A.Ns.qarwTOr. B. PWr T ^[. K.PWf.w(Br. K-2 ^fI^aTT. U. om.| and .
.
reads $(fe after B.^fwit.
B.^rr
for
8.
&c. G. [G. fr-
&c. B. 3.
U.
p.
?r?r:
B. ^r
4.
srl^ :
corrected from T-
with G.K.
] ^r.
We
:
isre?
i
1
i
arPr
reads thus
1-2. B.A.N.N2.
U. r^7
for f 55f
:
Tfaf
^ Rf S
.
.
K.^ff
e.-A.U. 7t. B.om. J. N.N .^ ^r for 3Tf. U.
4.
2
^T tr
&o. P.f 5Jr 5.
A.B.P.
I5FT
for Sff
^ before ^?Tr
^
&c.
We with A.B.N.^2.
^aff
and Katavema. N.Na.B.om. for ^.
G. 9W;
3.
A.N.N2.
ins. .
Wf
G.B.
f.
reads
^|. A.om.
K.^ rw(sic) for for
.
-GUns.
wliicli it
fe^j.
P.
^rff.
B.
3Y-
before T-
.
om. ^
G.K/TforTOT. For G.K. Lave
6.
G.U.
.
!
JTO
TST^
^*PT fe
ml ^ifsres
*nr
ft
>o
>o
-o
before
1-2.
r^r.
u.frar
B/rj. K.WRr.-G.N.
G.K.U.
ins. ^ff after
N.N2. read .
G. fraraJTO.
q^T. A.
:
And
A.reads f7TTiRH. A.G.t? U-
^^
for
I Hff. U.
fc T-
'T
JRIf K. .
for Tff^ff.
3.
G.K. Rff
TO
Rtr
U. C TG.
.
B.N.N2.5Trafr-
fl.N.N2 om. ZF and read JTf for JW. U.om.^R and lias $ .
for
5-7.
W.
P.^f
spff for ^f.
.
We
with A.N,N"2.and Katavema.
IffW
f rn
1-2.
The Mss. read
U.^o
as follows:
|ajtff ff 3T7 :
for to 3.
FT o
11.
ma
r^fo
3^4 ^r
1
(
R
i7
rr
7^
flf
^T
fr
translated
^rr
ST
ar^rr
^f%^r
3.
I
OTT^
Tr
f-
4.
erw.
A.
ff-
A.ET.N2. ins.
f
after
7^.-
G.jST.N2.U.K.fT^r. O.K. om. ^T.-B. c wr4r. A.N.
N. I
^rr?
for r"^?cTr
I
some corruption. for
K.sft
f
[wrongly
B.W
fr*f-
^-fr.
[l ?.]
5*-^
suffered
7^
n"Tr pf-
RarewraT^g. B. ^r
^l
N2.
:
|
WfaTJTgf W. It is not unlikely that the passage forming Chitralekha's speech has spiff 3r vsT^r
Tf
1
Ko|
I
I
I
Kanganatlia'a
.
cbhaya f^o 51^ ^T J^T^m f^T^ RrTOWFTOT, Katave-
[ins.
5.
for
&c. P.B.om. .
G.
I
.
5
i
r?.
i
10
for
G.K.Kf%i;mi. U.
2.
4.
A.Crarr?.
B.P.inr for
P.OT?.
3^ff. K.^fC for 5.
G.K.TRSTT'iTW^^rTT %ff-
and K.
.
^n^rr &,
for ^ar^FT.
u.B.sf^
^sf.
K.T
for
'T.
and
P.
N.N2.
A.
N.N2.^rnR ^ and G.K. 3
BTf^TT
ff ^T,
for 3TT^fPT^ ^.
B.Wfor^. A.N.N2. insert *TT \^^. P.*tt*Wtffe for
6.
A.om.
after
3.
,
8. r.
G.
10.
'*
G. for
A.N".N..
B.^W TO
^^f before ^f
&c. A.N.N->. om. ^
,
,
oin.
flT.
the whole speech.
U.K.
*TTIT
f
*r
of
|
2.
G.*rrwr. U.B.P.
3.
A.N.Na.f
N.Na.^l r
*rf fT
T.
srfr
3T-
r
JU.
That Vidushaka
is
averse to animal food fr,
which
\ve adopt, but we add 7 from a tavern a
K
the
who
seen
Act
II.
from
speech
natural that
S'akuntala 1.
It is
very
modern Brah-
mans should make Vidushaka more fond of the
reads
4-5.
be
not
may
G.^TTJT r
ffT STTf
5yT
?i5r ITT.
ft|f ?wir
u'tf
A.^rnr: r
S'ikharini than of venison, though in reality he only cares for the
should
former, and
have changed the
reading accordingly. Kata.
u.*rw
vema and Eanganatha too have apparently yielded to the same prejudice against
_
5
is
FT*.
.
i
10
I
i
animal
and
food
to
the
8.
nized reading.
9.
1-2.
B A.N.N-'.
om. the two
U.
B.^ for B.rT^(^. A.N5Jifw^, and wrongly assigns the speech
Vidushaka.G.K. make
to
speeches. 2.
for
:
to
change the correct or prefer the moder-
temptation
f* ^TPT ffoJi^w
f?
the
thus making it part of the speech ^TW &c.
following
Urvas'i. U.^o
|
a
part of
speech f%
of
',
3.
A.B.^^T Tf
^ JT^.
|
U.JT'^.
K. om.wt. 4.
B.A N.Nj.gmif
10-11. in
^rq-
P.B.U.om. the second ST. K.Wjt J'T jPT. places.
Na.W.
7.
ForrfW:. K.U.^T and
w
^T7
for G.?T-
P.B.fi-
r.
'
6.
for
both
^ W,
fore
for
HH
IKFT.
and inserts
K.JR7
^
be-
i
wr
f ft^
ftnr^r 1.
B.555T
before
*?R"
which For
reads
it
ns.
.
before
?ft
^f
&c. A.
N.Na. om.
frrf.
^f
and read
.-U. for
P.
*r
ditto,
omits
except
that
it
rjf.
B. has for
55Jf
G.
A.N.Ni.^r
^rf ^T^Fr*?.
8 [K. T[]W. Kfitavema
also U., only
having
2.
P.
S.
For
4.
P.
5.
For
8-9.
OT ^Rr P.G.K.
^Ffff WJTf.
have
G.K. have
&c.
So
^T and
for
for
Hf I
f^t
|
r
3T3T
r
B.s ftR
.
B.
I
rr
ft*sK.
4.
G.K.^f .
w .
We
r
with G.K.
and Kataveina. 1.
G.
KB.
T.
T
u. ^ 1
iTflff
irffgr
-A.N.N-2.
tf^^^r^ff iTT.
^ff
23.
Before
G.B.A. give
W
We
with P.
and Katavema. P.B.tff ?K^.
this speech, P.
%T
|
C^r
?
?-
for the
stae-direction
TK
&c. B.
THpnr.-P. A. B. 3T1T, .Na.*nt, for TOT.
and
P.A.N.K'.
r.
N.
mm
^
11
11
tfr
latter,
however, omitting
frf
and inserting ft before 3T, and Laving ^T^rT5^r, and reading the HTafter
^T
before Tf^rf
instead
^T. has ^WTf
of before
5^ T (
3-4. A.
HT?rr
1* s
HT
f
has
Ifr.
&c.
U.
for
p.
U.f-
w
er
t
for
G.K.U.W fov
8.
We
E..U.
generally with G. and Katavema, the
A. 9,
B.
for
uPr.
We with
*\
TKSR:
I
5T
K. do not repeat
ifj.
U.
r?
G.K. om. G. wrongly reads 1.
G.
for
B. om.
Rf ?ff.
tliis
P. does not repeat 2.
A5?j
jfrfr.
speech.
^reVr. .
5TT.
r
N.NS ^15
*n?r.
for
G.W
B.fo^r 3T5r
and
?5tt l"fr
for
of.
qRfRf
comparison omitting tlie ft about S'aclii. K.^o |
&
P.
3.
and A.N.Ns. read .
.
K.
N.Na.fefflT for r
6.
fc for "r
B.om.flff
flrfir.
and adds JT affer
4-5. A.f5yr
Tanc^. So serting
^
%w
TT
&
N.N2., only in3W .U.reads
after
fcrf.
A.
^T.-N.Ni.
G.K.U.^f?
IT?
W TTW
I
iff RoyNi"
|
I
3RTC:
|
10
|
1.
B.P. 8 ToBTTTf.
U.^^J 8?.
B.
[corrected
from
J^WK^T. A.^ for JT
2.
5.
G.K.om.?^ U.
A.K.J
line, Iff
A.B.Cfr
.
inserts
R-
TOJT[stc]^^W before HRffl and omits the following
N.N^.K
f^K^fRf^, which
Lowever
all
other
MSB.
agree in giving. 6.
3.
B.P. for T.
4.
N.N2.om.
B.RJPT^W^iT. fT.K.om.
T?f.
A.
A. fT.
with
Ir. N.Nii.
Tr
VW\. Ir.
us,
Eanganatha's chhaya,
G.
^
rr
8.
10.
KAtavema reads and translates *rf:
B.P.^T?.
rc
G.K.
?%
.
II
?
^
II
I
tifari
: i
1.
.
u.has
for ?F^"rr.
2.
U.
3.
ins.
flfowriwi
at
the
G.B.K.om.
6-7.
beginning of the speech."!!. for
^
^T.
|
P.om.%.G.K.
for the
for WfcQ.
f
[K.%5T]
om.]
T^TT
whole speech.
.K. c Wff
[G. .
ain^fr
G.K.
-For i?=?fr-
liave
&c. 8.
4.
P.r G.
&c.
j
ins.
3
and
have
*T3<",
repeated.
K.^r^T
before
T^^KJ. A.
A.P.N.N 2 .om. ^TfP.
tfflflj.
U. C T.
the reading
N.N2
.
Mss. and two commentators,
of seven of our of the
:
Pr
I
I
.
G. *i
&c.
for
N.N^ .sffTf rrt^rr
.
.
G. has
for eriT.
Ti
N.N2.
8. A.N.N-2.^ ir?
.
STTTO? 7^
win*bt. U.sf trel
I
^5^.
*Trtfr
A.rfir.
fT
aT
awrar?.
^fr
s^rtr. B.^rfl-
B.P.A.N.N2.rM
6.
for f ft.-
G. *Tfr^ B.^ToBTO. 5f^.
at the
end
f^r
B.J? for
.
for 3F53T &c.
to ?.
up
7.
B. fa*. K.P.U.
5Tm.K. . N.
^TT^ &c. A.N. ins. before ^Tf^ -A.B.P.JWTOK. iF*om. n^T.
(ste.)
[=^J57IWW:. :.
N.N-2.
A.
N-Ns. om. ?.
of the speech. 4-5. U.S^and
fH: for
Bora.
P.Wrt ^d-
PT^PTf.
U.
.
frj
P.
TOT
3? g?^r. B.lfnr for t.
N.Nz.S for
^.
A.W^fW. N.
tqforfoft .
i
N2.*frj.
After this
K.U. have %ff
speech rr
I
for T^-W. A.1ST. ins. 2.
S.
B. wrongly A.^sTJJfT^. .
WT for
fftW
after
rr.
P. om. Uff :
'JJTr.
P. om. TOT. U. om.
for 6.
^^r
A.frr^prrf
?
] .
A.
4-5.
A.
and N.
N.N2. A.
B.
K.
.
.
r^.
G.
T.
om
tnar^rf.
B.P,r-
K.A.N.N2. read
7-8. N.Na. om. I.
B.^l. For .
P.Hor.G.K.liave
ffi'K
G. CfK-
U. om.
ft after .
B.
raranrj
i
tfr
fls
ififflf
i
fr^rft
or
i
i
TTfir
f%
^ J^r.
P.om.
J=Tf.
We
^^f?.
*wfr
with
K.N.Na.P.
P.N.N2 .B.
.
O.K.
.
N.N2.om.
.
f.
2.
G.H? for Wff .
3? K.
K.P.A.U.
BT. P.B.K
3?
3-5. U. after
6-7.
|
IT*
i
A.N.
.
N.N2.om. .Hi^r. G.
And G-K.
read
P.
for
for
<<8 T
ST *rr
*rr ifr.i
sr^s
n
?
a
in *n i^m*rri[g
sire
i
H^
we
fr TF ^r
I
T^T JT^PT:
I
Hforar ifr
i
*rqr
2-5. A.B.P. make an anush
tubh of the stanza,
thus
7.
for ?T?^^r^r &c. re ^^r JJM
N2-,
but
FT^tf. So N. have f'J 1? for
.
and then has for
om.
For fffl, U.
ffj,
iff*,
U.K. omit
.
and B.P.G. before
Hf.
for 5f=nr%Cf.
N.
ff
ins.
m
after
U. '.
-'.
ias.
TrT after
p. c
7-
T^r.
om.
l^WI
^?r.
B.
W.
N.N2.^ ning. U. om. for 3Pf. G.^^. A.1R" [corrected from SR"]. U. wrongly om. *H?.N.N*.3TR for
B.P.^Piftt. P.
G.K.
for
B.T^r^t 3pr^ at the begin-
8.
6.
G.K.^r
e
N.N2.
G.
ff.
and
om. the btae-direction. B.
9.
B.P.^oST ^Tt f^sTflf B.
.
U.T for 3T5J&
^STf^jMT ^ f.
P. ^ for
5 f
!^?^?.
JJT.
&c. A.
:
I
i&rarerre
I
ajft
:
i
U.3"W^, and
4.
1.
ora.
^ff. .
B.P.
.
N.
after
T.
ora. .
B.
ins.
$
T^^j for
'T
and reads
T
.^fr
T
no
W
or
&c. A.
T .
5T.
5-6. A.N.N2.fT9^ and put
T
&c.
^.
^f
A. om.
U.r
f=J^fR[W.
stftf
^=5-
P. Las
*?(%.
G.K.A.N.N^.
.N2.
om. ft]
qfc-
fnw 3.
AiN.Na.t3f* .
ns.
for ^iR'.
P.fr 3? 7* .
G.K.f*
We
FTT
T^. So also KAtavema.
with B.
with B. P.
vema.
We 7.
P.G.K.
^W.
and Kuta-
.
I
Stir
*TT
%
10
OTI
*T<
|
G.nt*f. P.U.Jtf* both read-
1.
ing 3f ^TI in the previous speech. N.N*. wrongly as-
before after 9.
U.
.
sign this speech to Cliitralekhu.
10.
A.N.N2.P.
ins.
as follows
before the King's speech
3.
:
2.. om.
4.
".
Our
authority for omitting this 5.
speech of Vidushalca
G.fJT.
7-8. N.N^.
^
1
?JT.
U. gives
the speech to Chitralekha and reads thus: f^o f 5Ff |
which follows
Cr^^H
uift
reads thus.
B.
We
do not, besides, quite expect Vidushaka to ask the question, after
after
is
G.K.U. and Katavema.
the sign inado
him by Chitralekha.-Gr. K.U. ins. ^T ^5 after ^B?l. to
:
i
.
.
N.N2. om- the stage-direction as also <ENt. P. om. ^^.
G.K. om. ?^\and have 7f .-B. inserts
instead.
it*.
I
at.
gfftf
ftftyraw
|
j
r
3TJ
10
PT r.
U. om.
4 and has
*f-
1.
A.W.
2.
U.tPTJT.
B.om.Snd &J. om. the whole of .
8.
N.N"a.
this speech.
for
9.
B. inserts
1.
G. om.^fc-For from 9 U. reads as follows
7 to
1.
:
^lo|
before F%. P.
T
4.
f^srlf
7.
I
P.A.N.Na.make TOf &G. a
stage-direction for the King,
and read T.
B
.P;>roceed^r,
.
3-f o|
om.
After T
10.
it
I
f^r&c.
P. &c.
u.
I
I
[B.jfofr
^r
*n
1
5
tf
y
inf
l
10
TI
I
1.
B.Rf after T^.
whole
have
5-6.
A. OT^'iKff?.
P.
T
for
A.N.Na.
.
A.P.Cf re
stage-direction.
^
7-8. P.U.tfT: for
K.m
U.?? %5f. For
N.N*. have
which they read
om.
?ft
after
.
9.
^.
U. wrongly ire
&c.
.
A.P.
w^ 7?
4.
A
B.
P.^JT. G.U.om.?TI?.
for SUTTK. U. wrongly
.
3.
O.K.
wrUH7.
K.U. c irT. For
N.N->. 2.
i
.
N.Na. om, the
F? .
m
rft^rr crsrr
1.
G.
is
reads
corrupt here and SraWflT. N.Na.
WWT
^^rT-rT^e
.
J^K. P.
U.
A.N.N2B.P.3^W7.
For ^r
3C. 4.
G. has
G.K.P. insert wRr before f%
^f.
The other Mss. omit
it.B.
We with
K.U.-A.N.Na. om. TTf. U. W. B.Jo^f. B. om* H
for
T
&o. .
G.K.
B.?RW G.om. W. U.K.sref
2.
.
forSfff.
G.^IJT^ and has ^5^IT for vsT^r. N-2.^ 5 ^r and om. f 3?.
Iff?,
and P.
,
for
^ff.-G. om.
G.om. ftn. U.PW.-A. N.Na.
ins-
ar^T^f?
before
flrT. B.3R. B.^T^e^r serted before
*sf.
U.
.
B.^f for
6.
U. om. T? and reads
instead. P. om. ^?. 7.
for
ffff.
U.
oiri.
G.K.P.
in-
^f- B.K.
fr
\t
II
II
i
10
a fessn
T^W
1.
N.r>
2.
K.A.N-2.^iirf^f. P.N.U.
N
,
nr 4.
K. om.
.
U. inserts ^^^*r
after
and has
anfawr.
T?r
p.^r
W 4
IKfor
K. om.
^Ff.
before
U.W. N.N2
USfr^T.
G.PT:-
r^ .
5.
P.
TOT.Ns.*5J. B.
G. om. Sltf?^^
,
and reads
the speech thus:
which N.Na. read thus
:
8.
G.K.U.f^i
[U.^^WIS" Hflr~] for
^rr. U. oin.
^
reads JR 5pf L. ins. flft before
9.
N.Na.
instead of
f^ &c. B. om.
.
I
^i vm$<
^rfaj IT ft^*rr
f nrrer
^
||
o
||
10
^r:
fiR?rt
N.Na.^TOT for *F?nT.
1.
I
6.
K.U.P.*Hf?*>5Jr:
for
2. 3.
rft
4.
.
U. reads .
B.n-
.
G. 3 ?fr
K. be
also
it is
,
.
T-
doubtful)
.
QF.il5*tJT.
U. and Kanganatlia. 9. P.A.N.Nz.A. insert
&G.
A.
.
.
adds <W\
We fC
N.Na.
G.K.-B. ^R.
Avith
after
We
r.
For
Na.U. have
K.
with
^| after
c c
fe
5
IK.
\\\\\\
I
10
-^
?
\
I
for
6.
i.
2-3.
W
G.U.tflfc for
B.
iff.
mrr.
after T.
m^TT.
for r.
A.G.
.U. insert 3f
before for
^W
*K.
-A.N.N-2. ^T
7.
B
A.N.N^.^T for ^t. U.Cf-
w
rW( 9.
for
^t
for
U. om.
5. A.P.frfr.
IT.
^
ff.
A. om.
We
with A.N.N*.
for
10.
B.
N.Na irirm. B.5r?T5f & r?frfw
,
U.FT:5FTITW, :,
u.
.
.
G.K.^ff
[?.
pjlr KH.
U. om. g.-U.'tC-
^ 4.-
rr*r.
G
for *
^T
P.w We with G.K.
and
B.P.
for C
and K.
.
.
fl
A.P.5Triyr^RT ^
We
TW JTrff
with Bollensen.
2.
U.W^R
for
JKWT. G.K.
read the following forgery after Stanza 22 :
flw i
2-4.
m
forfl*-
.
P. omit
N.Ns.P-IT
B.
raPr
|
tr
tsrw. A.
ins.
before
for
5-6. A.N.N-2.
for .
om.
[B. i.-U/ir
tfl
[P.
om,
A. N.N2.
?.
.
*u
tf
i
i
^ff
afnwiw
JTRTST
i
f^rcrcr
and B.P.^F7 inserted Ka-
after T?. IJ.has neither.
We
with
G.K. and
tavema reads the fff7. We omit the and elf? with U. and Bollensen, for this rea-
Kfita-
vema, the latter, however, reading 3&l for ^?Kf%. 1.
B. inserts
Wit
before
flf
son that some of our Mss-
^sfr^
JO
TJT^ W7^. So N.Nz., which, however,
&c. A.N.IS"2^?
insert
I55T
lTl3
read
fflif, others ?TW (or ff^f ) and others again fH^f, and that if and fff
f!'
before
3fTT.
B.
ginally
in the
text,
should have found B. ora. 2-3. N.
tff
we the
pronoun instead of 3*T(-Tf in
?T?r
the next speech of Chitralekha, 9"-^ f^SJ &c.
om.
1
4.
g. A.B.P. ins. ^T bef. butG.N.Nj.K.U. omit it. A. f^r
rlf &c.
N-
N.Na. om. Wnnr. A.N.N2.
6-6.
for
^R
swim
Iff
sTi
mrofrr *^wr
1
rm
3
I
31^5
T flr
Rj .
(sic)
N-2
.
K.
.
j.-G-.adds
and K.
,
before
5, G.K.?5yf
o^rjTq^] 1.
A
flf
^
repeat
?Tff.
N.Na.^[ for mr. G.P. do not
B. om.
2-4. A.N.Ni.^T
rfff rT^T.
for *|
which
B. omits.-B.P.^nt T[B.om.]
^ [B
.
aTfrfTr
frf?
|
[K.om.] W^^Tf ^5Ffft ?Fff rfir [ G^m.fffr rffr]. B.P. 15 8 Tr?^2T, o-raifeting ^. B. in|
serts 6.
flft
before
^F
G.^ !^ for Wtfr 11
^TF.
^^4. N. B.T-
r.
.
P,
f firoi
i
1.
A.N.N-J.
for
.
r.
N.N2. 2.
8 T for ^T.
B.
^T
B.
?^t for 7-
P.
for ^.
6-7.
N^.
N.Ns. for
.
u. ^ f.
3-4.
P.^T
for ditto.
G.A.P.
A.N.N2. insort
before T[^ &c.
.
For
^^ &G. N.N2.
ns.
for for
P.
after
K
ikft
ftro
rr:
i
.
ftrar
ir
for
1ST.N-2.
for flTOafa.
We
read
^T !-
with A.N.Na. After
f-
K. has the following
:
3.
G. om. m. K.
ins.
before
A.
^Tf.
B.
1.
B.P.om.w?. P.
B.ff5Tf. G.
P.omfaC T.
W
B.W.
A.N.N2.
before 2.
0111.
read
for
ftt
G.
om.
the
T
P.TK^f f^r^T
A.fWT^*r. for
B.P.
at
the
ginning, and goes on tftf
rTHCFr.
B.ffirt.
8.
for
^ aTf:
repeat
Rff.
be-
tfl"
^f-
B.A.N.Na.^l
f
" ^f^^
:
G. does not
HU.-A.
-tq
i
gr
10
for iJ^Jfa
we
which
read with A.N.N^.B.P.
8.
K.^TK for *W.
9.
K.f? for ^.
U. 1.
G.K.U.W for ?*T which we read with A.N.N2.BP.
10.
B.T^f*T
N2.JK"fl:
We
for
for Rf^T:.
KJ^^W
flPT'^TH^,
sr^. G. om. and G. as well as
and B.^T-JJ:, before ^R:.
B. read
*Tf for
Mfr.
9T? for
with G.N.N2.U -A,
B.^f after
^H.
B. ins.
ins.
N.Na.^T*?-
^T, and
P.
11-12.
G.^T:. G.K. have J2
for
Jff
.
3.
B.^TTW for
5.
P.w
6.
W.
w^fr.
G.K. om. Prfa'HT and read ^instead. A.B.P.om ^: and N.N2. om.
T^.
N.N2.
N.Na. inter-
polate two stanzas after
?t, after friTF*.
2.
?^.
fa:
tf-
.
G.ifyjl .A. 3*TT for
I
B. om. qfr
ir 5-^ .
N.N-2.
6.
P.^f^tf for
s
^f.
P.om.
for
A. om. ^'T.
2.
B.^f, P.^^Tr?, for J?T:.and
and reads
B.A.N.N2.5^fff: for ^5: which we read with G.
om
fl?:
and have
K.P.U. 3.
A.
&c. G. om.
*n\*<: [=^c: for
margin]
in
the 5rrw
G.
firw:.
We
ff
for
*T.
B.K.
P.^^Tf^iq:
read fTO^Tft
8.
^T
B.^W and om.
with G.
for
f?fW.
|
^f*lr. B.
ft
for
om. vrfiW
and reads ^>r%
fl".
viruma after
^fT^r^: and
reads
B.f^Tf
K.^'^f ^. A. N.N2.B. f^Tfor J'5f. A.B.
^^
(1
G. puts a
for
and P-ifiT after 13$. N. but om. Na. have
fl^f
37
for
P. om. *wfr. K.^R^f
Wf?T
(ic).
and Kfitavema. 6.
JTTF
For fet;. G.K.P. f^:! G.
A.
l5:.
K. inserts
7.
^
B. 4.
for
W
9.
G.
.
N.Na.W
for
m
10
15 1.
N.N2.
2.
P.N-2.B.C^^r for ^RRT.
S.
K.N.N2.^rari"?7.
4.
A.N.Ni.HT $ for f^f. B.
8TW
for
7. A.
and P. Sf,
Jr
G.
T? after
B.
and
P.^fTSf HT5[(.st'c),
for
.
|,
.
for tffrHfa? i,
c.
A.
and B.P.-
^". K.
G.*T-
&c.
P.
corrected
from 9.
P. T.
om.
,
:
a.^f^r
ins. J-
^r-T^T.-
(sic).
G.
8.
?i G.^F^^. P. .
:
TKTfT. N.
for
14.
A.N.N2. om. fl^f.
B. om.
B.f^r
^ ,
J.
reading
3".
v
|
f
I
er
n
^rflT
5
ajq
1
:
i
10 n
1.
i:.
K.lf?
^
n
.
*W*t. P.
omitting
"%'jr^fT
.
B.
om.
^JTR 7.
.
A
for
G.
^.
K.
omits.
altogether. 6.
N.N-2.
om.
^.
B.P.
.iTjM^ for ^ir^T ( !
)
.
.
sf.
12.
for
K.
N.Nf. it
for JST wliicli for
rfri^
J^STfa.
T^r.
(sic)
W, for sfcr &c.
We
N.N*. and
but A.N.Ni
P.,
read 3^?T o/Ver 13.
P.WWSW
for
.
G.K.
^nrji^^JTw? I, and B. Hj
for ^ff^m"-
P. omits. G.K. 3R
for
9.
11.
with
A
\
H
?
o
||
3TFRKqrr
10
JTO 1.
i.
:,
si
imply
For
G. has
:
ffjpf:,
A.N.N2.B.P. 6.
B.P.TOJ,
1.
B. om.
and A.P. JT^We with .
B.P. om. and read the the following
ffiFfrJirrT ].
K. reads the
pada thus
3.
:
ff
For
8.
?^.
G. has
TT?nF?r
?f-
p. f
^J N.
9.
WW^.
A.N.Ns.fWf
to *Ti^^^. G.
inserts *fi before
first
ff ^WfJT-A.
JTfqr
for
:
and P.irfHrfi?, for K. orn. the prose
from *4 up pada of stanza thus
[P.
K.trtT, for
r, .
2.
and
N.N2.
G. rTSfff
after
for
4.
(sfc). K.^T-
5.
U.G.K. read %5nr5T, for which wo read with
10.
for
11.
for 12.
B.P.^^W
for
.
K.
\\
\\
\\
i
10
1.
A.
13.
B.N.NS.
2-3.
ora.
B.7f
m^ for ^W
5Tfl J
K.
Tf ff.
adds 5.
7.
r
B.
K.A.B.^r^
B.
:.
for
r?.
A.
.
K.
K.
P.A.R^f^ before *'^ G. K.^^N' w*n. N.^.^rerfrr.
8.
9.
K. adds ^rt
10.
^
^[
before
W-
For
^TPTjr^^T
G. has 3^^ W. 14.
11. N.N2.7T for ^f. 12.
^H" ).-A. ( omitting Na. om. ^. P. om. TT^
&c.
For
8?M^
G. K.
Lave
N.N^lFOTfH^^.
33
G.Kiiis.
after SFOTT, but
N.Na, omit
it.
B.P.A.
JJT
TOTC9Rf
II
\tt
I!
mif
nnr-
5
^far
:
10
We
with G.K. and also U. which however reads ^T'^ftf. 1.
A.P.K.
WT
G.
K.
^f:.
B. adds
^
&G.
and
N.^WW
.
5T^:
read
for r.
for
B.W
W
P. ff t^rsr.
after 53-
fikA
after
7.
N-Na. do not repeat
8.
G.K. NT G.R5TlTfTr^.
B.
2.
9.
S.
10.
K.TC
for
for
T?ff.
for 11. 4.
A.N.N2. om. HTJ.
P.
om.
K. adds fore T vr
B.
qrlr.
^, omitting
^
for
.
for
P. om.
.
be-
K .T$r-
r"
B.
wro*
n
10 ^ n
n
*?.-
1.
3.
N-3 3 G.
n
for
f.
5ff.
A.
for
4.
6.
.
,
for
P.Tf 55ftT
m
B.om.
^r
^ after ^K^rw.
andA.N.
T^. P.om. .
B.P.^f^'
6.
12. 7.
G-N.N2.do nbt repeat *T:.~ G.K.^T^ for
for fq" &c.B.
8-9.
B.A.N.Na.fgr before which B.P.omit. G.ins.
fr-
f^
^
before
^.
A.N.Ni.^^T.
U. G.P.
falfl:
^trff
WJ
|
I
spira
??r
HPT :
I
10
Tff
G.om.^T
1.
Wf
and B.W, for
ft*FT:. ^T'4.
I
&c. B.A.N.N2.om.imT.
B.
A.N.Na.
for
^T:
2.
*%.
G. Las f^
4. B.P.ff for ^T.
for 6.
after
B.om.^T. G.bas
8. P.
K.Cw
P.J for ^.
for
for
10-11. A.
.
6-7. A.JTRrfT^Rt ipTR: for :.
f
:,
for the
:
for
.^jf ^r4
Ft
.
i
N.
N. FfT-
same.K.SW qff-
PTSnRf
:.
fT.
for JJ^rfa.
J^.
-cff
iris.
.
om. from
?cff
up
to
A.N.
wpft.
U.
f^WT iWf ?Tf-
rffo
ii
r irirrf ir^r^r:.
irfr^Rf
P.[omittixjg
&c.
\
Jts
WJ
1
for
&c.
We
1.
P.
2.
P.B. om.
3.
G.K.U. have
4.
N.N2.
with G.K.
G,
For ?f cr ^r" G.K. Lave If^JWrf
8.
*fr,
^
^r
for ^.
N.N2.
9.
10. P. (sc).
For
JT^ G.
lias 6.
m^JT.
N.Na. read tlie and 4th padas thus
11-12.
3rd
:
G. for
13.
P.
OT
om. from
G.
has
srfrT
for ifoft.
G.
for
2Jrt?r.
??*T to
N.Ns.oiu. HfJ.
B.P.
^R.A.
5
^8
II
C
II
*v
*s
wim:
f
1.
N.N2. Hf$0$Wlitl^; for
the
first
puda.
We
N*
II
A.N.
10.
N.N2.
11. >Tf?f:
be-
om. q\q
JTT^r.
G.
for
and
&
.*ra for
?q-.
P.A.N.Na.om.
B?f
B.
P.om.^^. G.
^
after
and
ora.
JgTT.
*T,
B.P. ins.
K.\OT^
for
and B.
W 13. A.N".
.
after .
7. 8.
lias
qr
A.om
12.
reads
HTW ^\
with G.
A.B.P.K. 5-6. A.N.N2. insert
I
U. A.T^T for
?fT.
After ^
G. p.
II
10
WTOTTRT
I
n ^^> n
10
i
&c
.
N.Nj.fr:
for
K.
:.
WRW
3.
for
g
6-7. 1.
.
O.K. read
: .
N.
and for
^r.
N.N2.om.'?^'T. N.
.
&c.
(sic)
c
into .
jer
^r
U.TOTft RT^f-
PprR
1
^
(fc.).
introduce
the
stanza with the stage-direction ^5^ f>^r. B. reads tlie
as
fourth pada (j? &c.) the second, and the
second
(TCf
fourth.-A.N.N2.B. for
J^r^^r.
)
BT ^T
K.om.
5T
^'frf^.-G. om. W1. A.
N.N^.K.efTrT for
which A. reads the word
3*^*
^7 before
JTTJ.
G. has
before
for 9.
as the
grf^
10.
G.K.
ins.
W ^TT before
;
which P. omits.
ur
inmm
I
*:
far
st
1
i
i
i
rs
&c
fore gr
.
?ifl
3.
B.om.rfK
G.oin. T,
4. :
?
f
.
G.K.
insert
after
HfJ
G.K.^T^T: T^ fqq for
^raff.
and
B.K.JTretfJT.
K.fl^r
B.G.ffit and
^fCf
for ^rtr^t.
B.
*prr, after
N.N2.
G.K.C^t
STfT:
A.N.N2. also insert the
^ after
A.B.
1.
t
W.
finraur for gr
TPI for
B. a?fr
.
^ &c.
A.N. B.
^T^ rT^^r^C
A.
for
?f.
A.B.K.
ins. J?T: after
N.N-2. |r ft
^T^ ^.
for
N^.J^T^ ff
T?I:.
for
It
N.N2.om.
5.
A.N.N2.P.
A.N.N2.P.1W5J, and B. ^fTO, for rerTO which we
7.
read
Cf
with.
K.U.-P.iri^. B.
altogether. 2.
N.om.
A.B.3WIRr
8.
for
We a. and K.
e-fr.
ins. *r
3-fer sfr,
ins. ?f
5T tflf ,
be-
9.
with G.N.N2.K. For in%8g rirf ^ G.K. liave
irRrir^. P. oiu.
B.K.TO
for
10
v P.A.N.Nj. om. the stagewhich B. has
8.
1.
3.
5.
G.5T|F&for<Wfa. K. A.B. ins. f^^, and K. ,
t.
before 3?^
^1
&c.
om.
direction for
only/wnar. K.
^
W. B.P. om.
f'tf.
13.
A.B.TfW^T and SFPJf^r^fl^lW
which P.
&c.
after
N. for
omits.
&c. T
6-7. A.N.lS -2.iT^
N.N2. before
for
K. om.JT^J. A.B. ins. ^TTfT after Swfttf For ,G.K.read
f^f.
.
W
f^. For ^, G.K. have IT^ For =T^Rr, G,K, read H^
.
read as follows
&o.
\\\\\\
;
m:
OTtT:
I
jjr
I
w
10
\\
ti
:
For K.
&.
G.K. read
4.
We G.^^:
The Mss. fTOK:
1.
with
Katavema.
for
^5ff:
.
G.K.55*^
f?^. N.N2. rend the thus
^
A.^T
a
apparently into
JTfff.
P.om
58T.
W
before
7.
for
TW.
6.
K.^f for
G.WfHfrfr.-For RoJf%*C?f,
stanza
Tf?frf:,
hopeless corruption 2.
*F after
G. om.
7.
for
TO& in both] rr
correction
ins.
K.
?ff.
for
RX
B.A.N.N2
8.
B.^Tff
9.
A.^^f, and G.H$, for
12.
G
arecSfarefrf.
cor-
:
rected from
B.P.A.
G.K. 3"TWT. B ft&m. N.N-2. om.J
B. ins.
with
ftsyfaT,
P. om.
For
I
We
>
3.
ii
^.
K.^WJH. N-KTa.W ^7^.
for GIM
!
13,
For f?^,G. has
nC(4.
A,N.
10
'
G.K. insert after
^.
for
T.
A. ins.
ins. fl after
1. P. ins. $ after
A N.rlh'wt
2.
for
A-N.Na.
l
WoffW.
and Na. ff
G.K.
and
N.
N2.
A.N.
ffTTO:,
,
before 3.
N.N2
4.
Q.K.Tt:
fr-
after :
after .
P. TO before
.-N. bef. tit
*W
for
TR:.
*T*T-
lias:-
5.
N.N2.om.
6.
N.NsMf for
^^.
N-N2 K.P.'BJ^JTfor
7.
3jT.-For
s^^:,
m?f: .-A. N-2.^rfer^?T 8.
10.
B.ins.W
G. has
nef^r?T ,
*
K.P.^^f: for
,
for
before
T-
and N.
:
I
\\
II
n I
II
\?
II
r
10
:
1.
.
B.WfT
n
\
n
K.
.
. N.N2 and read *fW-
om. 2.
and
A.N.N2.B.U.oin.^e,
G.K. do not repeat ^ B. reads ^f^mf 7.. 3- K.U.^PTKf for ? 6.
U.*Tf5T
for
sTWr
^ref:.
G.K.omit
A. goes on thus: ^fOT:, and B.
N.N2.
7-9. A.*T
G.* B.
5hT
and N.N2.
J 10.
5rrr^]r
^
r
;
ff
Ws
12.
13.
omits
JTf.-After Tf
IT
i
cr?f
10
15
H'RS" G.K.ora.
1.
f4r
^.
5
T^.
N-N2.P. om.
G.N.N2. om.
5J?Trff. K.om. CTt. For q^?l7 3 tf^T555% G. K. have T^^r ^^q5J^t HIT. A.N.N2.R s Tf^4 W, and
P.B.C^f 2.
K.*RT
^,
for
rr^'T^
H^^IT
ff .
ST^T
:
for
for
10. *
B.P.^R
.
11.
wlrw
B. JT^Rirr I
8.
rfr.
^w^. N.
for 12.
P.om.
flf
before 5TCK. G.5T-
4.
N.N2. 0( rawir.
CK 5
6.
A.B.P.^TPT^r, and N.
B. TnT, for 5TCK. G.K.om.
for 7.
T,
^rr^t. P. ins.
TTT>Wr.
K.^'fr for ^fr. For
G.K. read
Rf^Tff.
14.
P.WT
for
5.'B.P.^*r for
?
for
N.Ns.K.
$ before
f^^,
i
i
i
ir*i
rww
ir?
i
*
3f
10
T5KPT:
1
for
6.
for .sfr:.
7.
B.
K.om.
before
G.K.tiTiT.
.
and read
om. for
.
B-om. ^4.
.
B.
8. fif.
U.aW^^TWfr.
A.-A.P.
and A.fJ?T, *
P.1?Hir, for
A.r B. ins, ^ITR-
after
9.
We 5.
We with
ff JIxisrR for
K. reads the
after S.
P.
^ET-
read ?4 with
B. and Katavema. The other Mss. omit
5T
it.
A.K.TflPT. B.
om. before ?f? &c.-A.N".N2.P.^-
10.
B.P.C4 for ?f. r,
G. K,
For
ERF at
I
$Vr?
i
rro
f *r
1-3.
er
For
G. K. have A.N.N-2-^:
before
B.N.Na.P.om.
.
7f.
K.^TJ^flr.
G. and K. some-
what desirably N.
tlie
A.N.
the
.
N2.
^W^TC
(sic).
N2.B.TIT before
K.
insert
^
T^^rarr.
before
Tlie order is differeut
insert
former before latter
T
before
;r
r
^
and
T^JT.
But the other Mss- omit
G.
it.
3r*T*T.
inN. |F. T.
B.f^f. B.om.T.
K.^for
G.K.P.W.
7. .
B.
8.
for
rr
f^=rr ",
4-6. G.H'rrj. K.ins .
.
JU
before
A.N.^.B.^W^for G.^fH for ^WT.
K.
fwr
&c. A.ift-
and G.K.TW?6rt,
frlr
r
1
iftjr
i
:
d
10
I
(t
<$^ri
^r
.
6
N.Na. om.
*T^.
A.N.N2
ff-
4.
K.ins.W
6,
G.deesi
:
before
^f
R'W up to
in the fourth pada. 7-8. .
1.
A. ins.
T
9.
.
A.N.Na.?f
7^
B.PWSF
m.K.
for
after
G.K.om. stf.N.Na.'W for f^for R. A.N. &
?f for
B. om. ^ri
Sim.A.
for
for
^75JW,
and
for VI. c.
A. 10.
3.
.
A.N.Ni,wr
r?.
K.W.
flW^^
|
for J^:.
UFTWM
A.N.N2.^^fr ,
&c.
for
aud B. om.
.
.
10
ii
i
i
U-JTT
i
:
i
.
i
:
I
the stage-direction. 1. N.N2.P.*T*fr for
for
serts rnft.
B.
.
K.
2. .
N.Na.WK.^T ^r-
oin.
?T.
&C.-A.P. 9.
.
A.Tf^ff^f.
BTlt jfr.
3.
G.J^lt precedes A.5w: and N.N2.^: before
4.
.
10.
the stanza. 8.
A.UfKPT, N.N2.Tfr^MT, and f,-a. in-
N.Na. RT^nfr. G.
i? p.tfc fsrgrfif for
rrr
K.Tff for TrSTTSft. B. om. r.
K.
ins. 5?fas?f:
after
1.
A.N.N2. om. ^fbef.
N2.^. K.^T*
W
a'T.
^. A. B.^
4.
A.N.Ns.fK
5.
K.iW^T
6. 3.
A.
.
For
7.
B. S
^
for JTff?^.
sff^T,
K.ft=f.
N-N2 .B.
for
G. reads
I
?nr:
few:
flftsrft tffrer ^*
:
%\i
j
I
TOI!T-
U.TRcgr. K.5HT.
1.
U.lrfrHf: before RfSTTfor
2.
which
it
reads
fefr*TT.
ins. Ir^fHT: bef.
*ra=f.
K. too
after
A.
4.
r
,
and
,
N.N2. For
'
for
B.f
P .
A.wfr
&o. up to .
G.
U. for
inserts
and
,
after .
3.
.
for
U.r-
for ^Fi 5. .
U.Tf before
G.TJ.K. om.
P. om.
r^H. U.
.
.
A.
.
P.
r
for
f[f.
T
for
for fpf
frr.
for
r
.
^
f%ff
for ditto.
it frrirr.
1. .
A.G. have .JUT.
.
N.N2.^^lffM. .^T^K^t. G.om. and has STOTK inG.B.P. om.
U.K.om.^iTffr. For To5qhK8TJTr and Na. hav
cff.
*TST
a
lacu-
and goes
A. sT T T*nf 3Trarc7
ff-
the stage-direction ?r% &c.
K.N.
stead. B.T^TT.
U.
fa.
U. foffiwNt. B. P. K.
2.
^ and
na instead of on
FT.
4.
oin.
N.N2. give
the
speech
thus [stc
?rr.
B.P.?Rifr-
TW
iJ
&c. N.
^?J
for IfflT
|
TK-
.
K.?-
for 3.
For
^TTOfTI^ G. reads
nrrj^^Tfr^T
Tlrg.
with A.N.N2. and nia
who
reads
We
Kiitave-
.
p.
1
JTR
i
or
&c.
of
A.N.N2. ^Rr^r
A.N.N2. A.N.lSr2.
7W
insert
^fflfr,
U.K.'IWfPfifr, for Tt
B.om.
TJTff. U. *^f.
&c. t.
and
before
A.
Ng.
after
7.
IWTWree.
%
N.
G. and B.
After ,
A. goes on
:
9T-
"ffsWPf!
A.N.N8.P. om.
4.
WRr^T. TTT.
m
U. reads the passage
from ?fr &c. thus
:
U.TO".
after f.
^T. G.
G.
ttf f 3ff
r
W*f,
B.
inserts
^W.
B.
T^TiTf.
K.
and P.^T^r, for
r
r.
G.
5.
K*?T O for
U.
TWTT7. .
and ^Rf^^f for 3.
U.IOW^ for
imply
read sT^ffi twice. | ^rff
T^lTf5-.
and
15. reads
P.
T.
N.^. P.
3lf*r for
U.
ff
So K.
TI^
goes on
3Tf?T.
.
3T-
for
N.
:
ufrsrft
<J
i
Ts TOT
J^
v
g-
10
After
U.K.P. om. one om.
G.
and B.
.
U.
&o. U.K. after the end of Vidusliaka s speech
.
:
K for
U.K.
C.
But A.N.1ST 2.
-fr for
STO?
G.
7.
9-11.
B.P.
.
B. P. and G. agree in giving no stage-direction indicating that there is the end of a praves'al'a here.
S
.
For
5-6,
T*flrf?fr
G. has r-TO ^f.
For fWff G.K.U. read
for 12.
For
f4r,
P.orn, 13&.
G. B. and
G.
fr.
I
r -
B.
^T 5frf [B.om. *FT U. altogether omits the speech *TW &c. K.
ins.^tff bef. tfra^fP
fliww TO
.
*wrrfc
A.N-Na. read
and A. reads the thus
speech 5.
:
A.inserts
^ t *?Trr4r q-^r erer-
off
r^r4f [K. Ir]
2.
G.WWTRTS.
before
SKFTrafr.
C^T,
and
N.Na.
fffNf f onvTrarW^rMT WTwaT^. U.
corruptly ^f
U.K.om. 3fal and have
.
iff
before
for
trfr
^wsFFrf
Bi.
B.om.
A.N.Ni. om.
?]
B.K.P. do not repeat
rT.
6. .
4.
A.N.N-2.B.
om.
WW
and
read the rest of the speecli *T ^^T'T ^ 'T 13&f thus ',
i
P. om.
U.K.om. the stage-direction and om. ^S*T, simply
B.TK-
reading f|T bef. 7.
8.
I
10
r?
.
i
for
8-9.
B.
G.K.U. insert 1.
U.
for
.
n
before
U. after 3JR5^, inserts
A. 2.
B.iT?.
(*). B.
:
for for ditto. 3.
For FrefA.N.N2. read 5TCW%^ whioli appears to be an
improvement upon the ginal reading. :,
K.
r?r
for
i&f RfTT:
.
N.N2.ffiff-
(7) for
ori-
A.B.P.^fa-
.
:,
and N.N2. r:,
for
10.
12-13. N.N2. read the
6-7.
. ;
for
G.=Cr-
omitting
A,N.
thus
:
speech
:
nfrsrrar
JT?[ *c
and
for nnTf which we read with P.A.N.N 2 .-G.iW'T*r fir-
We
9.
B.P.om.STB.
*f.
B.U.
ins. If
after
ins.
bef. tffr^.
T
3Tf
f*T:,
N.N-2.
[f?W
U.KJft-
2.
omitff with G.K.U.A.N.N2.
and
with G.K.U.A.N.
4.
N2.HB.3? %(3*f for^Tf^Wffff. P.<| and A. 31, for JTf-
6.
P.,
T
,
G.K.U.^
for t?T.
We read
^ with A.N.N^.B.P. A.^fr. B.ffTf. N.N3.
'
G. speech of Vidu shaka altogether ("f &c.) 7. G.K.W5:. U.has simply ITU.oui. the
P.^T before
for
A.
u.
and adds C
ft $T
omitting the stage-direction in the following speech.
A.N.Nu.^g before
1. T
^Tf
&c.
for the
whole
stage-
direction.
3',
ff^rlr-
N.Na.U.f^W
after
8.
U.TO^
not re-
peated. A.N. 2.
A.N.N-2
,
U.K.P.'T
and
after 9.
,
and G.l.U.
B.P.
*:.
^:
for
P.B.Ff-
i
I
sffi
10
7.
and P.B.TP^, for KfitaYema have 6.
u.^TKnr
B. om/RPT
2.
for ^*f.
^
be the
first
shtup (see
whole stage-
direction.
u
TL5JR-4 Vft for
8.
meaning
irfr^fiT,
FPW^:. P. K.?^ qK-
JTff^r.
for the
^Sfrf^f
A.^K^, and
G.K.B.Ifr for
:.
>m.
it
om.
to
half of an anuinfra).
after
TfT.
B.
5yr^T5JT:.
P. reads
5JR5}f.
U.f>T for
OT^Ts^
*Tft.
U.
5T^: for TPT:.
B.irffa^.
9. u.^rnr 6.
K.G.r
for
^
wrr^. B.
&o.
om. torr^ and reads
f fir
^r?iT5- irtSFT.
lias
3m.
p. om
^fflH5n:
.
,
^\
A.^ffTflT for for
and N.Na.
for
G.om. 10.
^.
G. om. this and
the
line on the next pnge. I
v ||
the second
[Tfvr*F
U. for
and omits the
lalf(see svprd). A.^f for
first
following
three
speeches
5
TTT.
^
n
11
^v~ 10 : i
ending with
9. .
.
. I
1
B.P.fT^ for
2.
^Tfft?^:
K.
om.wRtWT.
B.U.r^ri^r. p.
p.
.
^t. .
*TJfr^T. P.ins.
P.H-f
10-ll.G.K. read tle word after
TO
^*T?T. TJ.^r^^T. N.
N.N2.^ff U.
6.
B.
before
AJTOKfT.
6.
U.
ik
:
P. reads the
speech thus
K.
.
:
f.
K. om. before
.
U. inserts as
follows
G.K.have
U.
TO
I
?T-
iM.
(Pifffe
after
P.om.
:.
8.
(then
after a lacuna
d K. read
,
for
G.K.
TORT?
I
P.BA.N.]ST 2. read the 3rd and 4th Farias thus
.4.
:
5-6.
[B.P.
A.N.N*.
have
on.
Tf
*U.
U.
after
If
and om.
K. A.N.N2.
but unsupported read 3TiR with We reading. B. P. and with Katavema,
an easy
who, however,
Tff^T.
.
comments
upon 3JTRR^F. I do not see how he accommodates the f^'T. Here is his explanation. I
G/WFf
.
N.Ns.
.
N.Na.
K.
for ffK.
P. om.
7.
TO?
W
^R for
N2.frwr?r for flhW. P.om.fT. 8.
U.^W:
forT5RT^Wir:.
P.B.U.K.
add
twp
N-Ni.
more
fi.
OTHTT 5
Tfsir
I
ir
epeeches after
3.
5T*H
before
u. ins.
The is
1WJ
first
bef.
of these Bpeeclies
rehd by U.K. thus
IT:.
^^r
om.
G.
IT.-.
B.P.U.snj
U.ins.
W
B.P.om.
.
G.K. P. ins. 3TrfT before W$\. U K. om. ^fRT. 5. B.P.Tm for WW. K fT5T-
4.
ni before
:
&c.
5T*T
B.
6. 7.
and by B.
tlnis
:.
:
y,
,
But A. G. and Kaiavema omit them. A.N.N*.
1.
q,
TW, and
B.
J A.N.N>.B.^-
^fFT. U.K. Tfcr&. 2.
G.W:
W^
&o.
and
not repeat *"^Cf. B. ^;.
P.
N.N.-.B.P.
J?r"rg::.
Una speech of KanG.P.Wrf. A.WirflT. B. om. >T^%. P/TfarwfiT for U.oin.
.cliulcl.
ins.
after *T.
8.
for
B. ora. ^. A.
and
9.
does
P.ffTKf^W. U.
reads the
whole speech thus:
?|
:
i
q-: .
<> if
i|
i
10
?
r
G.KJfrH^f^ for we read with A.N.
5.
and f,
\vliich
for f^ for T.
A
6.
,
and
for 1-2.
P. inserts
and
(?), ,
before
G.K.P.WW. U. om.
8.
9.
altogether. G.K. insert
^f
and
U.
TOfr?f before T^W. P. omits
for
the whole stage-direction.
T.
N B.
A.N.N2.U.B.WPT
11.
B.r?ruv7
.
rff,
for .
10.
and om.
,
om
^T.
and
for ,
for
for
and
TfWIr. N.Na.^Tt
U.HT
5
f
Jtf.
I
10 .
i
i
for
TO. B. om.
A. 8?fr
1.
4.
^PJT^TO^ rt^rfr
r-
before G.K.B. insert and N.Nz. read ,
:
for
TT.
5.
or 6.
G.K.
.
B.flff^f. So
P.
K. but correct-
ed into 8.
T[6f
T
before
U.
jfr
We
9.
N.
10.
P.U.B.>?^
11.
G.^J.
U.
for T6T.
K.P. om.
with P.
G. B.P.
?T3:.
f.
t.
for
for
N.N2.
om. T'T
1ST.
^. for
iro
*nrnr
.
\
I
G. ft
1.
B.P.
for
P4;
3.
fifrft.
fro^
r?3T.
U.
for
G.K.B. ^ar, A. P.ST?rf, and N.Na. *f^T. for ltf^3T. A. ins. TOiTWtf, N.N-2. TfTfrTW, and G. K. B. P. flff^TW, after ar^sT^T. AVe omit tlie word with
.
G. Rff^ff. N.Na.
Rafter
4.
A.N.Na.U.rT%^
and Eanganatba. B.*Kf, and P. Rf, for W. G.A. ^F-
for
.
^
?3T%TW
U.
.
*l
K. for
rK. .
U.
and P.T*SfJ, for
A.N.N2. read
P.
A.
om.
ar?T,
G.
3"11!
before
&c. A.N.N2.
for
.
.
A.
8T5f.
for
A.N.jSTi.
5f.
6-7.
PrtRpfr.
A.N.Ns.5T
for r.
IT.
ff^. B.
B.^fcf.
.
TfK.
2.
K. om.
Tt(^.
G.
.
f.
P.
p.
.
.
.
.
G.
N. A.
'ft
1
?R
fir
G. K. om. the stage-direc-
1.
tion
U.w
^r^-iTff.
for
G.
2. G.riRfTrr^r. K.^rfrTfifr^r.
K. om. v^r.
NT5T.
G.K.
ins. 3f after
for
N.N2-
7.
^
%
f
prrr^
for
IJT-
A. K.N2.B.if^reft. U. .
3.
U.Tr7
r.
r^-.
A-N.N^.P.
B.
5ff-
.
A.
.
A.G. pr^fTf? G.
.?
.
^^f. N.N
3 .
^W. P.B.K.^^df.A.N. r.
TJ-om.
.
P.arJ3, and N.N-j. 5.
G.P. do not repeat 33:.
8.
U. om.
9.
A.N.^.K.
sfrr=ff3
B.3lnT P. oin.
3ff.
P.^qjv-f
.
A.N.
.
.
u.t-
rnsrr
|
L 6
\\
II
ll
10
.
p.
the
^^^(szc). 3.
U.^RT R:F^T:.
4.
U. om. stage-direction
11. g-
N.Ni
N.Na. om.^T. U. has simply
TO?RI
for the
whole stage-
direction.K.G.B.omit TW.
.
7.
A.N.N2.U.
9.
G.K.omit ,
into a
speech. G.K.a-frsroft for SSTT^.A.
*ff^& 6.
stage-direction
,
5TR".
and P. ^?Rff, for
N.N2. read
and U.T?tfl, for
*{
for
^Tf-
13.
G. P. have
10.
for
(f.
^Him and om.
f
changing
iT
,
K.fl'fr(irf?.
before for
TW
G.K-U. &c. A.
ins.
5
A I
js
u.t
r.
omitting .
K.
for ^f. G.
K.
B. ^JTTfT, and for ^5f ^rf rrWr.
.
.
G.
for ^??. for f?.
K. ^Nifrfr. 3.
G.^r^rjjt ^T^hPT^. K.
4.
afsft.
G.K.om.tfr. tJ.Hf
^^t.
tlie
word 3T^W B T.
^wre^r.
"
U.om.
A.wC. U.om.
5". A.B.P.^Tlff.
P. rfr ffr ifr. 5-6.
U
A. inserts after
om.
^ET
^r
TJ.*T*f?. r,
and
P
N.Na.RTW. U.TK^^^f.
B.om.
Jflft
and has R-
for
.N.N2 give the speech ^rrwfr TFthus: ^f .
w
&c.
*pmwrf
(sic)
for
Tr3r.
B.K.G.in-
er
rr.
I
sf sff Jrgr^fr
I
10 TIC Pr
I
-
sert
K.A.U.P.
U.arssr, for 8?IT.
J^ before
U.om.TK^ft.
^art for
and
for
ins.
TTrft.
B.
c
TTrit,
bef. ^ffT.
*ff
P.
for J^r.
A.N.N2.U.
2.
B.P.
3.
N.N-2.
u. for 4.
A.srr^r.
G.K.om.^|. 8.
IST-N2-
'Hf.
p.
N.Ne
twice.
fT^r.
K.om.J"TrWv and reads ,
B.^.
G.K.TRT.
^.Na.^f^B^r, and U.
6.
*m
for
G.^vTR^r^ f?f
9.
.^^T.
5.
B/T.
U.^x^.
N.Na.Cff.
repeat
U.?^WOT^^
N.m.om.T.
and B.*TW, forHT
A.N.Ns.-
7.
iT^RW^fr.
for in^y^Sl^.
G.K.N.N2. insert ^rwir before
M. A.W, and N.Na.
10.
for
G.
?TT
I
I
G.^J
unrepeated.
N.N2.B.P.ffr before
J.
^JT.
.
U.om. the stage-direc-
tion arafa^r
Wf. 3"o
3?-
|
f.
^
K.bas 3-oj and P. lias ^o 8?o4r f,
B.P. om.
HVT,
and
.
.
A.N.N-2. ins. R7 after
for ^qR^rw. tffaj,
and
31
B.
.
J
lf ,
and
G5f3T,
.N2.arnT, for
^rw.
2: For ^f>5Tf^, B. has
,
m
.
A.N.N2.
and
A.N.
.
assign the speech to ViduBhaka. 3.
Before
G.
ins. .
r^5Fff.
B.P. A. N.
for
w
[B.adds
P.B.
ir
4-6. turr.
as oftenjff. N.Ns.
B.
W
^^fr. for
A.arrcw before R.
.
G.
*r.
K.
A.
ins.
A.
or
i
l
I
*T<j*r*r
Irr?
1-3.
for
j
a
T^
U.^TR
4. fr
.
K. omits *f.
A.N.N2 for 9Tfi
ofnlr
if
r
[^^TIT or some
a^r
such word ^frj
^
l
left
JT^J
out?]
.
Wr-
N.N2. WT-
for
r5rf ifffa
r
after
7-8.
A.N.N2. om.
P. and for
J]
|
We
iff
ari
.
P.B.-B.P.ToT B.WlT^^f. B.ff^T-
.^fT
with
for a?sf.
^. B. ins.
Tff
before
*T-
om. 9.
T.
B.ar??T:.
after
.
N.
P.U.
Vs 1
fff.
ft
I
isn^JT^ I
3xm ^f^ |
nrj
10
i%
1.
N.Na.om. P
2. 3.
G.K.wrf. U.KU?T for
4.
N.N2.
^
8.
1
for
U.
&o.
.
irrlw
If*
^[TCW
I
it
reads
fC.
K.W^ff
U.
-5??rt
?Ifm=Tr,
A.l^:
A.wprr
A.^iW^
for 8TJ5rr.
I
^7
T4r or
]ST2.P.ertJTi^ before
has
iTflf. f*"
tlie
B.ffsrw
?[f|
$ft
&c. N.
J
&c.
^ffTTiT
be-
NfT
&o. N.Na. T^T?. U.
speech tlms:
W, and reads
fffPT
U. for
CrnrRr.
12.
fore
before flfar whicli
?r
11.
G.
If f
^T^rPT.
3-|sal nfrf
G. reads ^?T^
9.
W
^tfW. P. om.
om. P.
for ^f'^rrr.
for
G.K.^nT. U. 6. K.G.U.^. A.N.Na ff for ^f^ &o. After
5.
lias: 3*0
N.Nz.K.
^r^ff^R.
P.B.
WTt.
Hf f*
-'
I
:
ii
\\
10
J^lC. A.H^Jwr^ft. N.N2. 2.
&o.
for
^ir^T
PT
irfl^
up
to STr*rrf
.
(! fff.
U.
^m^.
B.P.^MJT^ for and TOl for TOf. 4. For rlrRr^:, G. K. have 3.
g rr
P.
RTrrFfW:. U. 5.
U
P.U.
G.f
A.^Tf,
and N.
Na.^T?, for 3?3R^r.
A.N.N2.
N.N2.
in fact
7-8
.
U^Jf^W.
read the speech thus:
A.
.
for
&c.
to 9.
10.
A.N.N2.^: before
.
P.
K.
.
thus omitting
,
A.N.Na. om. ff
.
G. om.
U-W
1.
for
ff
after
W.
B.Hf for
T.
2. U.SRTJTflT
i
For
fTSTfOT^r.
G.K.
4.
for
aveBf. A.N.N2. for
Hf for
om.
W.
U.^RT
*reflf. ,
R3Tf
3TJT
.
B.
and
TfiT
P.Sf'?!
for
f,
B.K.w
r.
W
H
B.P.^fT^
freTr7.
^T K3T-
HfT^afr
5RT
G.B. read the
7.
N.N2. ^ffr. U.
after
B.
P. insert ^^ffr, and A.frtf-
Tf
=?
after
7^. U. om. fi5nRTff
fl^T
for ^r.
.
.
5ff-
A.
N.N2 .r>5iTJrfor
fr
for
JT*
^TW
B. adds
after
A.
5. .
G.
U. before
.
3.
B.P.
6. .
G
A.B.K.
N.Na.^lt for for
arefr
5
gn^ft
K.om. K. om. U. *r3-T, B. and K.^K^T ff7, for
1-2.
'fff.
G.
ins.
after ^of-
*T
|
and B.
.rT^rr^, ,
For ^FT^fT, G.K. have ff WF?f. After the stage-direc tion U. adds U5ff
3.
1
6
for
T, and B.
om.
P. RPTl r3:,
into after Tf
for
?ir,
then
it
goes on, ^TWRfflT &c. rr3r,
for
For flOTTO^ G. K.
4.
corrected
U. has *ffj B.P. om. W. A. which U. altoge-
T.
%
^
For SpnsWTr ^^i^s^r. A.U.B.P.K.
5.
liave
ther omits. B.
and G. tf%fr, for ^*ff. U. reads
P. ins.
7.
U.r^r
for
read
ff after
G.N.N2.
W
with
CT:,
G.A.
-Ira
$
TOT
HI
I
ft
1-2.
.
,
for .
.
G om.
^'JH^fr. B. K. ins. IrT after
Katavema
this
as regards
speech. 3-4. B.Rif.
N.
G.fr?rtorrar.
U.
After 6J^7 A. differs
with G-considerably;
on
T-
and K.F^>ir,
it
goes
:
flT? &c.
and altogether omits N- reads the whole
.
A.B.
N.
epeech thus: |
the latter
being
evidently
a
marginal gloss copied into for
P.
the text. P. reads
&o.
after
vsfr
G.K. 6.
G.K.
5f f.
.
We with G.
K.
K. and
6,
G
ins.
before
*T3TR?qi5irlfe
11
1
fir
10
:.
l.
U.TT:, and P.T:, for
2.
9-10.
P.B.^ntfa
3.
K.
ft
U. *Tf
&c.
G.K. and U. insert
follows ^:
J
:
^(5fr,
after
ply afRn-W N-2.
G.K.
ofl^q-
|
5CRIT.
AVe omit
B.P.N.
^JT
q^
.
A.B.
U.W^M?Ttf
A.Wf?^ corrected from some reading which it is difficult to make out. N-Na.
5T.
B. clearly 8.
ag I".
|
oin.
after ^fT 6.
*ti
G.K.
*9f TfirrTiTJ and A.N.Ns. sim.
the additions with
4.
ins.
before ^f^T. K.^RJ^.
tft.
11-12.
U.
^:
and om.
G.K.^frT for wf :. U. om,
^
10
:
and
lias
N2. om. from 8T?f
:
:
B. om. 1.
G.l
2.
A.
i
for
and read padas 2, and 0/ce versa.
:
v-
oin.
U. after the
U5ff.
stage-direction
King's
gives
the
3 speech thus: Trff
up
to ?^
2, 3, as
:
,
1,
5fR: for 9.
B.fT^R'T before *Jt%. N. and U.^^i^f
N-j.TqiT.
J
om. ^5":
and goes on
omiting
:
-
c.
10.
B.ir^Cr rrfrr.
Urvas'i's
speech P.B. om. stagedirection. N.Na. ora.'S'^. G.
U.
K.B. insert fT
which
r,
K wrcr.
and T
after ^TW:. P. 11.
3.
O.K. om. ftsJm. A.B.Wf. for amfr. K.TKtr.
K.^ 4.
P.om.
zf:.
G.^T^f^T:, N.
12.
reads it
U.W^
assigns to IPCf:.
G.r^w. Kfrafor >..
A.
and N.^.^T^^rf, for
U. also repeats
f m. ^rrr.
I
I
!T
for
10
I
rr-
:,
f5, Avhich N.Na. altogether omit. U. also om. the stage-
r
direction wholly. for rrf4.
U. wrongly
^Ts'J.
-.
WT
for
and omits ^W.
B.P.
K.omits this and
the following three lines. BT* TTg^JT. P.(t2CV, omit-
8.
ting 2. 9.
3.
4-5.
&c. up to ^iff STfccT.
for
K.U.^fr^^
1?Tfl.
P.^JTW. For
10.
P.ora.
^, G.K.simply f f JTRLW^^. K.U. om.TO. JTT^.
G.'N.^. and om. T:
for
3^^ ^OT: ^rj:.
a?if3W
f^. For A.^f lines 9 and 10 N.N^.B.have simply 3*ir ^T4 ^qflr^rF^. p.om. *H"
(sfc),
A.B.^tff^fS T^:,
U.ora,
A.oin.^K^^
.
U.W
for
U. after the stagedirection and before the
sfT^ff.
King's speech ,adds T
|
:
wft :
i
i
eg .
us
I
f q-
>
*re<>in(
I
10
2.
A.G.N.N2.IOTR
,
and B.P.
*T'^R, for ^TT. K.om. this and the following speech. .
.
p. T5^.
3.
P.adds
.
A.N.
N.N2.G.K.B.
?Tff?r
for
W.
after
4-6.
N.N-2 .^rf j iTRff ? r^r^ -
.t,
and P.STJR, for
rm5, and both B. and P. om.WTf. G.K.om.*TTTrt. K.
B.
A.
Wfrt. U.om.
stage-
direction and reads
FfT?]
? 8. 9-
10.
for
fl narrfr aTrfli.
rf?rc.
P.^^"
^^
&c.
^ ftrcfa
$T^fir fM^r-'
rar
5 -cf
mmftrarr O.K.
B.fTrT:
5.
2-3.
P.A.N.N2. JTR^TO^:, and ifff^r^^W: (sic), for
4.
for
^
i
the whole stage-direction. A.N.N-2.^ for ^. P.N.N2 .
for
P.B.T^ftT
.
P.A.N.
and read
6.
.^^p?]5?
for
In
fact N.
speech
A.B.P.
and Na. give the
insert
before
thus:.
B. has
7.
^
after
N2. assign this
s A.N.
1**,
speech to
the King. 8. P.sifr for ftr^r.
^. thus omitting all ^I't'T in 1. 2 up T?f
in
1.
7.
from
P.^Tt^T. P.B.A.N.N2. before 5TU K. rlw. G.K. ins. 3^^Tf?5rf^r insert *TC7
B.om. :
after f^R:.
for
9.
U w4.
A.TOTT.
p.
N.N8.K.WRf. A.N.N2.
in-
sert
JTfr^r
U.^^T.
after HTf?ff.
G,B,
rf.
i
\\\\\\
10
.
G.
G.^m^fTT: for
7.
T^r.
U.^S: P.B.
3.
U.^fi^for I'WOT^.
3.
U.^STT-r for
4.
Q.K.iroWK4r]^ and N.
for
for iftr:.
N.N2.
8.
for
U.^
9.
10.
for
W.
A.N.N2.?H'naT%, and G.
P.B.W-
,
fr. .
5.
We with K.U.-
and
6.
For^T(5f:, G. reads JTSKTST:.
IT.
puts the greeting after
12.
K.^vTfff
?Tf,
13.
P
for
U.^fR'T'', for ^f,
and N.Nz.
1.
been
G.ar^tfftf.
G.K.fi^rw
2-3.
om.
Tc
W
for
a^:
of
with the
P.
that
G.
by the Mss.=B.P. assign from JTK up to *?f*T^!ft P. om. f^RiT. to ^Wf. For 5ffJTr?r, G. K. have ?. K.
before
31 before for 2=TOT.
confounded
easily
U.
K.W befor
last
syllable
word and thus omitted
U. for B. 7
K.
)
insert
:
5Tf
G.
T^^IT.
for ^T
has
&c.
U. om.
after
J
T
N.1S 2 ^RT. B.^ 4-5.
B.G.K. insert
^ffROTt.
f
^
A. inserts
before before
7W. K.G.^Rr^qr. N.N-2. ins. 'ff before W, and make the speech a part of the
pre-
7.
U. assigns this speech to King and reads faff H-
the
rT^fr?rr:
&c.
in
P.rrff
ceding speech of
SPWff 3T^ Have not we
to
after ^rfKfr? It
might have
for
f
read
fiflft
W-WTf-
nd puts the stanza the
^TT-
mouth of
OT. A.N.Na.T*
iT^sTa. iJ.B.
fr
if after
have
T
.
)
i
10
srfr
(I
:
(|
reads the benediction
1.
(
2.
1
3.
G.K.
&c., ins. ^T^ after
^*T
G.
f^
N.N2. read the speech
*T^f. tlins
:
iJ^iT^Tiffflf
^T .
Jffiqf.
B.ins.
Tf
after
U. simply reads *R^.^t'T^r for
^ and
words ^T.
B.
for
ftxisrw,
(sic)
for
for
omitting the P.K. om. .
I
P.
T^
ST^ :
J^^rffT for
3T?T:
G.K. om. the words
6.
the whole for
speech. 4. 8. .
K.
U.HT
for vft
5.
For ^
iTJTfRx for
G. reads
=TriT.
P.
OT. U. reads
the speech tlms: 5f?f:
^T^
and then
^Tnf
for
After this stanza
^?f.
U.K.add
:
APPENDIX
I.
Act IV.
WITH THE ADDITIONAL PASSAGES AS READ BY TWO
n I
]
\
11
ffi:
r n
^
n ]
m
J.
U. 7T^. 6fl I
itfT is
the
reading of both K. aud U. u.
2.
U.
.
K.
f. 3.
MSS.
U.oni.
and reads
\o\A
5
f^r.
I
fa^.
|
:
^
prof f^rcw
ft
I
35
?rlr
:.
On ^TrfeRtw,
IT.
the following marginal note
lias
.
gn
K.
lias
in the
mar-
:
:
:
I
U. om.
APPENDIX
fe *im
^|c^
i
.
swft
jit
mfMfcr
I.
^3
i
i
i
|
^i^^ ^v
:
13
*^
iFRn*:
I
w.
irr ara^rso
i
r^T.
I
Sft^t
nrm
I
^T^
I
^TTO
^TO^T^H
^r^ir
fwrcwt
1% i
10
ii
\
ii
j -
I
3T*T
* K. omits the stage-direction *F&1\ B &c. Tft the whole Prakrit stanza
^
^mn^r
together with
$
APPENDIX
w.
I
I.
6T%
*r
ii
|
i
]
r TT
sir:
11.
for
K.
12. U,
om
ii
]
fa
I
i
***$
I
ssr
n
10
^
u
u ]
is
Rt
faforar]
f
i
3.
4. 11.
K.U. U. U.
rprRr
12.
for
U.
[
wwr
u
.
U.
^
it
At
APPENDIX
im
firofar:
I.
fairer
^
.-**?
:
irr Pr^Rr
*w%
i
v
n
:
11
snr PT^T q
\\
11
]
10
n
i
4.
For
]
]
tlie first
K. Las
pfida
.
Kangauatha actually for
reads
where the omission of
apparently accidental, the words ^nfa appear to stand
is
for
^Rfr and
Tf<
;
I^r
for
form
m
The
or ^fafsr (the f^T representing the anusvara 3>il*
elongated on the T ) appears to be the accusative singu-
15
:
i
n
\\
few*
u
ai
ff
v
|
]
10
HI
15
:
j.-f^r^r :
W
OT. Tlie reading read *TC by Lenz and the Calcutta prints appears to owe its origin to- a wrong lar of
emendation of 3?H^ Tf3T).
-U.
U. reads
^^^.
(
3TTT
for
G.
U.
or
3vf-
II
u
rlt &c-K.rT3T.
U. ^8T5C7l7. U.
K. 7.
for
*f
which
read
with
K.
8.
from
^'rt
up
U.
?ff
to
we
K. om.
APPENDIX
I.
[ v*
i
I
jrsr
it
5 TO
ftrcfr
i
i
[
^ft^ 10
i
u
V
15
II
?rf 10.
O
U.K. R^[K.<]JT 11. U. *FltT.
W.
K. om.
?*T,
.
K.IT-
with Eanganatha. U.Jfl for
12. U.
which we read
r.
U.
ft
5irr
for
*
w.
WR [
i
10
*nr
15
13.
U. forthe2ndpada:
f^roof liT?T?^
^'
from
9.
U. TO^fTw
U. f^?^.
to ^f^Tf as
.
U. ^*prf.
U. considers the verses ^*flr
11.
U. writ. 10. K. wrongly om.
up and what follows
We with Lenz.
12.
as a separate one. 14. U. PT-
wrongly reads
*TfT
full stanza
K.
one
JR?
for the fourth pada. TJ. ^5T-
1.
K.U. U.has 8.
U.
;
we with Lenz. after
F^^rr
for ^r^^^r.
(see footnote on
1.
Both K.
7 atp. 11
and U. omit the words
1.)
W>
APPENDIX
I.
*r S
\\\<\\\
fffagfosrr
ftm
sroij
I
10
I
i
]
I
7.
After
has
.
|
which the other Mss. read before Wt ^fR^ff &c. (see p. 1 1 l.)But after J^ffa and before the words aT^T^K ^T^": in
1.
7 U- inserts the follow-
ing, viz
.
K
If
qWT
f. U. has for 5^1 read by the other Mss.
(see p. 112,
1.
14)
|
*
I
11
11
\t
n
fffir
IR ^
H ]
15
\\\\\\
20
.*
I
after
4. U. adds
6.
HrT^r. U.
K. wrovgly
APPENDIX
:
I
I.
w^* I
fsrn^r-
i
10
[
r
1
5
20
:
nnt
i
iRr for rfsrcarar. 12.
tlia.
d
for .
^fe^^.
We
20. U.*T<*.
with Bangana-
8.
U. ^T TC WI^TT, and K.^T &c. After '3JRJ^ U. reads J
Pror wr:
n : i
i
T3F?K K^-^r I
i
]
10
n
15
f
.
U.
for
r
\
n
]
|
9.
U.
1.
U. after
adds:
3^r
bef.
c. .
13.
14.
U.T
16.
U.
.
14.
K
.
Neither K, norlJ. has be-
APPENDIX
r
3TT
I
[
*
I.
jTSTT
fi^fr^i ]
5RftoftOTP? r
incr^^rrinr v*
L
I
,
ii
10
fastar
]
I
H^J
15
f R^rsrr
: 1
rf:
I
WJ
I
fore
tbe
iftxf*
in the second line,
^ which
is
read by Lenz
and the Calcutta TJ.ircp for 9.
r^^
is
prints. 15.
3-fc
what Lenz and
the Calcutta prints as well
as our read.
own Mss. U. and K. But
does
not
the
metre require the f to be
long? usual
Wfrfwr would mean ^"KTOTSW.
as 11.
II
l
88
It
]
10
HUT
15
i
:
1.
U. has
W,
T*$, andK.ff ^r ?C TI^T which we
for
read with .
,
Bollensen.
2. K.5j(oyr^rt. 3.
K.*
|
.
4.
u.far.
14.
U.
ns.
^R
U.
after
U.
if^r'T^
and omits
and the following
etPgc-directioii.
APPENDIX
I.
v
SRrgr u
sper wer
u]
^5 enr
it
H ^
I)
10
II
K
:
3.
U.'wfOT u.TRrjrsr. 4.U. K. TOI^C. K.SJFT. .
TJ.^w* u.
for
f*pfr?:
IfR 8flr^^'.
5g?. .
and the Calcutta
that
we
with
ftpfrwith Lenz
prints, ex-
ftraerc.
read the ? in
Ranganatha. 12.
K.^ra. 11.
K.
We
cept
15
II
for .
U.
Jf^
RT9m.
U. ^%fattrmwf for
.
K. 13.
?r^ 7ft-
30
1
5
\\
4.
U.
W
line.
ins.
It read at first
H^-
K. read TW 3?, but the metre
3*JT*TWT^T and then seems to have corrected it into *HI
requires the fa to be long. U.
^TfffWT. U. reads the line
*r
before
^nr*T. o U.
13.
K. j
^*fr. 14.
^r. K. W3?. 15.
K.
&c. 10. U.
**Tt
is
U.
16.
U.
r^^T
for
^e-
K.
somewhat uncer-
tain about
^
the end of this
T. 17. K.6(55^[5yaT. om. the line wholly. I
18.
K.
APPENDIX
I.
-
5
10
fi
15
-
I
srsr ar. 1 9.
8.
u.
From f
H. T
up
to
here om. by U-. and read after qfl^^RET? ^Trf^7. (1.
12)
1: at p.
is
122A,
U.
1.
1,
below.
Rf
IS.
&c.
K. omits the word
:
||
<m%?r.
a
^
11
10
q?
wwnrftr
15
9.
U. om.
K. 10.
K.
H*.
U.
11.
12.
K. K. U.
.
U.
for
APPENDIX
I.
10
ii
^
|
^
II
ire i sirrmir ]
.*
I
II
n^PT
9.
U.
11.
K.
12.
Both K.
.
K.
c
wliick
with Lenz. K.
5T?i?*fr.
aucl
*T? for ttflT,
U. have
we
read
\\
10 Pf
\
11
APPENDIX
I.
ff^rr
10
rfar <Ti1
15
cTI
9.
10.
U. RTfrT. K. U. 5f? fffl^rq-r
*
11.
fr
K. Fr[odrreoted into JiTtf for fW'fl which
we
read for
the
metre.
the
sake of
T]-
-'
I
:
II
ir
if?
n
^^
H
10
7-8.
U. omits lines
reads
the
last
7,
8 and of
speech Urvas'i (viz. 3JW*J &c.) as follows ffWJ 1KTJ JTrCf*Tf :
5T fl?
^Tf
&c. It will b
observed, however, that U-
reads on the following page after
1.
two speeches in two that it on this page. K5,
place of
omits reads
11,
the
7,
8
the other MSB.
along with
APPENDIX
fsRT H^tfr
*R*K
I
I.
^ *ro
1*53?
^oH
arer:3rcorfoi?r
ftrft
10
K. u.
6-7.
i
WT
for
U. tffr.-U.
-U.
U. ^R?ir ^^r. ^Tr
r
]
i
:
5
i
5
for
has already read them once before on the previous page
K.
? TfeH ^
g These two speeches
given here according to K., which it will be observed
(see footnote
"
are
on
11.
7, 8.)
10 Rr
TFT
APPENDIX
I.
i
I
'
r
5* I
i
^rr 5^ ^giTT
m ^n% Prj^5
Tism^wr
:
i
HFTORTO
Hr?fr
i
rTn^H
I
^
I
lo
io
|
8.
U.
9.
U.
I
10.
U.
]
NOTESP.
1.
This
1-4.
11.
the audience.
All
known works
tlie
with the
him,
which invokes Vishnu
single
bless
may
of Kalidasa open with a
of that
verse that invokes the blessing tation to
that S'iva
a benediction
is
god or contains a
exception
salu-
of the Setukavya,
That poem, however, was begun by King Pravarasena Avho might have had his in its
introduction.
own
reasons
for preferring the aid of
From
the
however, that
fact,
commencement of
Vishnu
to that of S'iva.
Kalidasa invariably invokes S'iva
would be wrong to infer His veneration for Vishnu appear* to have been even greater than that for S'iva. For his works abound with passages extolling the attributes of the former
at the
his works,
it
that he was a strict S'aiva.
god,
whom
head of the Hindu pantheIn language used by Vaishnava works he describes Vishnu
on.
he seems
to consider the
as the Deity of
whom
but
diiferent
so
many
hand, assigns
as are assigned to 'a,
the
other
gods
manifestations.
including S'iva are
See
Eaghuvains'a X.
The second Canto of the Kumdrasambhava, on the
16, 17 fgg.
other
all
to
Brahmadeva the same high
Vishnu
in the
attributes
tenth Canto of the Baghuvam-
which would show that Kalidasa was no more a S'aiva than
he was a Vaishnava or a worshipper of Brahmadeva. In one See Kumdrasambhava place he says all the Three are- one. VII. 44.
Construe
:
ffT
r
*W3 rl^^^TC^f 4
=3t UTS?
J literally means standing, not moving.
Hence
a post.
NOTES.
Immoveable came
an
be
to
Eternal.
:
It is in this latter sense that the
epithet
Sthariu because he always
Banganatha says
i.e.
in
'stands' in
^:*WK the
Some
of S'iva.
say the god
practising his
fl^Rf ^ irgt 5pf
Vedas both
as
word called
penances.
j
These are
Upanishads.
because they form an end of the
U^f
is
called
their
regards
with reference to the composition of the position chronologically Samhitas, the Brahmanas and the Aranyakas, and as regards the doctrines which they inculcate, which
essence of the contents of those
were supposed
On
works. "
Ran ganath a quotes
:
J^f ?
^5T:
re^^^^f^^T^ti^t^tlf^Cr^ :
51; f
after is,
he
q
T^r
JT^e^
;rrlrr3ir usizw.
who remained without
Cr-TtTf,
occupying the whole of the earth is
contain ifj^rfi
ft*j
I
him.
Jrfr
Conf. Purushasukta S'iva
?t^RffC5rr^^JT.
nighest conception of
God
all
i
i
\
space to occupy even
and
the
suffice to
(Rigveda X. 90)
being
identified
the attributes
of
That
heaven.
and the heaven do not
so great that the earth
be the
to
t-fl
1
fl
with
God are
gffi
the
applied
to him.
W
iflffTO="
^
R3T>
T*4r
K^f '
'Not signifying anything else/
qfft JTW JTrr^: "
not applied
to
Katavema.
any other god or
power.' '
who
restrain
the
five
winds beginning with mr.' The five winds are HfT, &TTR, ^JTf^, The last four are intended by the word Wtf in TIR and ^TR. mn^r*T:.
'3?-^^'-'
is
sought
in the
mind/
i.e. is
sought
by contemplation. '
:,
ewy
to
be
obtained by firm faith and
ACT " contemplation.'
KTO
iTRfrW
i.
WR ^
"
ff^jffjf scT^:
who
Ranganfitha,
says
ffWt gOT:
|
quotes as follows from
the Kaivalyopanishad on the accessibility of Sthatm by contempla" ^wfa^RSfar^fe. " He goes on tion ( Wtf) :
:
jrlr^r
|
'He whom
Translate: as the
Supreme
fifter filling
[the
^
sages] describe in the Vedantas
Spirit that remains
[without
the earth and the heaven
the word Is'vara literally true
;
he
(Ruler),
who
desirous of salvation
is
ff%3-Cr
;
space to
he with respect
having no other person sought within
occupy] to
whom
to denote, is
themselves
by means of restraining the
by
those
five
winds
commencing with prana may that Eternal One, easily obtainable through firm faith and contemplation, grant you salvation.' Ranganatha quotes a definition ofNandi from Matrigupta
i.e.
the
the benedictory stanza plot
of
the
as
and then
plot
to
the
referring
of
the .
fT
our
So
play.
the commentators
should contain
sf
I
to
in
Nandi too r
S iva iu
play.
it
is
the
I
an allusion to explained first
by
instance
Ranganatha observes
:
SOTEi
But Katavema
P.
1.
1.
f^R^T
7.
of
that the assistant
doing anything
On
the
better
is
:
soil.
armwrriT.
the
manager
The is to
of
siitnidhara
hibited called
now To
the
be
I
has
to
The
dfd
to
dance by a
mdduvaru
dramatic
only
and
in
correct etymo-
be derived from
class
of
Canarese,
performances
purposes the
:
a thread, and dhdra,
from sutra,
The name appears
and
all intents
were befora
of dolls
and made gombi
it
and paper-figures called in gombi dtd in Canarese, which are
of an exhibitor Siarfrff ^f|r-qf
as
Ranganatha
bolder or puller.
come
See our note on Ragltuvams'a XIV. 55.
else.
etymology
logy, however,
force of *Tra?Uiere is
that
Marathi still
ex-
itinerary persons
and that form even
of village populations. the dolls and
of
exhibitions
paper-figures are dramatic representations, only the speeches are
delivered by the thread-puller nnd his assistant, and the characters are represented
by
the dolls and figures
instead of by men.
The figures and dolls dance, they fight, they stand, they sleep, and do all that tilings of their kind can be made to do by men so as to suit the scenes that
may be intended
to be produced.
These exhibitions of dolls and paper figures must have preced-
And
ed dramatic performances. puller
(
it is
natural that their thread-
f[^"^C) should have afforded the name of a
a regular dramatic representation in which
manager of characters were re-
presented by men. P.
'
1. 1.
9.
JpfuPF*:,
plays,'
singular for
plural.
*
rally compositions which are Conf, Katavema :
represented
[on
the
Lite-
ACT. L P.
1.
IftflJ.
P.
Ranganatha reads frr*Wv
10.
1.
Tema with
for
us.
* .
'I
.infa^T*
2. 1.
will
therefore
aTrffWR=TnfR. Mis'ra
1.
on
bring
the
stage.'
simply an honorific
is
addition.
P.
n. 3-4.
2.
17 it srftf
imfrj
^
through your regard towards through your
"JTTfrj WPraiftttf
Katavema
says,
is tlie plot
of a drama.
p.
of
" and faWT*r
3CTtfjJ3%TNrririT,
this
play.'
ufawftj W?W."
Conf. Bfdtavilcdgnimitra,
"
22
^fr
Either
humble servants or
your
[us]
'
JTTRR^.
the excellent hero
for
respect
^w^f
r<m
^J
our Edition,
WT*J
p.
65
1.
1.
Katavema too has JT^^V^RwTK'Tr^ explaining flS^JJ^rWRf^
On p. 1.
*fow;!:
14.
1.
P.
use of ffcn
this
2.
11.
5,6.
g^T^^^ffr
T^
volved in
Tirf
^r
(work,
conf
opus)
Mdlavikdguimitra
:
^rrarTr^^r f^f^t ^'4 iK'rff ^fJTR:.
Ranganitha reads ^5TT TK^raT'^ TK^arv-r ff &c. and remarks on the change of number in-
TK^r*M and '
r,
^ff *T'
T^^Tffr as
follows
in the space of heaven'.
the surface of heaven,' as opposed to
T*ffa$,
:
Literally 'on
'on the surface of
the earth.' P.
2. 11. 7-8.
contained in in
Mara thi
is
Ti^SfrT^R"^.
^TT=f
iT^W'tff^: in
The 1.
I
WfT^r referred
It generally
called the Tifavi.
on the banks of rivers, tanks &c. and makes a noise,
and
is
to scare it
enough
ff
fRR^rqr OT. 3. 11. 1-4.
away with
J>
Bhdgavata Translate
X.
Adh. 90
The
goddess
sk. '
:
shrill cries.
thigh of the sage, the friend of Kara,
is,
what
is
found near water
shrill
and frequent
very timid, so that the slightest approach of
is
P.
is
to is that
This
frC F^iT.
4.
Conf. st.
danger
"
J^K
ff5nf<J
15.
born
from
tho
while returning after
attending on the Lord of Kailusa, taken prisoner on the road by
NOTES.
$
That
the enemies of the gods.
why
is
this cluster of Apsarases is
crying for protection.
=KWJ 5^f:
^WWT.
scil.
two hymns
are only
Tliere
which are
13)
in the Rigveda
attributed to
named
a Rishi
But
Nfiniyniia.
(viz.
Rishis.
VI. 12
and
named Nara
a Rishi
(Rigveda X. 90)
celebrated Purushasukta
the
Born of the thigh of the sage
Nara and Narayfma are two ancient
the friend of Nara'.
VI.
'
is
and
attributed to
Nara and Nara-
in later writings
yana are constantly mentioned together as 'Rishis,' as 'most eminent ancient Rishis' (Purfinavrishisattamau), as great asce'
even
and as
tics'( fHlflfy
'
gods' and
'
original gods'
(
and
Sometimes Narayan-i is represented as God and Nara as man among men. Subsequently Nara came to be identi-
).
the wisest fied
with Krishna, and in this con-
with Arjima and Narfiyana
nection the combination Nara-Narayana
is
well known.
Idols of
Nara-Narfiynna are not unknown.
from
of
Naruyana the ancient Rishi or mythical personage and not from that of Vishnu that Urvas'i was born. The Harivatus'a mentions the thigh-birth of Urvas'i It
is
and
(4601
the
^fCRTO HW?T
8812)
f*-53Tf
thigh
And ^HWIW
|
but ^frj^^fi^TW. does not here
flJTff
^MRf
accordingly
See also p. 10,
mean
'
1.
|
faw
does
4 and
the wife of a god,' but
tftf] Zll
not mean, 11.
ilie
9,10.
female
of a god, a female god, a goddess. %55l*Hr?T
may
See p.
latter.
4,
^*Z\3 3iwr^. is
better as
it is
This,
text,
it
1.
mean fa?
or
ffc
But
here
it is
the
5.
Perhaps
the
other
reading which has
certainly easier.
that
you
see entering on the stnge.
^rTORf^rm-Tf^JT. What the 3TO7FT was and was performed and why, does not appear from the con-
P. 3.
liow
either
1.
But
11.
it is
certain
it
meant attendance
on, service.
Part
of
ACT
i.
a Brahman's evening prayer or Sandhyopasana is c which consists of reciting the first ten couplets of the fifth
hymn
fe 5
f?3T(
ad
VW
IT
twenty-
Book of the Kigveda begining with WIf q-^-T srw ffRWfa Slff Sri*. See Veddrtliayatna,
of the
first
I
loc.
The reason why
king mentions his name and
the
the
fact
on his way back from the sun is that he wishes to inthe His name is a sufficient spire Apsarases with confidence. that he
is
guarantee that he
a friend
is
of the gods
having been to the sun to
fact of his
(
wait
HTOnf'fr
and the
)
that
upon
divinity
shows that he has the power of travelling in the air ( ^T^rTSf *M*Kcf ). The Apsarases are well aware who Pururavas is. his prowess (see p. 6,
They k^ow
of his chariot and
know who them
to
P.
its flag (p.
the ladies are
7,
1.
3
1.
8 &c. ).
hence the way he introduces himself
;
in their distress-
4.
1.
*T'TOTit.
Kanganatha explains this by Tfl^ But the word *TOT is used here in a
1.
and Katavema by rftf. somewhat more aggressive sense than T
'
as
and even the name
)
But the king does notyefc
'
'
insult
that of
mere
pride,' viz.
35 and our note
Conf. Raghuvams''a VIII.
outrage.
'
thereon.
P. 4. ticiple
P. 4.
Indra
2.
1.
^TOffT^aTTU'^: pf:.
The
and not a noun. 11.
3-7.
TTO5T[^
construction
is
frightened
[practised by any one].'
Tapas
'
Of
is 'austerity',
King of the gods
is
human being
degree of excellence in
one of the
celestial
great
of tapas
'religious it
pri-
produces
by supernatural powers.'
Indra
represented as becoming jealous
when-
religious merit accompanied
ever any
the
by the excellence
vation voluntarily undergone under the belief that
the
a past par"
Bhdve-Prayoga.
3f[freTKtfff ZW J?t=WT.
when he becomes
here
is
is
reported to
him
as
his practice of tapas,
damsels
to
tempt
(
approaching a high
and he then sends
ROTHTJ^)
the man, so
8
NOTES.
as to
mar the
the austerities
effect of
idea being that a
man
by him, the becomes
practised
that attains perfection
of tapas
so powerful as to supersede Indra and usurp his throne. belief appears to have arisen from
This
the
mythe that Indra performed one hundred sacrifices and thereby became Indra, and that whoever succeeds in performing an equal number of sacriand
fices will
overthrow Indra
heaven.
This mythe of Indra having performed a hundred sa-
succeed
his
to
in
authority
and the belief connected therewith that whoever performs
crifices
a similar number will supersede Indra, arose originally from
misunderstanding of the epithet s'atakratu which applied to
was
frequently *
Indra in the Vedas.
of hundred wisdoms'
is
a
Though
it
only means possessed
in post-vedic times,
owing to its a to come sacrifice, singnify misinterpreted to mean one having and the mythe of Indra having who lias a hundred sacrifices,' See Veddrthayatna, note on invented. was then them performed it
'
Big.
I.
4. 8. '
l^rc^f
proud
^r*Tf*r?r
her
of
Rtffa
obscurer
the
beauty.'
orders back/ that one of two or
which orders hind owing account of
(
B
its
own '
8*?faf^rS
we
Tff?5Tft)
to their
who was
Mdlavilcdgnimitra p. 58
1.
Hence
it is
that
heaven through
demon
Kes'in.
itself
(
in a line
or remain be-
)
comes
forward
on.
whom See
5. is
in
the
the Apsarases the
sudden,'
came and took Urvas'i prisoner.
Hiranyapura
be situate
to
and
*TC
is
which
that
more things standing
seen [by us] all of a
MahdbMrata Vanaparva Adhs. believed
l
excellence.
did not see before he
fC^rorawfaTr.
means
the rest to go back
inferiority
Lakshmt who
of
IFT^ST: literally
a town
223
Asuras.
of the
and 173.
Hiranyapura
atmosphere and while
atmospheric
See is
not on earth.
on their way back from
space
were attacked by the
ACT *T6
'
5Crl ar,
(7
Tf
i.
by the demon
the
exist-
words 'EWNR'RI'T flt^ff^fftpif
But besides the authority of
^TW^F.
None of
Kes'in/
ing editions and reprints give the
all
our Mss.
we have
that
of the commentator Katavema for the reading. '
ARMF3$*f|;
'
with Chitralekha for another,'
together
with
Chitralekha.'
It will
Katavema
fJlff^r.
rj
the words
observed that
be
"
observes,
ifc
W3V
ilf^ are read
by
All the existonly two of our Mss. and those not the besting editions and reprints have inserted them. Katavema knows
nothing about them. P. 4.
1.
a'S
'
5Tf<-rT:,'
that
heightens the contempt of the terrogatory
King
this
It is
particle.
villain.*
The
addition
for the Asura.
of
H
TPT an in-
particle that appears to have
given rise to the reading of the Calcutta and European editions ^ftT fTf'TOJR *ffi: * 5TTW:
Monier Williams, and the Calcutta edition of 1830 published under the authority of the Committee of Public Instruction.)
None
of our Mss. omit
addition of
?H
5.
1.
1.
3
explains
that
the reading of the passage.
by the north-east.' Katavema explains, " 7
3J^TCr,
Bays Kanganatha.
P.
The
instead).
'
**ffl&
tion
*Tf*T
end, which we give on the authority of
much improves
six of our Mss.,
P.
(only one reads
?fT
the
at
flrfiTiTf":
why
t=T.
"jf^f
"
the north-east
Neither of the two commentators
is
chosen by the poet as the
direc-
from which the demon came. 5.
1.
it is
taken a
2.
easy
fa to
safety.
Then/
overtake
north-easterly
direction to look
vasTs
'
fl".
for
The King does not mean demon because of his having but that as it is known in what
the
route,
him, there need be no
anxiety about Ur-
NOTES.
10 P.
5.
3.
1.
^
flfttf
the descendant of the
Moon
vema, who reads with
3W
S:
only one
us, says
is
mentator and as
is
son
like
[said]
removed.'
Stafl^FW*!
and Pururavas was the son of Budha. the note thereon. See also infra p. 74
Our reading
That
degree
J'*:
Kataqf
T^ffC
the
son
q^
The
of Brahmadeva.
Budha was
the son of Atri.
Moon was
:
was the
Atri
tf
'
re-Wff.
rnrcfr
Moon
of the
See p. 160 11. 7-10, and 1. 8 and note ad loc.
supported by five of our Mss. and one com-
it is
a
more
difficult
reading
than that
of
*frftfaW*S adopted and followed by the European and Calcutta editions it is most probably the original reading.
Soma
originally
meant the drink or wine offered
their
to
by the early Aryas of India. It then came to signify the moon and it is in this latter sense that it is used here. How Soraa which meant a drink became a name of the moon is fully o-ods
our note on Baghuvams'a II. 73, which see. explained in ' But where will you await P. 5. 1. 4. ^ 2^*5 &c. P.
5.
6.
1.
TRfHHTC.
Construe with
^fT^.
me
'
?
'Drive the
horses fast towards the north-east.'
P. 5.
7.
1.
WWR
The use of
this
word
the relation of the speaker to the addressed to a
is
signifies
that
that of an elder-
young man though
in high autholy and respected person The profession of driving a chariot, like that of an atrity.
tendant ancient
dant
3^Cf) of a harem, was a very respectable one ia And both a chariot-driver and such an attenIndia. (
address a king
elders and
whom
they
not mere servants.
serve
To be
as
able
they
were his
to drive
a chariot
if
a fact that
spoken of as a
may great accomplishment when it is imagined what kind of roads understood be easily times. Even and what kind of chariots they had in ancient well
is
Krishna himself became the charioteer of his friend Arjuna. P.
5.
11.
8-9.
^3w,
K^rjt
I^FUffir
'even
the
son of
ACT '
Laving carried
^T^fK
of Vishnu.
the bearer
Vinata,
11
i.
as
to
serve
him and
The demon
i?qfr:.
who belong-
that as
Indra, the
The
of that deity.
Kes'in was a thief and that
stolen a girl belonging to to escape
!
one of the damsels of heaven
off
ed to Indra was an offender or enemy
means that
11
Icing
who had
one
too
Indra will not have power
enough was going after the asura in order was sure to aid him in overtaking
lie
latter
him. P.
5.
1.
W
10.
mfcT &c. Construe
:
tiirRSJPT
Tflf
]
Translate: 'By the wind [produced] through the [great] speed these heavy clouds pulverized [ by the wheels ] are flying before
by the wind produced through the great speed the revolution of the wheels is, as it were, producing an additional row of spokes in the intervals of the spokes by the
the chariot like dust
;
;
wind produced through the great speed the chowrie [though long
picture;
by the wind produced through the great speed the
banner-cloth
ween
the
is
standing
chariot
a very
must look
in a straight line bet-
[lengthwise]
point of the flagstaff and
The poet draws vas'
]
standing on the heads of the horses as motionless as in a
is
like
the
end of the chariot.
accurate picture
when
it
of
was driven
'
what Purtirafast.
In
the
place he says that the action of the wheels and of the horses hoofs reduced the heavy (and hard?) clouds through
first
which the chariot was passing '
WT
'
TRtftr JTrTftflrf
where the clouds fore
it
owing
is
we must remember
passing through the
lie) to dust
to its
(
and that
that the king
region
of the sky
this cloud-dust
flew be-
great speed; secondly, the action of the wheels
quick revolutions which they were making appearowing ed to make another series of spokes iu the intervals of the to the
NOTES.
12
spokes
',
heads of the horses as ornaments, fore liable to
wave from
which
it is
motionless as
figures of horses
bannercloth stood without a fold in
it,
tied
on the
long and
though
are,
side to side, as
were drawn on the heads of
to
which are
thirdly, tlie cliowries or streamers,
and
thereif
they
lastly,
the
straight between the
staff
;
attached and the rear-end of the chariot.
by us the reader will find on comparision with the older editions and reprints two important variaWe tions both based on the authority of the very best Mss. In the stanza
read
ma )
as read
^T^fft (with six Mss. and one commentator, viz. Kataveand ISSJiT ( with seven Mss. and the same com-
for ^"TOTr
mentator
)
for
Both the changes very much improve On the idea that the wind either
3?flV7.
the passage in our opinion. natural the
or
same
by the speed of a car and blowing
produced direction as
Bogliuvams'd
I.
the car
The reading
42.
the dust before
drives
T
IJTTff
read by
in see
it,
Bollensen,
Lenz and the Calcutta editions can only be taken with In that case there qrfrT
is
meant I'jiw^
wrong
either a tautology with
Wt
3T qrF'fl,
(and
there
^FWf^T:, if would also be
a
location of the action, for the clouds are reduced to dust
rather below the chariot than before it) or hardly at all if cyisTr
^WT
Wff meant
upwards, backwards, or sidewise
which he does not do in
as
IffcT
unless
this instance.
any
the ^T?fr
the
poet
Besides
meaning may bo
specifies
we cannot
gine that the King's chariot, which was being driven in
it
ima-
the re-
gion of the skies spread with clouds and not along the ground on the earth below, could have any dust or tT^:, so that there could
be no Cyrsfr on his path. (liniculties. What would
we pay any
^
refer to ?
regard to the rules
would be absurd. " ^:
he,
The reading *FW$ r
is
also beset with
WT
Certainly not to
of syntax.
To
Ranganatha was aware of the
^T*K*T
?
difficulties.
if
That Says
ACT
13
i.
"
A
.
however,
,
net of makeshifts
W
worth quoting.
is
!
1Ffr?*rrfT
|
wrf
[
Observe
:
^WC
that
we
horse, as
(wf
]
j
the singular
used
is
P.
6.
1.
5.
TOPir'f I
P.
6.
1.
7.
?R TTR
7T^
soil.
would indicate a
known
each
Ifl^ftT^JT.
'
May
the royal sage, you think, be
from our hearts?'
able to extract this dart [of anxiety] itself
for the plural,
Inust suppose, having a chamara on his head.
to the person questioned, but the
addition of
*?fT
by
which
simple question the answer to
is
makes
"Tf^
the question rather an expression of doubt than anything else.
The
answer
affirmative
as
questioned
This mood
is
Prakrit, in
it
*M. Marathi P. 6.
liero
1.
:
^
^ffTeTWf
8.
by making him but only
Asuras, races.
*TC
&o.
select
few princes
hero
ff*T*Tfl&jrJji,
the
army which becomes
head
the
to
potential. tlie
almost entirely lost in it.
Conf.
Guz
:
fi
3>?
The poets do not honor every
the gods
a
the
ff&T.
in their fight against the
of the solar and lunar
of the S'dJcuntala so
As regards Pururavas himself 'at
it is
assist
Dushyanta the
gods.
^-^^,
future does duty for *~<'RJ
be as doubtful
and in the same form as in
Guzerathi, whereas
the
to
expected
entirely preserved,
Marathi, where the ft
is
the questioner.
to
is
assisted
see Act V. p. 158,
of his victorious army,'
victorious because of Pururavas
1.
the
4.
t. e.
of hig
becoming
its leader.
P.
7,
1.
3,
^[^^flT%^7
?
Svith the deer-flag spread out
stiff.'
KOTE3. intended
is
not
that a chariot goes
can
better design
than
cloth
^K *rf of
q-crfa
whom
deer
a
than
on
in
a deer.
^RTgsiff
the '
FTT(%OTf.
has
Kalidasa
s
chariot
but also
S'akuntala Act
&c.
where the poet
describes
WT^rft
as
flies
I.
To
full
indicate
no
in the air,
T
1
in sight
;
the speed
to
more
flying
is
T^Tf^iJ^rrlqfa
7,
refers
RW?
^?7
Somadatta
chariot
at
coming
mind be put on the banner-
See
lie
is
been achieved.
fast
only
ground.
His
that the
success
sign that
speed, a
show
to
in
*f
the
air
*Ti^Wr
*Tf
and of course
he will not return without achieving his end.' Kanganatha and says 8fa$*T: iiT^T ^StT 3"-
takes Somadatta as an adjective =rT:
|
fKTWSTrTJTPT
*f?fWPrr$r
P.
4, 5.
8. 11.
modest
to take to himself,
credit of
rescuing
success to the
mm
ftWTOTr
Urvas'i
moon
are deer.
^r^
fC
The King
:
is
too
though he very properly might, the from the demon, but attributes his
power of the Thunderer.
'
the notion of
referring to
jrffT,
Sanskrit poets that the spots on the
^WWT
rPT/ therefore.'
'
Literally
large eye.'
p. 19,
1.
Observe that the singular
8.
as ^rr*K^ in
P. 8.
2 p.
1.
that
6.
3-Wfasfcrarifcr,
SxdNjffi is
hard through
Conf. infra
here used for the dual
alive only because she is breath-
not the same
indicates
it
is
6. '
1.
ing out. this
long eye,' eye
as long as to reach very nearly the ear.
is
describe,
that, as the poets love to
as
^IKJ,
but
differs
the process of breathing out
fright, or extreme fatigue,
from
it
in
somewhat
breathing out which
would just make the heart palpitate. See 1. 10. Chitralekha means that Urvas'i is as motionless, cold and stiff as if she were and the only sign of
showing is that she is The reading ^rfl^^flVrif^fri^Tr found breathing out a little. in the existing editions is only countenanced by two of our Mss. dead,
not the best. necessary,
she
Katavema reads with
and
periphrastic.
life
ours appears
more
is
us.
However
poetical
easy
it
is nofc
and certainly
less
ACT <
P.
'tft^TW
8. 1. 8.
same way
the
in
P.
8.
irc*
[
9 5 10.
11.
f^
f
sfiSr
though
still,
existence
]
a
as tender as
of which
blow a flower
anxiety that she
throbbing long
it
may
from
is
the
ifilN-^,
ft'T^i?'^.
Urvas'i's heart
her heart continues
fragrant
The former
is
if
life,
to
chalky earth but yeilo|v in colour. similar yellow pigment.
body
its
King could have seen
a kind
have given
is
also
example
soft chalk,
It is
tilaka
on
the
the fore-
which they have forThe f?T^ '? ;T is a similar to
r
:
The sK^T^fJT of our passage besmeared over certain parts
cooling and scented
qualities.
the harichandana that was
rise to the
for
of white
mark the
and between the breasts of Urvas'i to
only, but
earths as
much used by widows who shave
is
and pass an ascetic
for
is
burst,
feited oil the death of their husbands.
is a
a
For
head instead of the kunkuma the right
of the
]
suffices
fright.
frightened.
of certain
somewhat fragrant and head
breeze
^cRfMf^Tf^Rf SK^-T^FF. Yellow and therefore called ^*tt. For the word
may
name
breasts.'
Hence the King's
pigment, perfumed chandana is not the name of the sandal tree used as
not
[tender] like [that of
stem, so
its
break under
is still
does
up the trembling [the
that as even a gentle
off a tree
it
(
by the yellow pigment-be-
'the stalk of which
,
so tender that
*fa?f
Lo, her heart
flower, give
indicated
is]
5,
1.
WTF:
T^,
:
throbbing up between the two
is
The poet means
flower/
'
Jjqaff.
)
50
p.
sR^T^
wfr^jft^r
(=^17
smearing that
to
*T
Construe
&c>
JT^fr
^f
[ *T
]
TfH^f
Conf> also SWfiT,
p. 4,
3.
1.
3K strengthens the sense in. Latin prefix ex (Conf. exasperate). Conf,
frightened.'
the
as
15
i.
emendation
is
How
the
besmeared on
a question that appears
f^RF^T ^tf^H^^Mr^rffRf
For all by the European and the Calcutta editions. our Mss. give the reading T^T itc^^T as given. S^Vff^BIWfi
ns read
by
us,
NOTES.
16
The poet in the first half of the stanza simply says that the tender heart of Urvas'l does not yet give up its trembling. The Becond half
intended to justify this assertion.
is
King, the trembling
For, says the
seen by the throbbing action of the yel-
is
low pigment between the interval of the
As the heart
breasts.
palpitated through fright, the yellow pigment showed a corres-
ponding motion. P.
9.
1.
1.
be frightened like a
to
liable
i.e.
K*T,
*TTgfl
mortal.
P. 9.
11.
4-7.--^fwfa&c. Construe
Translate
night that
is
left
being
by the
darkness on
the moon, or like the flame of a nocturnal
' :
Like the
the appearance of
fire
from
which the
smoke has mostly been removed, this fair-limbed one almost freed in her mind from her swoon appears [slowly] to regain
Gangu after her waters by the fall of her bank.* The words Jfffr JTflrffT like as the
her clearness [of senses]
have been soiled are to be taken with every the the
means
flame
nocturnal
Urvas'l
that
night slowly clears
is
darkness,
or
freed from all
up the
as its
line
of
and
and
fire,
slowly
be
to
referred to the night,
the Ganga.
regaining
after the rising
nocturnal
moon
flame
the
muddy by
regains the clearness of her waters conf.
below
p. 12.
sT(R"iT^, i.e.
the force of
fall
which
is
surrounded
the Ganges
of one of
only gradually.
by whose
her banks
On W?"*?
3.
*pWRF. '
sive participle. is
1.
that has just
brightly shining.
fire
smoke, nevertheless, appears
become
have
as the
has dispersed the
of
darkness and slowly to shine brightly, or as
waters
The poet
consciousness
That
made
its
Mark
appearance, not yet fully and the force of this present pas'
is
being
left,'
not 3*W
left.'
The same
ACT Katavema *Utffa Wife
Conf.
P.
STTSTR
:
9.
TOWTT
8-
1.
Gods, have
\
'
^|.
ifcCTTTFSPfr '
opponents of the thrice
thirty.'
the Gods taken collectively. The correct etymology of the
and not
the gods
See
thirty.
Kumdrasambhava triple
existence
are
P. 10.
1.
order
word
frUfW
standard,"
Urvas'i,
1.
qff?tr6rr
Jrft^.
a
name of
to
Mallinatha "
mean
the
8.
The poet puts question
(011
On
S5ir qfaTPT^rfWra. 1.
In
having a
the
question
name of Pururavas prominently
and Urvas'i asks
imagine who
is
of as thirty- three
31. 11.
I.
the
means 'the
perhaps doubtful.
is
generally spoken
Veddrthayatna
to bring the
literally
thrice thirty'
word
III. l) explains
or
The
5Tror conf. note to MdlaviJcdgnimitra p. 50,
in
Wl&i iffiTftft 6f
For the wretches, the enemies of the
been defeated.'
the Rigveda
^
<
T5rr:
:
17
i.
because she
before
cannot
have vanquished the asuras. Nor can she think that Indra could have done so as he had not seen her else could
and her friends carried away by the demon. But he might have known of the rape by virtue of his being a prablidvadarbelow s'in, seeing through his supernatural power.' See '
P. 78
1.
1.
Katavema, however, has
^
Tl^:^.
P. 10.
1.
This 3.
:
WFT
JttfF*4
sskt TOOTfrfr S
3'>$W:
doubtless chintyam.
is
33"[%t.
For had
it
king would never have been seen by her. Conf. Kfitaveina I
the
not been for the outrage,
^T^r^r^: inmrTOft
fl'^w^
i
'
*tt
18
NOTES. P. 10.
offlffi
1.
(
4.-
Construe 5ffi
:
of Leal tli before the
Act IV.
MdlaviJcdgnimitra
mwtfWr
Also p. 69
^KfWT
ifrcft
^
I
quite riglit that Urvas'i
thigh
of Narayana, but
should have forth
there
that felt
p. 4.
P. 10.
11.
illness
5 3TKPT
qfrRttjr
T
mfi
The king does not mean should
see
old
ascetic,
whom
^
&c.
that
it is
have been produced from the
what he says
thigh.
conf.
q;[3fs*r?;.
tTTSWTrrwt f SI
is
that she is really so
the Apsarases
all
as she
was brought
Conf. Kanganatha
supra note on
3.
7-10.
'In the creation of her
sTOf: &c. Translate:
was the moon of lovely brightness the pro-creator Madana himself that excels in the graces of love? the Month that
this sense
began)
qfar?
^T sjf.
was no wonder that
On HoWTC^T: 1.
1.
ashamed when they saw her
by Narayana's
||
p. 87.
Fram???:
[*RTf: ?FT] **TR
beautiful
On
UJ.'HW'T, 'completely recovered.'
tlie state
is
a treasure of flowers ?
made stupid by
[For]
the study of the
[or]
was
[or]
was
how
could
it it
an
Veda and from
had departed, have produced this beauty that enraptures the mind ? ^TF^W: must be taken with all desire
for pleasure
'
^?T
:
,
in the sense of
is Chaitra,
'
of loved beauty.'
the best part of spring. Conf.
The Month
Katavema
:
alluded to
ACT :
19
i.
J
I
^7
^
Hlff
3T'4
||
Katavema
it
will be observed takes ^TfVTfflKsR: in the sense of
'
study of the Veda.'
squalid by the
understand the epithet in that
Whether,
sense
or in
sense of 'stupid, deprived of intelligence,
Veda'
Veda
apparent that
is
it (i.e.
probably the learning
any more edifying
At
sent.
Vedic texts
are
as he
1.
the
numerous
the study of the
was not regarded
body than it is Brahmans who
afterwards
as
at pre-
spend
repeating the
with much intelligence or much
not credited are
spoken of as
contemptuously
speaks of Karayana.
King
P. 11.
rote)
by rote and
appreciation of beauty, and as the
by
mind or
to the
the present day the
their lives in learning
it
we
by the study of the
Kalidusa's time
in
however,
more apparent
its
2.-W*Tfrt This
commanded them (our
is
at^ffRtPWT. 'The king knows,
friends) not to be afraid/
We
must
understand that Chitralekha being less frightened than her friend 7 Urvas !, had heard the King when he cried aToffRWRTF?^ *T 7fJ
I
q^RRnf^frf p. 3,
11.
1.
P. 11.
11.
1.
iWT
3.
4-7.
*$T
Tr^TT,
8.
soil.
HZ^sm
Katavema
Banganatha.
On
wi:
wi?rt jft
urgfor
qftsrrasqr
ifi
\
(
see
11, 12.)
P. 11.
P. 11.
2*5^
accidentally.
:
fit
If^OTfr?
to be
the exact meaning of this
Kuvalaydnanda
:
SRfSR:.
\
%?$: Wl
&W
R^Tf
spoken by a
word
rfr
nobly born man.
conf. the following
from the
20
NOTES.
flf JT
'
what wonder
^=
<jwf= is
3
that the head of a
Moon with Soma,
P. 12.
11.
eclipsed
but right
is
;
for
owes
elephant
its
Moon
produces pearls.
It is
origin to the identification of the
the favourite drink, the ambrosia of the Gods.
!!?*Tr*T?lJWif
3,4.
notion that the
as prevalent in Sanskrit literature as
wfRR:
because the
viz*
tf'Sf:
is
great
T
^ff^a,
scil.
Moon when
The
^^WraTFJT^
being in
regarded as
is
is
high-caste
likely that the notion
it
fRRPp^WflW. The
TK*T^viz.
the source of ambrosia
s?ft
And
there that ambrosia should drop from the Moon?'
is
The people
distress.
therefore get on the top of a prominence in order to get a sight
of her as soon as she
show
spectators
P. 12.
5-8.3^
11.
of Urvas'i to
ward
freed
.
from the
and the
spot,
as they
by
anxious
shouts.
Chitralekha means to direct the attention
Rambha and
them
to
is
their gladness at her liberation
the other friends
were
who
are looking for-
Urvas'i, however,
approaching.
though she understands Chitralekha, nevertheless looks at the 11^1 ff ^^r? a speech that may apply King and says equally to the King and to her friends. This she does in order
WJ^
to attract Chitralekha's
In this she succeeds
King.
of looking at their asks
8Tfa
3ff
?
friends
'
the friends
P. 12.
11.
fers to the
}
to her feeling as
regards the
marks
that instead
looked at the
King, and
for Chitralekha
Urvas'i
a question indicating that she (Chitralekha) has be-
come aware of UrvasTs tfrfSHf
attention
9, 10.
',
state of
mind.
Urvas'i at last answers
meaning Eambha and the
frerfrcnfrfjtft.
moon accompanied by
In
others.
another place the poet re-
the Chilli constellation,
See
ACT ftagliuvams'a
I.
Both Chitra and Vis'akha, are constellations
46.
when
which appear near the moon
the
is
sky
bright
shine brightly, viz. during the months of April and
they
there is a
Possibly
which may that
so
21
i.
double meaning intended
mean accompanied by the
also
like the
Moon
the
shining Chitra.'
less
who
him Urvas'i
taking with
with
rising
May.
fWTT^f^ff*?,
constellation
Chiti-a" ;
'Here comes the Royal Sage
whole may mean,
the
in
and
is
accompanied by
Vis'akha which
Chitralekha",
is
accompanied by means a phase of the moon, a
oft^T
streak of light.
The
constellations
Chitra
and Vis'stkba supply two of the
modern names of the twelve months stellations
in Sanskrit, as other con-
These names may be The ancient names
of the others.
supply those
names of the months.
called the astrological
of the twelve months are the following and in their order, be-
ginning from chaitra Rtf^,
3^t,
?,
S*,
H*
(
^
),
SfW,
WFT,
5TSfT,
37**T,
ing couplet of S'ripati in his fiatnnmdld 1
srf^rrq gtfppreSt P. 13.
1.
3.
CTO*?ftr
|
ef
JT^TfW
tf?:sf*?r
5Ti%, ^Wtf (or
embodied :
W
),
in the follow-
TTO^f Rf^TOIT^^
fm^nw'fra t
*tfpi
&c. 'you speak rightly; for the
5T^:
\\
demons
are difficult to defeat.' Suhnjanya
means that the demons are so
powerful that there is reason to
rejoice that the
king has re-
turned unhurt. P. 13.
1.
^T5Pt
6.
^Tf^fr.
'
Showing
that
he
(
the king
Observe that the stage-directions in Sanskrit jolted.' not for the characters but for the actors who represent
was
characters.
jolted
Thus we have
^T^rSTrfT
instead of ^rSHJTJJJJT.
^FTR^f
showing
f ?f &c. 'Ah,
this
as if he
)
are the
was
descent on a
has compensated ine,' viz. by bringing ( ) rugged bis shoulder in contact with the shoulder of Urvas'i. Bollensen's surface
is
frTff
the only one of the existing editions that correctly
passage with
us.
All the others wrongly read
read the
NOTES,
22 r. 13. 11. "
'
8, 9.
fWf^f
riage.'
to the
owing
^H-rSftTR,
Sl?%qr3FT
" f
of the car-
jolting
Translate
Kanganatha.
'
:
Be-
cause owing to the jolting of the carriage this [my] shoulder round middle, in such is touched by the shoulder of her of the a
manner
as to cause
Couf.
many young Katavema ^fo^rfc
[with the emotion.
sprouts of the tree of love.'
:
^W^m-JTSte: OWOTH WT ^F [ Wf 7 or TRfaff 7]
|
......
IRRTSJT^^m (
stand erect
hair to
my
of love] like so
he appears to have read differently the second pada)
^*:
eft
s
CrRls^
I
And
an adverb.
*fl*ff
|
so is
Sf^'r, which, however, The words
being a participle takes an instrumental of agency. *TJ[ft
JT^W^T
describes
refer to the conventional figure of
Love (Madana)
as a tree the seed
quoted before has called
it
)
its
place. See Mdlavikdgmmitra Act IV.
P. 14.
1.
3.
flfir?T
,
as
Katavema
is
flowers
it
speech which
^fcf
sown when the parsprouts wlieii they come in
of which
ties meet, which puts forth closer contact, and so on till
(
the
when
the union takes
St. 1.
because she came in violent contact with
the king through the jolting. P.
H.
'
1.
8.
vernal beauty.
*fifl'7n?fi
like
the beauty
The comparison
is
of the
season,'
t.
e.
that as before the arrival of
spring plants and creepers are leafless and floweiiess, arid there-
by appear faded but are clothed
in freshness
again at the re-
turn of that season, so the appearance of Urvas'i whose loss had distressed her friends will
now
be
rejoiced
at at
meeting
again.
P. 14.
1.
10.
KTPTf ..... 33T?. Conf. 6
"
Kanganatha
:
ft2
her
ACT P. 15.
no hope
3r
An
.
adverb.
f
!
'
%
*TR?f
TrPer.
For I bad
that.*
P. 15. long.'
WT
1.
1.
23
i.
4.
1.
OTS'TrC qfGWcff *
c
7'?T?
is literally
'
ftj. i.e.
may Your Majesty
hundred kalpas/ a 1000 yugas.
for a
lialpa
live
being
a fabulous period of time equal to P. 15.
lies
Indrapuri
f^T
^flf
5.
1.
TTOt
because Indra resides in the east and
fera",
As
in that quarter.
Siddhdnta-S'iromani, Bliuvanakos' a.
||
P. 15.
1.
7.
sTWfFT
It will
ffonTir.
be remembered
that tho
king and the Apsarases are on the Hemakuta. Chitraratha comes up where they were. Hence *TTU?K stetW^ P. 16.
1.
2.
The name
i^rr^X
of the
the protectors
rescue
the
are the husbands and
And hence
of the Apsarases.
that Chitraratha
the Gandhar-
King of
In later mythology the Gandharvas
vas.
it
is
probably
King was commissioned by Indra to The Gandharvas are also the guards of
their
nymphs.
Heaven, P. 16.
1.
6.
saluting or congratulating
times touching or
mode
X. 65. 5
P. 16. still
like
11.
;
f^
I.
events at Baroda were after they occurred.
in the songs
The
defines
Last year's not lon^
^T^rftTfT.
some such word
thus
Chfirnnas are
of the Chararws
and containing the it
BMgavata
singing eulogistic songs,
Conf. Raghuvams''a II. 12.
alliterations
For the Pratdpamdra
ancient
Conf. ^JncTfJi
Bhfirotyas or Bhats.
panegyric in verse beginning with
ornamented with
in
hand was such a
11. 22.
who go about
brother-caste the
mode of
qqqpTcfr:.
^rwwifR ;*rfamf gm.
a caste in Guzerath, their
by
the
friends met.
^JWTT^:.
also ibidem SJc.
7-11.
But
among the Hindus.
when two
of expressing joy
a
not at present
is
shaking or holding
TFfTraFfR^^ffKW: Sic.
This
f*?T *T5T?T:.
:
as
A
SRHf and
eight cases,
NOTES.
24?
P. 17.11. 1-2.
a?fig2T
Marutvftn because he
-^TT.
*re*ft=renr. Vedic poets
as the
Indra
called
is
say in their
is, hymns, accompanied by the Maruts certain gods, the gods of storms. The Maruts aid him according to the Vedic hymns in achieving
In later Sanskrit the powers of darkness. common name of the become any god, and is synonym JT^^has his exploits over
ous with ST. P. 17.
4-7.
11.
Ranganatha
?7?
:
TO: w^lwtBrwraiPWSi^iftil? RFFPST fr
Fwff (he appears
|
P. 17.
to read
VR\:
fg?^: sr^-r
^^ifWi
TO^^K:
*TgfoT: *$&
8.
1.
|
7&
I
)
T^W:
i
TWrrsFfoJ:
'For modesty
T^T: |
is
|
|
m^T-
the
ornament of valour.' P. 18.
1-3.
11.
JTfKWW
J?ff^W ^J
rlKffir
'to
Majesty's fame to the world presided over by the i.e.
Your
take
great Indra/
to return to heaven.
P. 18.
them
4.
1.
This
JTWt J^lsfaR.
him again
to see
not an
is
invitation
as the words, if literally rendered,
for
would
only a form equivalent to 'good bye.' It is both See p. 149 1. 2 and rude and ominous to say simply *T**W*.
show, but
is
note thereon. P. 18. obstacle
1.
6.
OT^FW^f ^Tfrar Urvas'i
to
taking a last and
up
(
=^(Wf )
is
'
3T*S% &c. to give
The poet
her
And
very delicate, Urvs'i shows
this
neck-lace reaching
on the large statues of gods in consisting of literally means
The word
scilicet mdld.
causes
an opportunity of
the king.
a long gold or pearl
to the feet, such as is seen
single links
|
parting glance of
the caves of Badami.
is
in order
'
as such a single-linked neck-lace
anxiety to extricate
it
from the
ACT Tn a figurative sense
brambles.
which there
speech in
I\ 19.
1.
1.
JHTfSTT
55 5Jt;zT^T
K*T
a-f
is
:
be observed Chitra-
It will
She means jokingly to in love with Pururavas. Kafavema
fallen
^w^w
1.
3.
7T
P. 19.
1.
4.
5RR^T ^Tr^RT,
The
TfrffK.
R-
P. 19.
tricate.
a figure of
tfRflW 'smilingly.'
say that Urvas'i
1
signifies
I
lekha says this
K?
eJcdvali
a congeries of single terms one running
Thus the Kuvalaijdnanda has
into another. r
is
25
i.
:
(
I
)^J?
TTfft 3*T*f soil.
not 'pretends to
'extricates'
direction is to the person
who
ex-
represented Chitra-
lekha, not to the character of Chitralekha.
P. 19.
11.
anrcf^T
6-9.
'
'
'
having
eyes.
large
large-eyed.'
This is one of those exLiterally 'whose eyes reach the ears.' aggerated expressions which abound in classical Sanskrit. Conf.
JWrRT, water
'
'having breasts
where however
as
all that is
breasted.' 3nr^^T does not
kumbha
large as a
meant
'
to
is
large-
mean 'looking back towards
the ear,'
signify
or ogling, but simply large-eyed, ^r^r^T. Conf. 'TOTHKf p.
On
this
stanza
of
pitcher
Katavema observes
:
*T3"
8.
1.
5.
Cr5f**T
H
P. 20.
1.
2.
fRSini^.
^chRTR^RT
^r?T5?TTr^iT,
'your missile
presided over by the god Vayu.' Probably a missile that was sent off with a mantra or incantation from the Veda addressed to the
god Vayu.
dressed as
simple
In post-Vedic prayers
to
times
charms and incantations, and were effect
under
verses
originally
the gods came to believed to
the powers of the deity to
ad-
be used as be of magic
which they
referred.
NOTES.
26 P. 20. (
*TiT
7.
1.
&c.
he apparently reads
P.
20.
8-11.
11.
Kaiavema
<W
JTWWflPTEFiTr,
middle region of her father, to the
referring
i.e-
the slcy
'into
hymns
np
'flying
the
(^STR
sun-god
these
being
mid-day
evening.
(
T^tf
1+\) and
the
first
horizon, second the ascending on at
is
rise
of the
the highest
part
only a
name
the
poeti-
or
sun on the
heaven
of
west in the
third t\iQ setting in the
Vishnu was originally
T^T,
For
traversing the universe in three strides
as
);
rj
the third region of Vishnu.
is
1
paces
into the
TTU1
sky.' PPT:,
of the Rigveda the sun or the
cally described
JR
JobrrWR^ST
of the sage Narayana with
identification
And
God Vishnu. in the
^
5
for
fR":
fTJ:
Tlr
:
of the
sun,
and
merely a figure of speech to speak of the firmament as Vishnu being being the middle stride or pace of the sun. subsequently elevated into an independent deity he naturally
it is
retained lie
the poetical
all
was only
a
concepts that belonged to
him when
form of the sun-god. Hence he came to be called is, three-paced,' an attribute which as we have '
Trivilcrama, that
already seen, belongs the
Then the
sun-god.
Narayana having been identified with Vishnu
and poetical concepts of the
all
ancient Kishi
the attributes
latter are assigned to
him. Hence
be spoken of as the middle pace (*T l-W ^^O of Urvas'i's father. See Veddrthayatna Mandala I. hymn 22
comes the sky
vers. 16-20
On
to
and notes ad.
the periphrastic
vams'a XIII.
loc.
name
Ffa:
T? '
I,
TfWT:
where, however,
fies the sky without the adjective gee our note ad!, loc. Srs^yrj-jT^
Conf. Katavema
:
W\
T^f C^rff
r?
|
U^W
v
-WT,
for sTr^rSTJT see Eagliu(
-= ff*fN
)
ISffl'
signi-
but with the adjective
ACT
27
ii.
ic
^ front
?
(?)
^r] ^riff
JT^W
flip?:
|
3\
^w
5*1%
wrfliR^r
This long quotation
is
^ w*r
I
intended by Katavema to show that conventional
our poet has followed the
drama
down by
laid
however,
be more
the
that
It
would,
the hard and fast rules
like ours than that the poets slavishly
laws arbitrarily laid
down
for their guidance
by
critics. '
this goddess.'
So the film
of composing a
authors on dramatic literature.
correct to say
were derived from plays followed the
rules
See note supra to too flies
USftRlf
from the stalk
up
of the waterlily.
intended to make the comparison
fit
p. 3.
1.
1.
into the air carrying the
The
epithet
*3fazwr^
by rendering the
stalk
is
of
the lily resemble the
Act T. 21. tally
11.
1-5.
s !
II.
m^ f$ reref ^fffr 5
i
(far,
'like a
Br&hman
to-
engrossed in the thought that he has received an invita-
NOTES.
28 to dinner.'
tion
Vidushaka means that the secret
which
the
king has entrusted to him threatens to burst out ( lit. he is going to burst with the secret) just as the fact of a Brahman
having received an invitation to dinner bursts out from him. Brahmans of the class to which Vidushaka belongs in fact all
Brahmans except such
as are not priests
by profession
lead a
dependence and generally live upon others. They will daily wait sometimes two or three hours after the usual life
of idle
any one invites them. And when there is no hope of any one calling them they then have their meal prepared at home and eat it late in the after-
hour of the
noon.
ineal is
Many men,
at
home
is
a
special
if
to the
leads
a feast
to
these generally
And when
and poorest kind.
the coarsest
invitation
acquisition of reli-
The food
such Brahmans.
an invitation such as
they receive .
of
to seo
it
thinking
gious merit, invite eat
passed
referred to in this passage
is
where the food
is
rich
and
a feast given for instance on the occasion of an annual plentiful,
the good
municate vited
ten
it
to others.
The
Br.ahmans
fifty
And
it is
the meal-time. the door
knows no bounds. They then cannot connews within themselves but must perforce com-
their joy
S'raddha, tain
result
that
where a man has
to his
(
feast
is
to
be
given
of houses
the doors
in-
door hours before
by no means a rare sight
of a house where a
from a very early hour
is
will flock
to see that is
closed
inhabited are
never shut usually in India as in Europe) and strongly watched to prevent the uninvited intruders battering it and forcing their entrance
as they often do
the
into
house,
where they
would be safe after once entering as it is thought impious to send away a Brahman without dinner when he comes into your house.
Katavema ^frTtSRl *TfUKWT :
fr Cr
HI
FTJ^mwsi ^f?r
m
:
u*K?<
rj
r
3*nfsaro[ffrr
ACT a?^
sfrc
gRtfire
^f^jrf
......
||
frfnt frf^-ffriKr: frfr
He
I
reads
it is
name
of a
it is
alrCpT
palace.
is
used
in
a substantive in the sense of 'crowd.
our passage as *
the
for our ItorTTfyspS'TitSK JTn3P?W ffHT. Whether
W
and observes JTT^'S C^ or ff*TFlW^",
29
ii.
'
'going about/ having walked about.' This means that Viddshaka moved about on the stage in order to show that ^farwf
'
he proceeded the
to the palace called f^TRf^lF,
spectators
were
to
imagine
that he
and when he stopped, has reached
it-
It
must not be inferred that the way from where Vidtishaka found himself in the crowd to that palace was a circuitous one ;
but the particle TK has reference to the necessarily small size of the stage on which he could only walk about to show that
he proceeded to the palace. P. 22.
11.
of the king of Kas'i.
WT 3TOPT
'by Her Majesty the daughter The Queen is meant of course. H^Tf^f
Iff? SCTfaUSTJ^riF
1-6.
%'ftar
1
iffffryrTr/
?W
fWT3TWl7 ^WT^TflT Manavaka.' 3*3 - 8Tr3rTO. ^Tf 5|
w ^i?^
'
'
p. 3.
1.
11.
from his dear friend the Brahman
'
Tr?^l^fr.
wretch of a Br&hman'; here in contempt
See note to
But how
shall I overreach that
trick the secret out of him.'
of Viddshaka.
^If'^is said
All Brahmans following what
occupations soever were not equally honoured even
in
ancient
times. TftJFWT
This
is
intended to show that she
is
looking
about
and searching for him. sTrfoftff
ffTO fTf
f.
e.
the picture of a monkey.
like a
monkey drawn
in a picture, like
So motionless.
'
f%rt ffhT^,' 'sitting silent owing to some cause or other.' f%fr does not mean See below p. 35. 1. 7 and our note ad. loc. '
somewhat,' because he was so perfectly silent and
quiet
as to
NOTES.
30
resemble a picture and not a living being. Of the word which the European and the Calcutta Editions all read after
no trace in Katavema nor in our eight Mss. except one not the best, and which may have had it inserted from one
f%ft there is
simile 9Trrl5rfff
3PTO r?*T ought of itthrow suspicions of spuriousness on the addition of that word, which may have been suggested by the words Ri'fT.
The
of the printed texts. self to
P. 23. 1
king,
form
3",
*UWTf^
3-5.
11.
*
secret of
^nSTCf^'that
the
which the king has communicated to me. Mark the formed from the more frequent forms of tff such as ^ &c.
analogy of neuter adjectives from masculine adjectives, instead of being derived or corrupted from rT^. This
on the
must have been pronounced originally as 3 the accus. sing, of and then simply 3 with a nasaliza*rf mas. before -C or tf or ?, origin of the Manithi neuter
tion, is the direct
of which out of the latter pronunciation
when we
instead of
3
^JfteWK;
much P. 21.
as to atteucL f*f
1.
Her Majesty
understood
easily 3\
in
as
Nipunika was not a mere
gff5T*T 3tft if^TTfrtf.
1.
the evolution
IP1!!
TPff.
but a servant girl whose duty as
is
our aid the Koukani neuter
to
call
it
was
to learn to sing
slave,
and dance
upon her mistress the Queen.
^tffr WltfT,
'
what are
the
commands of
may be
a request, the message of a rank is spoken of as a command. of The high person question What does Her Majesty say ?' In our own really means
Though
?'
it
'
day
we have
like
expressions
Honor commands subordinate
^TIT
1.
1.
|^?T
ef^f?r
%q
'
t
as
y 0ur
'
i.e.
says.
Correspondingly the words of a rank even when no request is
or of one of lower
meant but a simple statement of arja i.e. an humble petition: p. 18.
flrtf
35f 3f
ff aoj%f5.
instead
facts
is
always spoken of as an
f^T^ ^T^F ^. of 5TCC or
manner the presence of a great man
is
WK
( ).
Conf.
supra,
la a similar
expressed
by a high
ACT word winch means that of a
IfWf
TF
Si
it.
'shines brilliantly' (firntf,
KUt*
low man by a
word which means
OT
Ttf
caste, a
sweeper)
exist a
Bhangi
t
*rer
ifflf
'
there a Bliangi
Is
?
in this village or not
'
not ?'=
in this village or
dead
Guz.) while
'is dead'! (
E.g. an out-
Does
there
?'
vm't &G. None of our Mss. give the readm^ 5NF aT**f*fl *T*T SfR aT^rWT. ing of the existing editions l^f P. 24.
11.
4?
2, 3.
This use of the particle W3\ does not appear to be quite SansThen krit, certainly not to accord with the style of Kfilidasa. again nearly the same for
Katavema has
3t*3*sT(f.
^r(T
*r
may be
*?|TOftT'T
'
said of 3T9"5$I*TfT
WrY
Iff
flf^r* a^rWsfsr
which they read ^WTffi T
STff? %Tsf(
^
\
'
Her Majesty says you have always been her friend and that you never neglect her when she is in distress owing to any unusual suffering.' Nipunika" Translate as
the
means that the Queen
tress (
the
was
s
now
is
that he ought to assist
wholly Nipunika
stands
reading
suffering from such a distress,
her on this
own, as
occasion too.
she was
all
to learn the cause of the
Queen
:
told
to
The
and
trick is
do by her mis-
King's coldness towards
her
and she was only a while ago thinking how best
)
she might deceive Vidushaka out of his secret. P. 24.
anything P. 24.
This too P. 25.
by
1.
4.
far?r
to offend 5, 6.
11.
is
'
&c.
May
make
be that
= Wf RW%^f
SJfafrTf,
Nipunika's
own
1-4.
sfrfrSFrR
!;
secret.
Vidashaka means that
much
owing
on account of whom.*
by restraining my tongue* i.e. which I have to make in order to
averse to recreation he very
the duty
'
lit.
the
'
friend has done
'
11.
the necessary effort to keep
"fftf?
my
trick.
making the strong effort
keep the
it
Her Majesty?'
of
Vidushaka
Hence
causes
him pain
fHJRT^Jtlf
troubles
mo
too.'
tffT
to
RT
It is
keep the king in good humour, but
to
to the latter's love for
can do pleases him.
it
secret.
Urvas'i
his trouble.
nothing that Vidushaka
NOTES.
32 P. 26.
11.
ftwftft
1-2.
and
existing editions
It
is
'
'I
am
pear
I
tired
am
reprints
to
by trying
sends would be
that
almost
not that the
face as
Vidushaka gallant-like puts
cold consolation, therefore, to the
her that
when
Kfitavemi
RWflF^WSr rV-^fj
it)
;
does
in,
that of
not
ap-
message Vidtishaka
the
see
that
of the
complaint
her
(
but that he
Queen
either
her
lotus-like
is cold.
It is
Vidftshaka should
her he will give up King None of our eight Mas. countenance
his chase of the mirage.
the reading.
back,
since
King does not
:
back,' or in
the
Secondly, absurd,
is
to
him
bring
Queen
send word
TK^^ff^f frf^TRT
him
Tlie
Majesty.'
this speech thus
too tired to bring
be correct Sanskrt.
to
inform Her
read
necessary only to observe
the sense of
<
^HfK,
lias
the
'l?*ff
?rar
:
sees
Frarr
Iff
fr^f?!? ^Tfirff?
qfed^l^, which
|
5TK^
3T?
almost wholly
agrees with our text. P. 26.
11.
6-9.
*TT
?m*Hf^fl[^rTr^r6[ UvsfRW
^FTF^H. Observe that the words
must bo referred both
where
JIW^T?T^rjncT:
means
wrong/ Conf.
Katavema
Wr^KF^T.
the sun and
the former case and figuratively in tha
to the king, literally in latter
to
*?F
:
TW[ mrHf
'
having suppressed crime
and
ACT 5*rrrrcfa
'
Translate to
:
^r^r
jsr
g^ *WT IN
Thy power and
do similar work
thine
33
n.
the criminal tenden-
away
driving
sun appear to us
of the
that
confines of the kingdom thy subjects beyond in which the darkness the as that of the sun drives away peoThis lord world. of the of limits are the splendors, beyond ple
the
cies of these
moment
a
stands,
(the sun),
own
thou too folio west thy
in
sixth
the
at
will,
middle of the sky, and
the
division of the
day/ P. 27.
*
11.
saw
I
ever since
was made,
Construe
3-4.-
[
her.'
:
JrTfPffT
= fr^Tf?
as if for her to enter ],
l
which a
in
the unmissing
by
breach shaft
of
the Makara-bannered [Cupid]/ -
P. 27.
King of
5.
1.
frerlfldfr
3rrfaUT3 Cr,
'the
poor
See MdlaviJcdgnimitra p. 67
Kas'i.
1.
daughter of the 2 and
our note
ad. loc. '
P. 27. '
rally,
1.
eaten
re
11.
T^PTf^f.
7-8.
Conf.
iT^iTr^OT^^TRr^H^.' (
the secret
entrusted to you.'
Lite-
the deposit of the secret.*
P. 28. ff^qr
6.
*T**T
)
like bread
(*frT), such
Katavema
1
Things
"
7^^f?K^ TQ^be chewed and then
to
2 Things to be eaten
:
without chewing
rice. 3 Things to be licked (^5T ) like thin condiments such what are called ^R^f in Marathi. as liquid
as
4 Things to be sucked be drank ( fa ) such
to '
to
be driven away,'
P.
29.
11.
1-2.
ing an object the root
l^k'T
(^m)
such as mango-pickles.
as milk.
'
to
rWff J
be removed.'
infinitive used
passively,
Conf. Eanganatha
:
= f&iiiPR JTW SFR: ?T^ ^r: 'desirWitf my self. obtain.' Mark that
jSwrHfa:
'
difficult to is
5 Things
used in the sense of
'
to divert, to entertain, to
NOT FA
Si whereas in
please,
tlie
of driving, removing
sense
P. 29. '
ally,
f JT?
3.
1.
'
&c.
Has not Urvas'i seen you
is
shaka means
to
lovable.
that if
say,
jnust have fallen
Liter-
*TW?rsr ^
'
asking the question ViduUrvas'i has seen the king she
By
with
in love
rfirsfffT
him, as he
3OT^rpfr
j
so
is
good,
great
PlN^&ffelffrt
*FT$\
o To this the king replies that Vidtishaka's kindness and love for him ( the king) only rj
Tff:
ij&Tfr
|
him think him a
that makes fact,
however, he
^^ =
'y u must
is
'
?
the range of Urvas'i's sight ? suggested to Vidtishaka by the epithet jrihr-
previous speech.
it is
its literal
Have you not been within
This question
f-Tfr
used in
(^p^f^)
W3^[' in the
and
it is
previous speech
is
not,
know
lie
o
object of Urvas'i's
fit
worthy
thinks,
that this
viz.
that
desire;
in
of her. *3
T
you say
[suggested by] your affection for me.' P. 29.
11.
3^
7,8.
Vidushaka means he highly, of Urvas'i.
is
a?l
q
'
^FfTf^r,
R^^IT &c. Svhat?
am
See infra
p. 145
1,
vikdgnimitra Act p. 87. f *pf
P. 30.
Vidushaka is always has already told us, he Nipunika
himself says he looks like a monkey.
7^ TOfWr. See also Mala^ f7f VIM* ^ff tfC^rff 3V 67W,
6ff
I
The
note thereto.
8 fl^TfR'
text from
exceedingly corrupt in
is
including Lenz and
1.
all
3,
the
The speech
Bollensen.
and that which follows are especially corrupt there.
11.
impossible
Hear me,
1.
editions
'WTfrl: &c.,
P. 30.
to
up
&c.,
existing
IV.
He
so
Is Urvas'i with-
T*e*TTOqm%'fr
11, 12 and our
11.
increased.'
is
in ugliness ?'
so ugly and deformed that, as
13
curiosity
astonished to hear Ptiruravas speak f^T
out a peer in beauty as I
looks like a monkey.
my
1-2.
to
*Trnrei~
describe
5-6.
fj: ^TfiT^'T^
'
Mnnavaka, I
her beauty fully
therefore, I will 11.
&c.
fRl'i^r^WCT
Katavema
WJW
assure to
it
you,
her
all
I
:-" aTOTCTWUn'l-
(T^W^T
(i.e.,
is
limbs.
as a whole.'
describe her
aTW*
as
}
ACT r
{ i.e.,
35
IT.
sTwrarrT 5fwn
)
-
Translate
'
Her form
:
coration of decorations, and
my
mean the
does not
Jrar^Tfaisr
a thing that
made use
is
the ornament of ornaments, the de-
is
friend, the standard of standards.'
act of decorating
of
but a decoration,
The
decoration.
as
decorations
alluded to are such as sandal -wood paste besmeared on the person or yellow pigment or
saffron
the person, and the application of cellence of decoration' :<
ftQ&lKINRtr,'
and decorations
herself beautifies those very girls
one
are fair is
the
like
of
parts
JTOWffHfa:
'
the ex-
frfSTSW*^ W^flH: = TOP^zr beautify
of decorations.
other girls,
'
IT-
That
but this
ornaments and decorations.
moon and
is,
one
Other
soft like the flower, but
to which the
standard
the
particular
scents.
excellent decoration
t1ife
ornaments
e.
f.
to
applied
this
moon and the flower are
compared. P. 30.
TOW
1.
frsTOflf SHftTf errwsrc Jlfff
7.
.
^ar^nf means,
'
the
Chdtaka,' which even when exceedingly thirsty will never drink any water lying on earth, but will look up towards the sky and continue crying piteously till it should rain
of a
and the rain drops
fall
CMtaJca bird K5TOr(lsffi
and as referred love,' Urvas'i
to
1ms a long the white.
tail,
it
a celestial damsel.
is
and combines in
It has a
long crest
The CMtaka
prevent
it
itself the black, the
on
stretched on
from bending
thereby to
As applied
mouth.
to the
is
not a
a small bird, smaller than the smallest dove,
bow with an arrow vent
its
means 'yearning for heavenly water* the King it means 'yearning for heavenly
being
fabulous bird. It
into
aTr
its
it,
head,
which
of is
the
yellow and
shape of a
supposed
to
pre-
head by coming opposite the beak and from drinking water on the ground or
its
NOTES.
36 any water
to
crest village
drink which the
mythology says
it
beak
be lowered, and which
is to
obtained as a punishment for hav-
from
ing in a former life cruelly prevented her daughter-in-law
drinking water because of some trivial mistake. The village myth and punished her sons' sa} s she was a harsh and cruel mother-in-law 7
wife for every
little
One
fault.
of the punishments
allow her daughter-in-law to drink water
when
was not
thirsty.
while panting with thirst the daughter-in-law was ordered
water
to the
house
cattle in a
Kolambi
(a
long portable
to
One day to
give
wooden
trough) but not to drink the water herself. She went to the cattle-
shed and after giving water to the cattle she was drinking the remainder herself, when the mother-in-law, who was watching her secretly, observing her suddenly came up, and Kolanibi broke
it
on the
The
girl's head.
and the curses of her departing
spirit
seizing
condemned her oppress or
The cruel moth er-iu-law was
to a life of perpetual thirst.
the
girl died on the spot
instantly
metamorphosed into a bird and the Kolambi into a crest to prevent her from drinking water. Hence it is the Chdtalca has remain thirsty for nine months and anxiously watch for raindrops falling from heaven. The Chdtalca has a shrill but not un-
to
pleasant cry which resembles the words Tariff rain
!
Oh
rain
!
inythology the idea not, drink earthly
rainy
!
TITOf
*ff
!
Oh
In the present passage and generally in poetis
that the ChdtaJca will not, not that
The
water.
Chdtalca
is
it
can
heard crying in the
season.
Eanganatha quotes Tr^fr^flRlf^rWSrfW: tf JTF %ft nwfr. additional words fTf 3Tf j4 3Tr? qrwRT are given only by two of our Mss. and omitted by all the others. Katavema has them: :
The
flf
3rit
Sfiffir
Tf^-rerfa.
The King does not mind VidflsLaka's RffrFrj^ & " remark, and asks him to go with him to the Pleasure-Garden," P. 30.
to
1.
8.
which he asks him
.
to lead the
way.
*TrWT*RJ does not
ACT n. mean
iliat
the
King
37
know
did not himself
the
way
thither
;
but
Kings and great men never go out alone and their attendants go forth before them to clear the'wny for them. And *TrfocT5nftf the means to clear the Pramadavana/ simply way go with '
me
'
to &c.'
On
P do
'
JTJT^T^
Ranganatha quotes
30.11. 10-12.
so.
:
'what escape
*FT irfl
[is
meet you, its guest' clear and beautiful, have given way
vana, comes mifrpfr-j so
forward
corrupt reading
in
to
the existing editions
all
I must
there]'?'
&o. 'This breeze, as if deputed
by the PramadaThe words *TT to an exceedingly
except Bolleuseu's
(who however misreads ^T^JTf for *OTP^"^); The simple word Mr has been miscorrected into *fi (-H^Tj ). Ktitavema however reads with us.
All that Vidushaka means the south (
;
it
seems
to
me
as
from the direction of which
come us P. 31.
The
its 11.
:
here
is
a cool breeze from
though sent forward by the garden it comes) to meet us and to wel-
guests into
it.
STTTJ &o. 'That is a
fit
(the garden's) 1-3.
is this
epithet for this breeze.'
epithet referred to is 'STOT in the previous speech, of
who himself
shaka,
natha
:
uses
Sf^TKmJT-fa" ^TPpfr
it
double sense
in a
^Ff^T ^
)
attentive to ladies,'
ally applied to lovers (ST^FIT:
do not
really loving one
their kindness
and
Ranga;
civil or
being an epithet usuare
please another sweet-heart
by
attention (371%^*?.)
The King understands the adjective 3TOT in the latter being in a condition of mind not fitted to understand it wise, and says that the epithet '
Impregnating
Vidu-
who even when they
3iTffR": )
fail to
Conf.
of 'southern/ and
'
courteous' especially
(
this
is
a proper one.
For says he
sense,
other-
(11.
2,3),
Madhavi and making the Kaundi creeper
dance, he(VAyu) appears to
me like a lover on account of his coinbin.-
NOTES.
38
ing in himself love [to one] and kindness
[to another].
a creeper, also called Vasanti, or (as both the
is
W
Hadhavi
names
signify*
'
=fff?-f
)
the spring-creeper, the creeper flowering in spring/
The poet means
when
that
southern breeze
the
blows
the
Madhavi begins to get drops of sweet nectar in its flowers (see below note to p. 33 11. 8-10 on ^TKJ^f ) and the Kaundi, tall and thin, shakes
nomenon
is
The former
about with the breeze.
natural
invested by the poet with the poetic garb are
nectar drops
phe-
that the
semen drops, and the motions of the Kaundi are the movements of a
with the poetical notion that they
The
dance.
whom grown up
one of
a
allusion is to
Kami who has two
and somewhat
sweet-hearts,
elderly, and the other
very young, and who therefore impregnates the latter and The Mklhavi pleases the former only by dancing with her. still
is
here compared to the young sweet- heart and the Kaundi or
Maghi
( i.
e.
and therefore 5fntf a T*T
heart.
Magha, two months before spring, somewhat old in spring ) to the elderly sweet* in
flowering
is
defined
by the Sdhityadarpana
as
=tg^r
^rrfcPnf
'
TU^TR^fcrfl^ so conducting one's self in action and speech A Kami who pays all kind of attentions as to please another.' 3T3T
lady and tries
a
to
to
whatever his failures or
her,
please
offences in the shape of his love to another lady,
Conf. infra Act III. p. 88 ajit 8 ?
ST^U
11.
When
|
^^ ^
4, 5.
a K^rni has
more sweet-hearts than
on, so as to
There
is
a
be agreeable
^RPT
(
)
to all.
somewhat objectionable play on the word ^f
which means both softness, love, and also semen. referred to RiqWflp*?r*tarJT and
ing
to
called
sings with one, dances with another, dines with a third
one, he
and so
tff^T
is
the combination
of.
1
3W^JT
are the chief qualifications of a 3.W.
Goaf.
Katavema
:
to
W?f
%!" (in both its
frfa^rv^rr?
|
Hence
^fo^.
^
is to '
^fJIKT
senses) and
be
ow-
ACT 'fr
^
5Hf
q^
3
Conf. Ranganatha rt-ff
^
^:
%?:
I
P. 31.
11.
P. 31.
ing that to enter this to
my
T^
^T&R
si )
I"
5H?W:
JfTflrfr rrr^Cr
ITR*^
I
'
aTFcWef.
I
fc
Such
is
your devotion
this breeze.
'
*nw.
7,8.
|
?ff&
I
you are just like
is
11.
oJRHWT ^fo^T
IfaTr
4,5.
That
too/
iinr
for
:
3afr
55crt
what he reads
(that is
}^
39
IT.
was not right iu imaginGarden of Pleasure would be a remedy I
Friend,
distress.'
P. 32.
11.
^IF^ftl -T ] rplf
&c.
fifr*T:
1,2.
'
Translate
I
construe:
:
The garden which
ous of entering [so] quickly does not afford
I
[was] desir-
[me]
peace,
more than does swimming-against-tho-current with great to him who is being carried down by the stream.'
any
effort,
(i
ufaTOSFRRf," Kanganatha. P. 32.
"
^TJT &o.
5-8.
11.
T*RNTJT ^'f^fr^T
TOWrfttfctf: &c. cult to object.'
now
be
^r
?g5yj^rgR
withdrawn from
fa^
that the
&c.
3
mango
J|$TJ
^
^H
aTrcrfftnr: ||"
nr^r its
sprouts ?'
the gentle breeze from the
which
desire
an
for
on entering th i.e.,
but what
from which the Malaya-
leaves,
means that he
Malaya,
is diffi-
inaccessible '
The King ;
Ranganatha.
jR^rr^
trees of the garden,
under the shafts of Love
|
liere a locative absolute.
breeze has plucked the slightly gray
new
W
are is
already suffering
garden the
showing forth
lie
South,
sees
is
that
blowing
40
NOTES.
gently, the slightly gray (because old) leaves are dropping from
the
Mango
trees,
and these trees are showing forth
new
their
the
appearance of these things the young leaves and the southern breeze, young Mango sprouts which gentle of to be exciters are well known passion (^Wrfn^TfR ) will make sprouts of
:
r Malaya- \ ata
more miserable.
Jiim
It is the
the south in spring.
the breeze that blows from
is
same
as the TRs^TfTf^T of
Vidu-
1.)
and has
nothing to do
with the violent gales of the south-west
Monsoon
(see Bollensen)
shuka
p. 30.
11, (see also p. 59.
1.
which do not blow Act
W?R
TO^rWf
P. 33.
See also
p. 97.
breeze
is
this
called
where Chitra-
11.1-3. J?
^^RK^MT. words of a Brah-
to the
Refering
a blessing and to the
man being
the gentle
S^tfff? H^Tf Ffi^f
flTTSmWT.
1.
1.
where
1.
1.
?ramPI:.
W^FT^C
lekha says
which time the scene of
in spring, at
See p. 59.
is laid.
1.
belief that they are sure to
be
Mark
the force of the participle JFnljpfa^ which profulfilled. perly applies to the receipt of a largess at the hand of a patron.
The King means he
under great obligation
is
to
Vidushaka for
blessin.
liis
P. 33.
1.
a?f^TK is
val of the spring season.
shape of an incarnation they
still
P. 33.
say 11.
birth
'TSRrTrrtfSTBf ''indicating the
2.
t5T3fi?
W
4-7.
hence
;
^R 3 ^
'
birth as
birth
i.e.
the
arri-
of a god in
generally.
the
In Guzerath
a child was born.'
&c. Ranganatha
:
T?T
j
:
I
rrlr
i
reads
l^^rf^r fe^rirT: |
f ^^
K^Jbf4l:
^r
for
)
I
J^^^J'^w *m ^rwiif
^m
irii^T^r:
^f
........
I
r
=fi
^ir
i
^Tfrr^rr^
And Katavema ^r=T^Tr^5J
:
*CROT-
^RRffT^J'gJTi^
j
(he
ACT
41
n.
TO (be reads
and
for ^ft^ir
*rran5T
for
Translate
' '.
the nails of a
The KurabaJca-fiowev
as red in
is
the forepart as
young woman, and black in the sides. The new handsome with its redness, stands ready
flovverhud of the Amelia,
On
to burst.
the ends
Vernal Beauty stands, P. 33.
11.
marble.'
my
7*TtfR
*T:
are used in the hot weather,
ing down by the fafTPTSTKT,
'as if
it
into collision
about the
with
king by offering
Your
flowers
the
The
bower
is
by
them.'
intentionally
the
R^F
honoring at-
bower came
perching upon them and
flowers thereupon
are falling
tf B f
guest.
R"*T. ft"*T
down
shows that the
not really causing the flowers to drop, but
were doing
fall-
tf*T
The bees
Majesty.'
sprouts on
calls
which are
Vidushaka says the bower is receiving the him the seat and strewing flowers as a man does
receiving an honored
when
if it
bower)
and young
hovering about them. seat.
*HKfWFlf&fif,
receiving
a seat of
Vidtishaka
why
in contact with,
were
(the
by the flowers
is
it
seats being cool
'
'
is
Marble
and that
coming
yellow iu
formed.
'possessing in
SFTTO:.
to the seat.
bees
>Tf^ Tfi^F'T
tracted
stands
[Tims] between infancy and youth/
friend,
WW^fT^Tfl'W
8-10.
?Pr^7f5raror
Pururavas' attention
you.'
new blossom
the chuta tree the
by the pollen as yet only imperfectly
it.
The
flowers
in reality are
it
seems as
dropping
down
by the action of the bees.
Katavema reads
Iff
W?r
1^:
for ^rT^SJ-rR^fr. And Ranganatha WfgRT^f Hf*fr 55^T f^pfr If this is
*ltf^: the fact that bees then correct, quotes
:
a confirmation of our 1.
2 which see.
||
were attracted
interpretation
of
to the
bower
RfT^f^JTRfr^r^
p.
is
31
42
NOTES.
P. 34.
1.
qfrWT.
2.
This
is to
indicate
that they
proceeded
to the seat.
P. 34.
11.
charmed by
who
is
^TSJTlfaafc^WW?
3, 4.
The
this beautiful creeper.'
dressed in her best
Vidushaka
her charms.
attire
'
and
with your
,
allusion is
is to
eyes ena
captivating a
means the creeper
woman man by
just as good as
is
Urvas'i, which the king denies in the speech following. " *T P. 34. 11. 6-8. JW &c. Comp. Katavema :
jtf
Eanganatha observes
(sic)
t?*
:
|
P. 34.
who
11.
9, 10.
&c. 'Yes, the physician to the great Tiulra
*fr
loved Ahalyti and I to you
madmen
are both
in
this
who
affair.'
are yearning after Urvas'i
So may the passage
be
Vidushaka seems to complain that he is conliterally rendered. sidered an idiot and used as an instrument by his friend to accomplish his desires. as
Vidushaka
what
his
The King
denies
this,
most intimate friend he
is
explaining that likely
to
know
to do.
AYlio is
meant
easily found. iii
is
by ^sff requires explanation which
The Indra-Ahalya myth mentions no
the intrigue.
is
not
third party
ACT P. 35.
1.
1.
knows what Vidushaka
to
P. 35.
4.
1.
*sf5J
do.*
This
What omen
^r^5Tf 'great
Like
RTJ?^ 5R^R^r.
who
meant
is
is
all
felt
in
given
omen must be
the
to
left
or the pitation of the right eye
man
shoulder
is
the
you
see,
he
tells
why
if the palpitation is in
a
an omen.
be
Katavema
conjectured,
such as the pal-
c.
i.
Even
shoulder.
of the right
the
or
eye
right
omen leading
to
an
woman
But
shoulder.
left
this
to
dear one, and the same in a
the left eye or
What
to the spectators that
universally believed to be a good
unexpected meeting with
stage-direc-
he saw
if
show
right
palpitation
this
stanza following.
the
Rfa^f ^r^TfRn^-^rfr,
observes, however,
day in a
others
behave as
is to
the acting was that was required to
he
intimacy,
reason
the king's
is
means.
devise a
the Actor,
is to
tion
*lftW: to
43
n.
it is
a sign of an impending unexpected departure (may be from this life)
of a beloved one, if the palpitation
or shoulder or a
See below
p.
P. 35.
5-8.
frRfr
Kama
11.
woman's right eye or shoulder.
7G
and
though
yet.'
and yet here
is (i. e.
I feel
The
act of
Kama
some reason or felt.
2, f%ft ?pfr *Tfr
1.
'
%*JHirrW^,
of twitching that he 23,
4, 5.
11.
^^T
'
for
in a man's left eye
is
other.'
On
this
sense
and our note ad
heart suddenly feels a sense
of
it
^HR".
The
1.
P. 36.
11.
?rr*T.
P. 37.
1.
3,
On 1,
arffiRTCpfar, 4.
should
&c,
'
when fiSflf
My the
?
1
plural used probably metrl causa.
this stanza Kfitavema observes
P. 36.
omen
the
is
see above p.
*lfefalr*=$TrlRCT <1
On
this act of
loc.WWm*m
of gladness as
fulfilment of a desire were near.'
ftfflft
)
im
wft:
'flying in the
&c. tf?
tfwN
SIT't:
*f
f
sky/
frlTFTflwt
the allusion here see above p. 19,
2.T*r
5TJT
*mirfijfr *wnff.
11.
1-4.
'
Yes, that
is
my
ad-
44
NOTES.
venture, and I have laid aside 67**ft
f^m:,"
P. 37.
proper for
not
tell
*W
That
beforehand.' is
Katavema.
5, 6.
11.
you
is,
to
are not yet gonesidered ? I '?)>
am
I ask
in
go
'
*
replies,
P. 38.
1.
:
to
tfwfcrnr flflwNw
befel Urvas'i at the beginning
was
it
I need
yourself,
go |
is
while you there to be con-
accord.
Do
not you
see
?'
a?Rf smiH
of
the
^f sllc h
iT7.-T^^r?r
sc i].
Ixfjrfrqr
2.
whether
(<TI?
tf*f
what
my own
of
Madana commands me
Katavema
manner.
this
think well
to
you yourself
beforehand,' IRf^^f l^ifl
Urvas'i
not going
"
it.'
^T^rff |jff *TF," Kanganatha.
'
&o.
shame about
all
think well beforehand
3T3 'just/
you.
"
first
Act
r
^
which
as that
in
RSff-
3fr
which
she
carried off by a demon. '
Do not you remember we are made from the proof against injury enemy of the Gods by His Holiness P. 38.
11.
T
4-6.
&c.
the celestial Preceptor tery called Apar&jita
of the gods p. 77.
1.
is
?'
who
initiated us into the hair-tying
The
Brihaspati.
celestial
Preceptor or the
On the word
mys-
teacher
aT^fplPT see Mdlavikd
6 *r5Jrar*T5Ts3TW TBnrfa *Kfr
Neither Katavema nor Kanganatha throws any
The idea appears, however, to be that charms which they were to repeat and certain were taught they As long as as they repeated them they were to tie their hairs. light on this Vidyd.
remained undisturbed they were to be invisible to others though they themselves were not deprived of the power of Tying certain parts of tho body with charms seeing others. the
tie
is still
practised and with
remains certain
undisturbed
the
supernatural powers.
instance, of cotton
is
belief that as long
the person
tied
A
enjoys
as
the
tie
certain immunities or
black or
round the arm
green thread,
for
under charms and
ACT of
believed that the force
it is
43
ii.
as the case
The
be.
may
the hair by collecting
or against
thread round
h
P. 38.
my
it
P. 39.
'
Oh
who
as it
I forget
ST^PP?
rT>T
were looks
looks
it
tying
it
Lit.
!'
Oh!
how
i.
^T^r^f
e.
in &c.'
itself
(
Mr-
Tlie allusion *TFfTR*?K5f 8 TT-
Pratishthana was re-
conjoined rivers at the junction
of
stood on the bank.
Ranganatha explains place
P. 39.
either
tying a piece of
a looking-glass
into
flected in the waters of the
What
how
Chitralekha saw that the city of
SiRT^R).
which
!
afrsfr'T^fl
which
person
may be
or simply
it.'
1-3.
11. '
is to a
&c.
7.---8T*?
T*3TO fr*T,
certain diseases
round the arm.
as
heart forgot
S'iltli&bandliana
into a knot
it
makes the person
charms
the
wearing the tie proof against ghosts
11.
is
this
JJjfr
On
4,5.
"
TOSTW
by
TOl^
?
this speech
Katavema observes
:
11. 1,2.
P. 40.
portion of the celestial garden of Indra where she and her friend are accustomed to stroll. P. 40.
'
11. '
Literally,
is
ifH^ff,
4,5.
'
expecting.' ^4iPf3l
that has risen first/
viz.
just risen.'
before the Kaumudi, or the
moon's light. '
P. 40,
1.
6.
33TT^Trlr
than
when
I
saw him
first.'
flfrtftf
Pi*r?'fl a ff,
more loveable because formerly he looked indifferent, but now his love for Urvas'i lias given him an appearance which she loves to look P. 40.
1.
8.
at.
3pW^
Chitralekha means
time
to
that
no
wonder
as he
had had
it is
more agreeable now think of Urvas'i since he lust met her-
that the king should appear
46
NOTES.
P. 41.
11.
To
1,2.
Chitralekha's
proposal to
into tlio
go up
presence of the king, Urvas'i does not assent, but says she will for a while (^^J remain hidden by her tiraslcarini though in
He
his presence.
speaking with
is
friend
his
in
a retired
has a desire to hear the conversation without place, and she For her tiraslcarini (which ordinarily herself. manifesting veil) is such that
means simply a
others under
is able to see
fa^KTr ^^Rpf^JV'
''
Eanganatha:
But see note
unseen.
infra
on
a
being
celestial
without being seen
it
the
p. 49.
1.
power
others.
by
of
she
nymph
remaining
1.
1. 3. S^ffitfHrlfg^:, v iz. that they go up close to the remain unseen by virtue of their tiraslcarini but king
P. 41.
P. 41.
^^Rft^, because he
5.
1.
is
in thinking
so engrossed
of Urvas'i that he does not hear what Vidushaka says. P. 41.
11.
*nrrw fta^fr,
6,7.
v iz.
by holding
byre-
out,
maining inaccessible. P. 42.
11.
imitate, act the
that
&*I
PIT
1,2.
part
Urvas'i can by
powers (sfW, see note girl
is
lot of
that
is
flr
of a
human being f
to p. 78.
1.
Not
mortal,
and
to
is
the damsel herself, in
find
be able to
for a
do you
Chitralekha
easily
3.)
so is to act the part of such a mortal.
that she
But why
consulting her supernatural
so holding out.
an ignorant
<
frmr*TfT?
celestial
To
or
out
means divine
who
do so
is
being not
the
the
to
do
this Urvas'i replies
by means of her divine power who might turn out that she is some other than
afraid to find out is,
for
it
Our
which case she might be greatly disappointed.
well answers the objection that critics might raise as poet here behaves like a mortal. Urvas'i to why Conf. Katavema
P. 42.
:
'
1.
3.
of ^Tifff,
devised a means
do not you hear I '
'
?'
^TJ H'Tffa,
dont I say
?'
tell
you that
I
have
do you not hear that
ACT I say
f
47
ii.
intended to show
Tliis is
said that he has devised
a
that Viddslialca has already
means but that
the king has
not
noticed him. P. 42.
5.
1.
P. 42.
f
'
fPTOrT
7.
1.
thou heart, that
ftW,
art
void of
courage-'
P. 43.
11.
&c. Construe
finished
to
may be
distich
come
drawing
into
in
as to
meet Urvas'i in
as to
see her
Kama
impossible.
my
thus
eyes,
the picture
O
' :
one with the
beloved
that
nor shall the
even before I have
friend,
that he can neither
sleep so
dream, nor draw a picture of her BO
a
likeness
He
waking,
do the former
cannot
incessantly pierces his heart with his
on the board, the
and then dropping down on
it
shall
tears
shafts,
nor
he should draw a part
can he do the latter, because as soon as of the picture
'
are
translated
The king means
beautiful face.'
because
'Both
C* K*
:
The second tears fail
WW3RTT5W.
1-5.
would
come
spoil
it
into his
eyes
by wetting the
make any drawing on it impossible. ^^WITPT, even before completing the drawing it.' Mark the force of the
surface so as to '
negative
^T here.
ing of, so
As
^WT
BTCWW means
Katavema ^IRBTrfr
would mean
'
after finishing '
before finishing
:
|
3
(he reads
I
?rf
'
'
*FT:
the drawing for
H^
the drawof.
48
NOTES.
Ranganatha says: R^rfl^r^TO^K-mfafcrt
The wrong
editions
existing iii
reading
that
including
WTR
for
STS*?!
1
of Bollensen are
In the
^.
eight Mss. and both the commentators have
even notices
commentator reading
ing that would make the
much an
with
tears.
of
impossible.
it
P. 43.
1.
But
8.
as
the
picture
&c.
this
Secondly,
Eanganatha says and
kings
then they might, without
^, and neither
1
For we want a read-
W1W
as the author says) as the getting of sleep.
that on finishing the
^TfliTr
making of a picture by the king
(^TIR":
impossibility
all
our
first place, all
the other reading.
does not suit the context.
tf JT^RT
|
would mean filled
making the drawing
I can suggest no other
i.e.
^FJTTvf JJ
would be
eyes
as
means then
than the two I have suggested. P. 43.
next page.
JWftT
1
1.
Construe
frfacfffir
On
PffiF^ &e.
10-13.
11.
the previous page, and
TfT
JTmwtf. Translate with
shafts of
Kama
that
The king
fruitlessness.'
K^ma,
quite
vain
person
says,
unable
to
do
so.
see
rfr??^T.
he
is
to cope
Failure to obtain
5R
in
1.
12)
WfT
RTFTOS^f ^TOT^T
7^F7:
|
fTR^f
m^l
fCr (that
(7)
is
*ff
a poor
'
STR^
May
my
that
by killing him, he
his desired
Sff^fi
ffR^RUJfr
what he reads
:
victim before the
with him, and
*t
3
on account of their
object
|
is
would
shafts.
^
3W 3
for g*ff
if
from
5FT: (he takes this
* t*
1.
by making
end in his death and that would be achieved by Kama's
Katavema TOF?T^r3^frr^rfT
2 on
1.
Also
aj^f JTfTFKPT
e,
f.
he likes]
[if
desires to regard himself victorious
welcome
WK
the second distich thus
the five-shafted [Kama] be happy
wishes for union
word
the
on page KHf^f^nrr with SJTrw^RrUJTJT;
)
rWRT:
f
W
ff
Hf 3
||
ACT
But Ranganatha explains JWTfT on
gmRUfr
:
*Tr*T?
3^3
49
ir.
better
arffFTCR
wT
*T
3T*4
|
"
by "ft^fafSTOT
1
and goes
W TRT
!R*r
RT.
0;fTO for (lie reads
r
w RTRJTJ ^R ^ TO
II
:
P. 44.
2-4.^
11.
viz.
Katavema wlio appears
.
w^r
l. 6.
throws
e.
t.
,
P, 44.
1.
7.
P. 45.
1.
1.
*TyUTT
11.
*f.
is
plural
ral is
" :
*
May
it
in
love
is
simply means a
letter,
or
sion
*
viz.
as
inform lady
to
your eyes.
an epistle.
The plu-
individual signs
commit plural
simply
to
Invisible
the Latin
the
however,
possible,
the character of the letter letters
:
'
?'
manifesting herself
letter or epistle consists. Conf.
It
11.
Eanganatha
complaint,
with you
litteris dare, to larly used in phrases like
record.
st.
not be a writing sent by the
who heard your
equally
T*s*p;r?;
w% ^f[f^=^Trr?fr^f
TFT^rRfr5f."
used with reference to the letters
which a
On
some writing on a birch -leaf.'
Urvas'i'^by Urvas'i without
The
:
11.
wtFrffri ajfrra*.
Katavema
Urvas'i, is
1.
soil.
T *f &c.
2,3.
that she
*& remarks
for
as a reply to the charge contained in
'This
invisible lady
you
it
fa
H^F'T.
P. 45.
^
Because none natural was at hand then.
see note above on p. 43.
P. 44.
to read
litterce
of
simi-
to writing, to
may
consisting
scribbled on a birch-leaf or bark improvised
point of
to
a few-
for the occa-
not a regular letter. '
P. 45.
11.
4,5.
^r^JrnT&;fK*JRr*r.
desires can not go,
1
f.
e.
when
a
man
There
is
nothing to which
has a desire for a particular
NOTES.
50
which he
object, there is nothing
come down on earth remark
He
fulfil his desire.
order to
thinks
will even think
him what he
to give
refers to Vidushaka's suggestion,
^T^r^T, 'reading to himself,'
possible.
that a god
which he thinks
t.
e.
8
T^TR"W which
reading
is
im-
by the
eye,
This sense
passages where
in all the
clear
is
may
The king's
desires.
not reading out so as to be heard by the bystandersof
in
may not happen
it
occurs
in Kalidasa, I find noticed neither in Mouier Williams' valuable in the
nor
Sanskrit Dictionary
krit-German Worterbuch. See 138.
1.
infrd. note
to p. 57.
and
4.
1.
p.
2.
P. 45. P. 46.
a clever
6.
1.
'
Tfe. That
be pleased to read
is,
l.Sff ar3T
is
1.
read the letter out. that
Petersburg Sans-
St.
gigantic
Vidushaka is*a
good,
^TTJIK^ literally
gallant.
'
to the town' as opposed to STRTT,
you are
Sir,
request to the king to
means that the
Urvas'i
it out.'
request
means
belonging
which belongs
that
shows
'
to the
'
rustic.'
country/ P. 46.
11.
Hence, cultivated,
*fffW &c. Construe f
3-6
Translate
rr^f ?
am
as indifferent about you
you, then
how
urbane.
civil,
is it
that
come excessively hot to
who
rR
(
my
)
love
'
person
about
rolling
loved me,
strewn
Ptirijtita I roll about restlessly
breezes of the ..Bandana as
is
much
are as
supposed by
on
then
over it,
how
with flowers and a cool breeze are
rest-
with
and how
her.
A
viz. indifferent
is
it
that
flowers is it
exceedingly hot to
he loves
through
be-
?'
If I were as supposed by you
even when I knew you when I lie on a bed
She loves him
as
[me]
even the Nandana-breezes
lessness even on a bed of jpar/jata-flowers
Urvas'i means,
Lord, if indeed I
'My
:
of
even the
that even the
my
person?'
bed strewn over
the (stock) remedies of per-
ACT
51
n.
But the flowers
sons suffering from unrequited or absent love.
of the heavenly Parijata and the breezes of the Naridana must be
unequalled in their powers to cool and make such persons happy.
And
supposed
,
l
vsfC
I
if at all'
rr*T)
in St. 11. at p. 43 above.
viz.
imagined,
^*TTff 3Tf
her love distress.
yet, saysUrvas'i, neither alleviates
am
not, in fact.
But
if I
am, then
Karmadharaya Samasa.
Or a
baliuvrilii
qualifying
^W.
But
pound must be supposed to be an in Prakrit
as
to
equivalent
$rej*rrc
this case the
in
irregular one and
why
com-
good only where the
past participle must be taken in an active and not passive sense.
Katavema reads a as regards
little differently
two words, *ftWFrf 3TT and WFT^Tf. His chhaya
(he divides SFft *TWrr?*Tr)
R ||
For his text of the :
f
W?
is
:
^
^^qntsffisrww mfo?
He goes on to explain ^m *mm* ^\ arsinR^r ^ f
and explains differently only
Prakrit see
Wlf^T |
3?ffr
?rr>T
footnotes at pp. 46, 47.
Wft &W *imi
^T^^q-
rtfnfc
C^t
CCTT^^TU-
?w ^3\\ u&
^rn
irr-
^
Urvas'i can hardly
be allowed to
know
that the
king loved
For throughout her behaviour up moment she shows the greatest anxiety to learn whether he loved her. All If I did not care for that she can be made to answer is this. to
her.
this
'
you how is it that things that all regard as the greatest enjoyments in paradise do not please me ? It is not therefore true that I know you love me and yet do not care for you (faR^R^nf j.
On
the contrary I
do not
know whether you
love
52
NOTES.
me, and loving you I pine away among flowery beds fanned by heavenly breezes.' P. 47.
flrj &c.
1.
1.
That
is,
will
will he say that he does not love P. 47.
swer
is
*T
1. 2.
JTf^R
lie
say that
&c. why, do not you
his limbs
given already by
lie
me
loves
or
me ? an-
see that the
which have become
as
thin
through his yearning for you as a stalk of the lotus
arid flaccid
Katavema
aliter
?
:
tfifr
P. 47.
A present given
flrf^rw.
3.
1.
our note to Mdlavikdgnimitra
when
sion
the
Brahman
p.
17.
1.
such as
is
2 (which see)
described in
on an occa-
Brahmans pronounce blessings by
or
re-
citing verses from holy writs.
P. 48.
11.
1-4.
?pr
& c K&tavema .
: j
T f
II
Kanganatha too says SfTtf^^ft.
But neither commentator which does not simply mean
He
goes on
correctly explains '
*
saying/
a piece of poetry. Conf. Supra, p. 16,
:
tlie
word
expression, but a song,
1.
9
^K^lWrrftt
5RrTTrcf
'
g^f and note ad loc. &1HW\ with ray eyes fully staring at it as I would if actually kissing her. ^fr^fcP^T^KUOT. RN^fcFT or i?f^T
i
j"r*g
is
from a
thus defined
work named
'
quoted, in
a verse
by Hemadri on
EagJiu-
by S'auryaditya SangitaJcalilcd,
as
va^s'a VIII. 67: <w\
|
T^-ifT
^W^TF^r P. 48.
nfffirr^r
ffE^f^r qftCfforr 1.
o.
W
ft
&c.
I
See our note ad
loc.
'Now
is
our love
Addenda
p. 5.
of equal shares/
ACT
53
ii.
now I can safely say we love each oilier equally. Urvas'l means that after this avowal of the king she has no doubt that t.
'
he loves her as much as she '
here'; hence
of our word P. 48. ^ff??f:
'
at this stage. '=' wow;.'
11. 8,
Vidtishaka objects
9.
and misunderstands him
the etymology
On
appoint him as to their fruit. II. p. 21.
words Rnprf
to the king's
mean
he should preserve evidence of Urvas'i's avowal, and asks whether to
that
having shown the blossom of the king
1.
be
s
she
desires
The king simply means
loc.
a valuable
preserved as
will dis-
see MdlaviJcdgnimilra
rfflffSK
10 and our note ad
should
the letter
means
literally
It contains
3TRT.
the writing as
Act
?r
him.
loves
of
autograph
Urvas'i.
P. 48.
Urvas'i
Mark
10, 11.
11.
first
so very natural that Urvas'i gives
once and
first
of
it
1.
and mark the reason
not coming forward
for
at
all. '
P. 49.
1.
forward
that the poet does not bring
into the presence of the king,
TTO^Ntfnmfa,
taking off the
appears that Urvas'i and Chitralekhd
veil.'
were
From
this
the time stand-
all
ing on the stage with their veils on, but were not, owing to the
power of
their veils, supposed to be visible
the spectators saw them in the same
hear speeches made
supposed
to
,
that they
would
*n3r5 or 5PTfF33Wv which are not ,
be heard by persons standing by on the stage.
P. 50,11. 1-3.
sr *rt
pray that
therefore
*TF*IJffiJT
But
any one.
to
manner
on
-Jjr7[f
this
occasion
w^rmr^,
jf^Knrr
'I
Your Majesty may
also
take compassion on me.' It should
avoid
all
P. 50. fair
one
be observed how our poet causes
Chitralekha
to
reference to the Ihurjapatra. 11.
is
is afflicted
5-8.
T*jrerr*r
&c.
Translate
' :
exceedingly restless, but do not
on her account,
you
know
This love-longing
is
say
that
that
that Pururavas
equal in us both.
NOTES.
54
The Lot
deserves
iron
^
stronger than
*J3T.
|
(that is
what he reads
^
37*%
flfFT
^^rfeqrw>ifr
Madana
11.
f3 ^
^?^R
rfRW
ffl^ c^^rr^
flf^:
^W 1TW he
^rfT rTf9T^
9,10.
??
I
iron.' s?r4 is
Rnws
|
1
with our
Mss.
u?^3?r n
Eanganatha reads QnflC^ihgttfh For very differently from ours.
P. 50.
hot
TrJRJTWc*irrt
for
(he appears to have read B. P.) a?T
be united with
to
Katavema
?
has
and
lf^T
^SPT
the last line
*TWT*it:
:
'
finding
that
[to him] even more merciless than to you' I have become the messenger of thy beloved. "When Chitralekha says is
she finds Pururavas a greater victim is and, therefore, invites
her
to
of
Kamadeva than Urvas'i
accompany
her, she is at
once
truthful and in keeping with delicacy.
P. 51.
1.
'Ah, you have cruelly and suddenly given
1.
wP^r
HW?Tfr=*ftOT out kindness,
and coming P. 51.
11.
viz-
by
to call 2, 3
W ^fW,
telling the
WF\:
*Tf3TK
terprets '
TWrt
regard
me
up.'
me, with-
king that I am longing for him
'
Tf^sST,
The dchdra
Meantime
as 9 Tr^fW in
offer
referred to is in
your salu1.
4.
On
Ragliuvanis'a II., 10 "I^^P
vfoSW. and our note ad
meantime compose
From
5N
dcMra Conf.
&Tf^r^55ff Kf
to
me.
tation' soil, to the king.
this meaning of
without
which case
loc.
Kanganatha
in-
the speech would mean,
yourself.'
the circumstance that Chitralekha
finds
it
.
necessary to
ACT Urvas'l to salute
tell
tlie
it
king,
55
ii.
must be inferred
was confused and forgot such a simple formality
that Urvas'i
as saluting the
king. '
P. 51.
Translate
6, 7.
11.
you utter this
'
word
:
I
am
indeed victorious, of
which does not
'
victory
fall to
whom of a
the lot
person other than the thousand-eyed [Indra].' The king slightly plays upon the words '
means,
literally
so saluted
is
!',
and
'
in Urvas'i's salutation (H^R'),
and
he
says,
is
by Urvas'i, who being a
the habit of saluting in only,
^J
may His Majesty be
Majesty be victorious
he
fj
no
other.
which has not gone
that
way
celestial
nymph
the
J^FcTC*^
person other than
may Hig
victorious since
really
her master
Sf^RJfSiffi:
to a
victorious,
which
great
literally
in
is
Indra
means
the thousand-eyed
1
[Indra]
The
.
existing editions even including Bollensen's are all
in reading S^rtfP?Rffi: for
1
which has not
See footnotes.
the mythological origin of the tff^faj which Indra obtained
as a punishment (commuted into
with Ahalya,
But
TOsfrajETTTif:
person other than Indra.
to a
On
'
arisen from an original
may have come
wrong Sf^fSTR:. The misreading fl^RJKTJR:
applied to the
ornament) for his intrigue
Somadeva's KatJidsaritsdgara XVII. 137-47.
see
it is doubtful
an
whether the epithet,
which
is
in
the
Purusha, or the great soul of the universe,
Veda
may
not have been applied to Indra on accouut of his identification
with that Purusha.
Katavema: JT^IfK
P. 52. first,
B
i
1.
Vidushaka claims
2.
that he
ah man.
Katavema:
\
is
to
the king's friend
;
be greeted on two grounds:
and secondly, that he
is
a
NOTES.
56 P. 52.
7-10.
11.
*pRf
mentions Bharata, (who called
From
&c.
known
is
to
Kalidasa here
be the author of the work
therefore, the
Bharatandfyas'dstra, and,
Drama and
the fact that
Acting,) as the preceptor
who
founder of the
teaches
acting and
nymphs and brings them before Indra, dancing it is to be inferred that the poet must have regarded him as havto the celestial
ing lived in that antiquity before his time, when men went up to the svarga and other worlds to assist and otherwise serve the gods,
and when the gods came down upon earth
battles of their mortal friends,
to
to
the
fight
have lived in fact as
a
con-
temporary of Pururavas.
Katavema:
'
P. 52.
1.
13.
'
jesty'.
Literally
to our departure.
P. 53.
way of
11.
2-8.
Let His Majesty be made "
WWm"
W
5ffr.
OT:
That
indicating the speaker Chitralelchfl
this speech
Take your leave of His Ma-
TyfPffTJ Wr^Pff,
is
"
Katavema
as
is,
Urvas'i.
like faTiff in
flhe
wishes to
She wishes of offending
make
to go, so
^^T,
W 5R: our
herself blameless that she
way
therefore, to
is
an humble
In
vernaculars.
who
is
made
permitted by Your Majesty
not
towards the gods,'
t. e.
incur the responsibility
the gods by disobeying their
please Your Majesty,
says.
speaking for Urvas'i '
peecliless.TCITripT qwyrcTET
to give his consent'
summons
permit her to go.
;
may
it
ACT P. 53.
6-7.
11.
54:.
W
4
1.
*ti
if
Vidushaka,
would have
in his hand,
P.
T
57
ii.
said
V**^
ti
f
he had the
5
'Do not
*TWK JWf.
Bhtirjapatra
Tfr
despair.
Literally,
do not drop your limbs through despair.' Throwing down the head and remaining speechless, letting down the arms and lie 1
is
motionless,
Katavema has
is
7*f *J
Tf -TJ^Wfif before
'
P. 54.
6-8.
11.
8
be expressed by
what
intended to
W
For when starting
Tlprc
JQ^T.
See footnotes.
&o.
she, not mistress
of her
person, seemed to leave her free heart in me through her palpitations which were indicated by the trembling of the flowera
own
[on her breasts].'
RT5Wq[(?
Katavema:
wCftW
I
what he reads apparently
is
?q^Rf
RfeffWf
^
^?)^fl7P^4|f^l]fi to
whom
person belonged Urvas'i was obliged to go, ("STlfW
T^f5mr
P3rnfRi*rt?3n}:
own
[*r]TO5i
[I
The King means lier
for
$lw WRPT Q *W (that
FfrWff
I'fann
K^5T
(he seems to read TTTORfr) IPH^T
that being
f'
n attendant of Indra
But though she did not own her
Banganltha).
person, she did her heart, which,
him.
This
the king
is
an
utpreJcslid
saw when Urvas'i
the
left, viz.
farTffr ( R-^f
palpitations
the palpitations were towards
)
of her
Purtiravas
shook towards him, he thinks the its
with
the wreath of flow en on htr (^Jttf^)
heart that
the flowers on the breasts, below which the heart
the heart in
left
on what actually happened and what
The King imagines
breasts shook as she went.
was
she
therefore,
passage from
because
tremulation
its seat
that
And
lies.
the
it
shook as
flowers
was caused bj
below UrvasT*
breasts to
him.
There
which reading
is
an antithesis
latter the existing
m?j
which has
between T^STf SrffOT and editions
the same
have
meaning
ft*5f, for
the apparently as
easier
58
NOTES.
The
^WT
existing editions have also
of the letter *3 and
ing the shape
tf
in
reading may have arisen from the other It
the copyist. as
it is
not natural that a woman's
round and goes,
she turns flowers
but
11.
would shake when
natural that a wreath
it is
2W$^ *TFT^i%,
1,
either
an error of
to
the correct reading,
is
breasts
worne loose on the breasts should do
P. 55.
Consider-
Sanskrit Mss.,
owing
probable, however, ours
is
for tffTOT.
of
so.
'will be
taken.'
Mark the
future, used in the sense of the potential, with the future parti-
VW*Wt.
ciple, equivalent to JTfri
P. 55.
1.
JOTT
S*Rfi?
5.
t.
See infra p. 154, has
e.
11.
after
gone
1, 2.
Urva'sl,
has
followed her. P. 55. latter
1.
t^i:~ <( fnf:,"
6.
quoting
P. 56.
1.
and
Kanganatha,
4.
'
before untruthfully p. 76.
below, P. 56.
Act
11.
11.
1.
^iFTCf
?
'
untruthfully,'
3
[?,
'if
Queen
says,
out, peruse it.'
W^ST
it
read
r
'how?
is
some writing/
Shall I read it?'
3TC
The
'
it
to yourself,'
with your eyes. If
appears to
rumour about Urvas'i'
'aTJTRV it is
;
'I will
for it
the rumour.
hear
t.
.
'do not read
it
not scandalous, I will hear
be used here in an
passage can hardly mean,
if it disproves
^^ TOffTlf ^^r j ^IJT
round, there
it
*nfr*TT? ("^rcraffi JT$" Katavema), '
loc.
Cjf ^FTWf ^i^C^Rf
3-5.
'on which, as I find on turning
See MdlaviJcdgnimitra
so, then.'
7 and our note ad
1.
See
incorrectly.'
6. 6.
5,
II. p. 22.
P. 57.
Katavema, the
JJ^WW^rr *sm: [[ What ? have I ever informed your Ladyship
absolute
it if it is
sense.
The
not opposed to the
would imply that she We must not suppose
will hear
it
that she
is
anxious that the rumour should turn out true, but just the reverse.
The
between ^T^Tri and TJff^Rf^ is clearly brought out here as indeed it is in all passages where the two verbs difference
occur in the same context.
See infrd
p,
138
11.
2-6.
ACT P. 58.
1.
tT
3.
contents.'
ft
%
frrfte^ir
59
ii.
for the future *T(^lfr.
fffo
know
its
She now desires her
at-
'If so,
flW,
wish
I
to
tendant to read out the bhurjapatra. P. 58.
1.
4.
W,
P. 58.
1.
6.
tfV
'here,' 'on the spot,' 'just
&c. Vidushaka
is
now/ be
to
supposed
searching
for the Bhurjapatra*
P. 59.
some
1-5.
11.
distance, the
He
out.
patra.
SBiro
|
King
As the
&c,
JT*T^T
finds
it
artificial
necessary
imagines the breeze has carried
Hence his address
Katavema: TretffJRrfr
I
to
the
away
bhurja-
it.
JKWTf TO?fa 3*3 HTf^
f^
is at
hill
get up and look
to
f FT
|
R^f
f
5W
?f
f^T aTTfR
^T Sftrfr^fBT \
ot
5TRf^ ff
^n^^rt
13*5
II
Translate the second half thus
your
for Anjana,
desire
' :
For you, who have known
are aware that
man
the love-afflicted
preserves himself by such means intended to console his mind.'
The King
says
that
means of such memorials sole his
mind
love-sick
the
man
preserves his
as the bhurjapatra
in his distress
experienced the truth of this
;
life
by
because they con-
and that Yayu must himself have when he made his love to Anjana".
Anjana was the mother of the monkey Maruti by Vayu, the god of wind. Though speaking to the breeze the in language
But
this is
properly
applicable to the
common among
poets of
Ranganatha reads the passage notes) and comments accordingly. ft
all
presiding deity of
it it.
times and countries.
like our
He
addresses
king
Ms. U.
says fai^T
t fitarorewifi
Hfrwiffi
%fa |
(see
foot-
Ro
wstw
5
60
NOTES. [5] 5JR
P. 59.
1.
8.
P. 60.
1.
4
33TJR1
Katavema Zlftt
jpFffi
P. 60.
1.
Vidushaka plays upon the word
flj^f.
means
wliicli literally
,
^
:
'
well come.'
make
Vidtishaka must be supposed to
6.
this speech
SRrf^WT, for he of course does not wish that the Queen hear
The Mss. do not give the usual
it.
the speech
a reply to another which
is
is
should
stage-direction, but
said !Rlf5cW*[,
as
we have
probably to understand that a reply to a speech so made must ofcVT soil, fl*. ff is simply a particle itself be made SFfff^ffiJT. indicating a question. '
P. 60.
1.
7.
that searching
rFf*w :
j
ST^T
I
^r
It is not
was
this writing
fftwcw:
that
Katavema
another.'
for
I '
inipN
siffTrr:
*%r^ir ^wnFj^
^rru^3[^r^
was searching fT
VSfT^
*rif
nw ^"wi*?! ww
||
;
T
jtf-
The King
admits that he was searching for a bhurjapatra, but urges that it
was another.
it is
That
The Queen
that he
of course all right is,
replies in the speech following, that
should conceal his
good luck.
she does not admit the king's plea that he was search-
ing for another bhiujapatra, and
says that
he should conceal his good fortune,
it is
but natural that
which consisted
in his
now
so late
being loved by a heavenly damsel. P. 61.
1.
1.
Vidushaka means
that the
P. 61. a dinner.
1. 1
3.* Even This refers
suffer
to
King is likely at once. him given
a ghost to a
posed
it
in the
Konkau.
from
it is
bile unless his
meal
is
made favourable by means of
A
kind of yellow dinner of rice ia with prayer, and the ghost then sup-
to let its victim alone.
pecially
is
say that
method of exorcising a ghost that has
taken possession of a person.
prepared and offered to
to
This practice
is still
Vidushaka implies
in vogue, es-
that even an in-
ACT may be put
exorable ghost
more
by means of
to rest
a
much
dinner,
possible that if the king gets his mid-day meal now,
is it
will
lie
61
ii.
about
all
forget
That
Urvas'i.
what he thinks
is
is
probable from the very high estimate in which he himself holds a dinner. '
P.
61.
4.
1. '
'forcibly/
TOR^
when
fSRT,
forcibly,'
I do not admit.'
'falsely/
m^Kf^TO,
Literally
make me
'will
confess.'
P. 62. g-fa
$rT*T
ITT
11.
I
Katavema
5-8.
IfJTT^cwf
^W
srmtffa
:
aiWJIf
TOT
I
I
|
P. 62.
1.
10
f?r
'
?f &o.
Not
that I
that I will care for this supplication, shall
be caused to
Queen
me through
his
am
so
light-hearted as
but I fear the regret that
humility.'
As she goes the
says, she is not afraid to disregard the supplication itself
(because
she
knows
it is
insincere),
but she
afraid her
is
conscience will bite her for disregarding the humility
with whicli the king has made
it.
Katavema reads wSSffflWOT and explains
good reading ness,
viz.
prostration
King
3T3TfV a *Rffi:
that of going (flpnffi),
in
calls it further on.
T^RfT:
l
as
follows
remorse caused by
away without taking any committing in
fact
:
s
a very
my
unkind.
notice
t^ttEfajT
of his as the
62
NOTES,
The Queen
what
says
contained in this speech in order to
is
justify her haughty conduct
in
husband
her
leaving
l
knees and departing without taking his leave.
mn
cause I
know
hereafter I
She
is
it
let
me
fears she will regret taking
See
below
p. 64.
9,
1.
means she
is
supra p.
river/
On
3.
1.
gone
1.
P. 63.
no notice of the prostration of
as applied '
tffaTO-
11.
to a
2-5.
river
turbid and rapid.'
dissatisfied.
7f3"{jrfr
'a
see
He
monsoon
weather are quite empty
But when the
knowing
11.
4-8.
that the
&c.
%Z\ not
Queen
'And
improper.*
and
plenteous showers
first
is
gone.
that
is
=
5T1T
'
not unreasonable. ireOTfr f?T
1
3FWTf
^"WTWT
TOff^," Kata"STJTTSrS^rt: ?T5J^T That is, she is justified in going away dissatisfied. The
C%T.
vema. is
given in the stanza that follows.
conduct has justified the Queen's anger.
fer to
what she means.
2. ffrr UFTTTflfflrf ^fTfJTWf
WOTT
rivers in the dry
Literally, 'that is
all
is
^Sfr.
knees, not
are
away be-
monsoon swell them, they are extremely muddy and For we must suppose the King is still on his
of the
reason
Ra?
off greatly
expose their rocky beds.
rapid.
only
That
go.'
word aTWvTr
1f3cI
7.
Many
the
sure I
a little afraid that
See also infra p. 72,
f*^, and the note thereon. P. 63.
am
his
regret that I did not take notice of his
may herhaps
the king.
JJZt
I
insincere.
But nevertheless
humility.
supplication and walking
rejecting his
in
right
on
am
I
The king means, his The existing editions
wrong in reading SIT^fl^for aTJTTvTff. ?3TT can only rewhat immediately precedes and that is the ariHJR'JTJET^riT O f
the Queen.
This being
&o. Katavema
so, ajjTT5T*Tx is
tne only correct reading.
:
rir^fffT
:
(that
is
^r^ wr ff ^r what he appears
ACT to rend for ^ffapf:
Mark ness
the double sense of the word (
nml
love,
P. 63.
11.
time.'
n?fr
But I
tf
1, 2.
11.
via.
WT'fr
?T,
that the
Queen
UT*M
Ti^rr
?rr
fanfare- mjtf
fl*rj:
P. 64.
V%
10.
9,
'
(
and
affection,
to
red-
a precious
my
taking notice of
Urvas'L
she
See above
K&tavenm:
P. 64.
1.
8.TrT
by the King P. 64.
will
11.
lie fell
will
come
p. 62,
hm >
gone away unre-
&^.
her
1.
the
as
before.
because
'
at this
she
f*"J
will take courage,
Queen
at her feet.
left
dis*
which
him without
This means
that,
regret her haughtiness and then to consent
10:
to his
making love
to
f*"J
OfT
'just yet,' 'for sometime.' ifiOT
in his preceding speech. 6-9.
soil.,
regards
the fact that
him when
he hopes that the Queen relent so that
same,
That ii he
prostration.*
be will derive from
^1tW%^ry:fi^r^^ ftSwji
'the
will take courage aa
regarded
Conf.
rfJT
water as applied
)
conciled.
1
J
)
and of TO
)
stone
63
ii.
="35*^" used
64
Act III
P. 65. seat.'
PWfR WW?^: Yon '
1-3.
11.
That
is,
'our preceptor took
The
carry his seat in your hand.' tiger
s
skin
a black
of
or
on such a seat; and they carry, or one of these
dasa's time as
it
if
have been is
certainly
now.
Brahmans
skin.
with
the seat
carries,
This practice appears to
to carry Hie
seat consisted probably of a
buck's
orthodox
or rather
strictly religious
were made
you with him that you might
life
living
it-
down
can only squat
they have any pupils, then them when they go out.
vogue as much
in
1
ffRffl !
tffrwTfcW:
in Kali-
gives
two
was taken with him by his preceptor, and ; first, Both Lenz and Bollensecondly, the reason why he WHS taken. that Pallava
facts
sen have misinterpreted
"you were
ordered to
in vehiculo ejus
with him
that
the
take a seat
capere jubaris),
lie
might go
in
and
translating
His carriage"
(til
sedem
"
the
to Indra's
nahm er
Pallast Indra's zu begeben
former
the
passage,
latter,
palace"
dich mit)
he took you (urn sich den
made you drive
his carriage ?
TftRT^WtfTW
k ee p
W atch
over the place where the sacred
fire is kept.'
Conf. Mdlavikdgnimilra p.
ad
SWT
T/T loc. jfr ence pleased ?'
Conf.
K*gr TfwnaP^Tf
Ranganutha
**J3?
^JT
(
so
*
J
106,,
1.12 and our note
was the
celestial audi-
)
'
P. 65.
whether
11.
it
5-7.
was
11(55*
Translate
&c.
pleased, but in
vara composed by Sarasvati
ed with interest in
whom
Galava,
I
know
not
that play of LalcsJimi-Bvayam-
(the celestial audience)
it
eorbed in the several sentiments. divine assembly before
:
But'.
was ab.
Pallava means, that the
the play was enacted was engross-
the several sentiments at expressed and re-
ACT
But.
presented in the acting. is
his Criend,
interrupted by
65
in.
Here, as he stopped a
little,
who asks him why he wished
he to
qualify his statement.
The
^?
existing editions have all
3"WCn
Tfl-TTJ
described
Urva'i she can not be
haps
the
From what
*TFfa.
wrong reading
page 3HST7 fFT TRIT.
blunder throughout the pluy
Besides she did not
*Tfffl).
or S^Trn but per-
as S^fffitt
as JHFTF, blundering, (see below, next
^^T^?"
srmaf Ite
further on stated about
is
but oivly as regards one small matter, namely, ( ^5 33 ra^fCg the taking the name of I'urdravas instead of that of Puruehottama 1
).,
on one occasion, for which she suffered an imprecation
at once.
If she had blundered throughout the play she might have had to
many more
bear
curses
and
ignominy than she ac-
a greater
tually had.
Considering the similarity of the Mss.
I
editions
3W.
1. '
T
in Sanskrit
must have arisen from
was
it
corruption of
natural
to
add
instead of i.
The
Wrffrf mfr as read
TrT *r4
also wrong.
is
flftfl ff
P. 66. Tf
i"fJT*lf
3"
See our foot-notes.
The reading had
how
make which give any sense
to
3"HTrK*Tf,
ff
understand
T and
and afterwards further corrected into the
cf*JT*TI
3" 5
easy to
it is
letters
For
of
rest
uttered], appears
to
3T which they
rjftfl
^Kfanr^rsr
if it
by the existing were correct, we should have
tfec.
IT^T
till
tff?*r:
your sentence,
read.
^TOT: ^^f^ rm?^
[which
you
have not
imply a fault.'
P. 66.
1.
4.
5JfifasTr
P. 67.
1.
4.
T
Kananatha:
^"J &c. 'Did
not our
preceptor
get angry
with her f
"vfcl&WffiVWfo P. 67.
11.
7,
8.
" JT^^erfrf^T.
Eanganfitha.
n*T5Pf, 'divine residence
go and dwell among mortals,
'
;
i.
e.
thou shaft
NOTES.
(36
P. C8.
4.
WF^fTff Rf^l,
'That
is
becomingtot.be than himself/ t. e. other who knows who Indra persons great 1.
flfat
'
knows
the
hearts of
He
others.'
Urvas'i committed the blunder.
means
Purushdntaravid *
knowing what
literally
Mark
reason
why
the use of purusha here.
'knowing other persons
mind of
in the
is
perceived the
others.'
By
itself
'
i.e.
purusha
can hardly be used of Urvas'i. 68.
11.
time of bathing.'
'the
TU$W5Jr,
5, 6.
They mean
that while talking about this matter, they are so late as to have
almost passed the time when their preceptor bathes. They ought to be present at the bathing and give him water, fresh It is to be remembered that clothes, his wooden slippers &c. the manner in which
from being present
;
Asiatics
bathe does not prevent others on the contrary, servants, or in the case of
a holy personage his pupils who are his servants, are required for assisting in the way just indicated.
Mark
that the
word
*TT*v*r, implies a slight personification of
lF?H15Jf. Conf. flWflftHI and similar expressions regarding the morning and evening times which are spoken of like personified deities
P. 68.
1.
8.
Rnnganatlia reads simply rfW>T
ff
5FST: *^r?^
5 tf*FJf
(.
fj?*TH'*W^: because
m*T:
e.
)
(
||
a
by
and says
sic
CR?TTO7?I?T:
conducted
is
it
Tr^mf
:
The present
is
madhyama patra
GAlava, and a ntcha patra Pallava, as speaking Prakrit.
p
(^9.
j
i._Conf. Rangunatha: *'^r*5I frfr j'Trf*^^:
P. 68.
1.
I-
3-6.
I
^nirflwrwjrsT^:
*"^
*ft:
I
*T>TR
^^T^T^ffr
f
ir^r^W'-fw^
Katavema
Conf.
^rR sw
ri
ffr
i
:
^irnf^
T^:-
1
*ft
||
*^
t:
i
ACT
foww
urn
tttf tfisH
67
in.
r.
|
:
do not agree with
c?w$
icr
i^f
|
*
Translate*.
^i*ri**rr:R
is
body,
But
such that
this
employment of
has
ifc
below
)
liis
youth
Afterwards
life.
ours, daily wasting the
incarceration for
its
Alas for
!
duties of the
contrasts the
end.
'
harem
the duty of watching over the
The Kanchukin
pleasures
we
sj^pfltf *aw::|l
hard in
of
(
by his sons of the burden of family cares
(in old age) relieved rest.
I
*g 3
Every married man works
with the object of enjoying the he takes
interpretation, see
part of his
this
|
class of servants
which he belongs with those of other men. These work in their and rest in their old But youth vigorously enjoy age. in the Kanchukins, though working equally hard youth, end their
to
watching over the harem, and die therefore as it were For the older the man the better is lie fitted to be in prison. in
days
a Kanchukin, and he has therefore no prospect of retiring from life
and die
life
of the
full of trials
man who commands
HW:
qftTR: lRrrift
r.
MWW,
and
3>"mW TR: 7
ihe sense
ago of ours
There are two objections will not,
we
to
is
this, in
such that
our
be a correct
think,
the
^f*r
VW
subjective genitive.
can hardly so divide the line as to read of 'this old
difficulties is
the harem.
Like Dilipa, Aja and others.
gWfW;. We
For
in peace-
^'Tf^fff it
has to serve-' 1st that tf-
opinion:
form
in
iR'TH: in
the sense of
which will give us, if anything, the form ?r*fand 2nd that ^KTft by itself can hardly mean 'old age/ 8F,
Kfr
;
Kanganutha explains 3TKTWTH:
as
^STRR^T:.
This agrees
very nearly with our explanation. P. G9. toiight
11.
7-11.
be such
as,
flfrwrr
not to
'
who
eat
is
observing the rules'
more than once a day,
;
not
which to
go
63
NOTES.
out of
The
here
rules (R"*J*Jf:)
referred
were
to
be observed in connection
to
prescribed
without worshipping,
not, to eftt
house,
t.lie
'
83.
1.
8)
were,
ceremony she
rules tliey were,
to perform (TO). particular however, can not exactly be described. (See however
infra p.
performing the cere-
for
JHSir^pJ,
*Wf, *Tf5Kr*rr5iir.
on.
so
those which
witli the
What
was going
and
rnony or vow,' which was to be done in the presence of and by
^-^fPHT RTfW*^
propitiating the king.
tfl.
IWfTTRT^ &G. I will therefore now wait upon His Majesty who must have finished his evening prayers.' '
p. 69.
TfCrof rr &c.
12.
i.
*
Translate
:
The peacocks, overcome with nightly
on the perching rods [figures]
the
j
[as motionless] as if they
smoke of
the
incense,
widows, causes to be confounded with neath the projected eaves
and the
;
it
sleep, nre
were sculptured
coming out through the the wild pigeons under-
matrons of the female
old
apartments, clean by the performance of the customary acts of the hour, are honouring the
ment of the Eve,
auspicious orna-
the
brilliant lights,
in places
strewn over with
offerings of flow-
ers and other things.'
This
a description of
is
close of
and
the day
are dull with sleep at
peacocks
motionless like lifeless figures
when
ed in the halls, and
of the house at the
the appearance
the setting in
the night,
when
the
the approach of night and are
when
*,
of
incense begins to be burn-
the matron ladies of
the house place
and honour the lights in their appointed places which have been strewn over with flowers and other materials of worship. 3" ;
*
CRf:
spersi'
'
carved/
Lenz) nor
It neither
engraved.'
'
like
nailed*
but fashioned into figures by
('
wie
throwing
means inverted
angenagelt' tip
i. e.
(
in-
Bollensen),
cutting or
carv-
ing chips from a solid block. -
(
trerif
91K)?3
*U TS*r-
WCT:)
are iron or
wooden rods
ACT
rn.
69
Innig horizontally for the tame peacocks to perch on.
necessity of .supposing' MS
Peacocks
posts.
generally.
are
^^i
Katavema does
mean
not
by
There
*J??*J:
are
is
no
meant
with other than such rods " perching rods of their
not provided
does
licit
houses" (Bolleiisen). R5TfR575JW, RSTWf
^f
such a slumber as the
midday,
might have
peacock
kinds of incense, but the same of
fumes
the
window,
through
see Raghuvam$'tt VII. 5
meant
above
the (
windows and
1^T*T
On
network
5TF*, a
On
loc
13 and our note ad
^1W:
take
to
out from
mean the
^1*?^:
loc>
In
the s-form-
wall
close
propping up the projecting eaves of "
Conf.
).
to
different
to signify
and our note ad
ed wooden supports or struts jutting
the roof
opposed
7).
windows-
St.
we
the present passage, however,
is
the heat of the
in
incense coming out fn the shape
several
MdlavtJcdgnimitra Act II
Conf.
1.
It is not
the plural.
RSHRfr
*T
(see Mdlavikdyirimitra p. 29
Mark
gll.
W
R37
'TTTRflr
" J TOTTSTT^ ^Tl^fa f^R<:.
These s-curved props are the usual resorts of the TfrfT?ir: (parvas in Marathi), and these being ash-coloured are easily confounded with
thick
from the windows
at
volumes
of incense fumes
an hour when owing
forth
issuing
to the close
approach
Even
of darkness things begin to lose their distinctive features. in the passage in the Mdlavikdgnimitra
TTUT
here taken appears very
referred to
suitable.
The
the sense of
^KfTrf is
not an
ordinary white or gray pigeon, but the wild pigeon of the ash or smok-colour met with in temple, old wells, and even in inhabited houses, on and
underneath
the eaves of whose roofs
they may be seen in the morning and evening. vides any quarters for them as is done for the pigeons, which are tame and are taken care
were
sitting
of.
body
pro-
white or
gray
ISTo
The wild pigeons
on the struts supporting the eaves of the roofs at The SfiW^ or network is speaking.
the hour that the Kauchuki
70
NOTES.
windows of
are just underneath the
incense tliroiigh
tlie
them
diately above
;
whether what
out
*WI:, and send up
part of the roof which
tliat
so that
was
it
difficult for
saw was the
they
imme-
lies
nwke
to
people
wild
fumes
tlie
or
pigeons
tlie
fumes. TT
v fTr!l*R:.
clean
^r^KT y*
acts
owing to their having done the customary The acts referred to are such as washing
the hands, the feet and the faces with pure
changing
bathing),
This
clothes
tlie
the evening TRTC
is
water,
fresh
for
and
ones,
The morning *TfW
:.
not even
(if
so on.
of the females
washing, putting on fresh, clothes, combing the hair, decorating tlie person with such articles as are considered auspicious is
for
women
married
like sandal <&c).
wear
to
Tlie reason
^TCinif:, is that
All
J.
The
This, I think, is
where
Rangoli
why
tlie hair,
'i.e.
the poet says they were for
performed
is
dotie
worship
clean and pure
in a
lights are
placed
the
in
evening
flowers,
drawn
epithet.
by means of
sympowder of
auspicious
in white
stone or ashes of the husks of rice-paddy and
is
*Tf-
vogue of decorating the places
in
bols and signs such as the svastika,
tion
to
meaning of the
the correct
now
even
lines, figures of men, Gods,
lines of red
them
the evening lights) in an unclean
be
to
perfumes
body.
practice
daily
has
worship
state of the
JlpTj oil in
would have been improper
it
or honour the sacred flame state.
(
with
variegated
powder or yellow pigment. This Rangoli decoraon occasions of festive ceremonies round the seats
and the dishes of honoured guests and are considered as offerings or articles of
worship
light in the house
picious and
is
at
(
TSIfTfrU:
the
hailed with
Wf
)
The presence
commencement of great
bers of a family saluting each
joy
other.
the night
expressed
of the is
by the
aus-
mem-
It is this idea of auspici-
ACT ousness
tli.it
explains the
71
in.
decorations \vbich
compained by wreaths of flowers placed
which generally
basin at the top for holding
The
ground.
light
be
is
kept
it is
for an
prepared as
the room which
forms
house, and
placed on
is
that the place
the
where
where
it ia
The sqRlfr such
lights are kept,
the sanctum sanctorum of
the house-
the veranda at the entrance of the
idols, the principal hall,
hold
Lamp
of brass with a
honoured guest.
here meant are the several places as
ac-
considered as the embodiment of anspici-
is
ousness and prosperity, and hence to
made
The lamp
oil.
further
at the foot of the
solid stand
consists of a
are
also other parts that
require lights or that the
pant can afford to provide with lights.
occu-
Besides the Kangoli and
flowers, akshatas or entire grains of corn are also strewn about
the places occupied by the lamp stands. T^JT
not only
inauspicious
lighted in the evening at
but even
all,
And
an hour or two after nightfall. afford a light will have
it if it
The
idea
is
among
the
lit
poor people
oil in the
people
tf-
auspi-
the fact that
up
a
light
is
that
it
is
not
late,
say
who cannot
be for a few moments even
will burn something else but he must have least.
The
if the light
if it
If there be no
beginning of the night.
time at
nf ^fff'r^r:
may be understood from
ciousnoss of the lights
considered highly
w
the evening.
lights of
Auspicious
is
JTWfrffi3r: fl^rtf
sffrfar
at the
house a for
man
a short
Lakshmi the
goddess of wealth and prosperity, always fickle and always arbitrary, enters
and
wo
any house she likes
if she finds there
to the
no
at the
light in
it,
beginning of the night, she
man whose house Lakshmi wished
which she went away
for '
'
fWsf^,
is
worships'
want of a
to enter
light therein
When
honours/
will go back,
!
the light is placed the
females, generally the elder ones in the house join in reverence and address
it
thus
:
and
but from
their
hands
NOTES.
72
1 '
May we have
auspicious prosperity, of
flame
Salutation to thee,
enemy may be removed
!
is
way.
a
lamp says
placed by another person the lady of the
house will then go and do
The reverence
places
and relamp on at every time she lights the
peats the same there, and so
If the lamp
riches.
in another place,
so arid proceeds to put another
lamps.
and
the lamp, that the hatred of the
The lady who
'
1|
wealth
is
reverence to the light
generally done
first
in
the
same
by the matrons
who
This does
not
put the lamps in their respective places. '
the matrons
STSTFcTOrSFT: >
of
the house.'
e.
necessarily
mean matron-servants, but 1
house.
of the house which
has
the elderly ladies of the
not exactly a harem in
STST'fl is
the
ladies
and
a single wife
apartments occupied by the wife with, sister, her the SRTRT or
law
and
Fff:3^ of the
aunt would be the
Pururavas too
place.
it
will
The reading STS^'j^T *H: tions and
is found in
Even when
occupy.
man
a
have but one, the
can
in-law or mother or mother's is
Sanskrit but the part
it
sister,
or
sister-in-law,
The mother, mother-in-
house.
57^| 5M*T: spoken of in this be remembered had only one wife. 5T
;
;
the one met
is
apartment or may be, her mother-
seven of our Mss.
with in existing ediIt
would mean
'
the
of the house' and not people grown up in the female apartments * Lenz and Bollensen as both of the the old servants harem/
wrongly
translate.
W\'.
is
used
at
the end of a
compound
to
but not, I think, separately from the noun to signify the plural,
which
it refers.
sraTRTySTSFT:
might
vants of the harem,' but TOFtlfift ple
grown np
Both
owing
mean
'
the old (male) ser-
R: can only mean
'
the peo-
in the harem.'
and Bollensen have misinterpreted this stanza apparently to their ignorance of the household life of a
Lenz
ACT Hindu.
do
has nothing to
tfT^RIoFJ **[RPT
S?RKR"^:
73
in.
STSTF^Jst SR": can. never
with
'
and
'
altars
'
mean
the faithful
old
ser-
'
vants of the harem,
Katavema
differs
and
ffi?ft.
from us only as regards two words, viz. 3rfft l*mft Here is his explanation :
is
:,
not quite correct)
D very correctly explains 3r%T Tr: by
Eanganatha '
\
whose forms had been fashioned by the
He
chisel.'
also
quotes theTrikandi '
11.
5-8.
7fcR
This phrase
being destroyed.' epithet
JTf^ffir^
&o.
as applied
^TT^JrTR, is
to FlK:.
added in order
That
in order to justify the comparison, the is
The mountains
noteworthy.
the
'without
wings
to justify
used
epithet itself is
of which
extravagance
had wings
the
formerly,
which
were subsequently clipped off by Indra. The King appeared like such a mountain before the clipping took place. ^pRKRlrfl
is
a thin and tender Karnikara
female attendants
and tender.
The
are
here compared
is
to
which the
because these were thin
lights in the hands of the girls appeared like
the bright red flowers of the Karnikara. der form
tree,
much admired by
A
thin,
Sanskrit poets
tall
and ten-
and compared
to
a yashti or stick. P. 70. its
11.
12, 13.
long hours owing
Tfr5fRff$TrJTf, 3?PRP?f^frcfr
to there '
P, 71.
11.
3-5.
iTfwSjJj,
being nothing
ITM TOT: to
'
8F,
with
engage me.'
on the top of the Maniharmya/
i.e.
NOTES.
74 from the
called.
tt^T scil. SC.
fdtR:, sfrtFFfiH:.
OTJT:
*m^f.
soil.
P. 71. is
on the top of a palace so JTMTORrf^t. e. ^J*T.
situated
terrace
1.
going
'WT
9.
do
to
think there
no
is
P. 71.
other
it
meaning to
anything
10, 11.
11.
Friend, do you think what the
Devi
really on account of a vow? 'i.e. do you
is
or has
the vow,
'
&c.
rr
'
&c.
the
in
do with
coming fulfilment of
my
conduct?
Her Majesty
I think
struck
with
make amends
for the contempt with which she under the pretext of performing a treated your prostration, ceremony in fulfilment of a vow.' See supra p. 62, 1. 10 and p.
remorse wishes
64,
11.
to
notes ad
2 and
1,
P. 72.
l7
T
= *T??f:
:
W. ^rw^V^^TT^
TOcfl^WTfHflfK
||
'Self-respecting
having contemptuously treated a prostration at
though
they are subsequently
first
TPJTF^f
TT
>-*?TOro<3roi?lf: &c. Construe
11.
women,
loc.
stung with remorse, become never-
ashamed by the conciliatory acts of their beloved The version which reads f? for TTT, fff?^: for Fw^:, aTJW^
theless secretly ones.'
for
^T^T^
version
of
stanza
and
',
and *R5T4:
for
TJpft:,
may be
easier,
therefore, impossible to say
it is,
but
is
not the
Katavema has no comment on the
our best Mss.
what
his reading
was.
in
1.
1
explains
f
T^^aT
in
the
previous speech
of
Vidushaka.
The meaning is that though women may feel remorse after having shown contempt, they would not show openly that they feel the remorse, but would feel too bashful at heart to come forward and openly show their regret. Take R"^- either as an adverb or as an adjective in the sense of 'acting silently.' P. 72.
11-
the Ganges,'
7, 8. i,
e.
^TWnKff SMS
'
gently rising ono
as beautiful as the
waves of
above another, not abrupt
ACT
Like the waves of the Ganges, which
and high. ary
regard as white, the flight of steps
to
P. 73. 11
must be very near, P. 73.
also white be-
is
^afrsiTT
The
Tf.
rise of the
"
&o.
Kanganatha
3T*T1RT:
:
'
SvTF:
Trf*rorf<3
I
The East
East.'
Indra,
who
They
?Kir^r?f*snT
ffrj?T."
is jff^W-if'v^?
has the Hari
because
f
of the
face
over
presided
f
his horses.
for
the
,
is
it
3T3R5R
by
(literally yellow,
are a pair of horses so called, and belonging to
tawny or ruddy) Indra.
moon
&c.
since'
3^JR
4-7
11.
'
^*p3pr
1, 2.
custom-
it is
marbles.
consisting of
cause
75
in.
more than two and even then they
are sometimes
are called Hari
The East
(plural fOH).
is
here compared to a
young woman, who during the absence of her husband in a distant place lets down her hairs uncombed and untied which hang about her
and who
face,
face thereupon becomes
impliedly referred
to
or WTPq-, see p. 74
here as the husband of the
1.
8, 9.
11.
made
and called Ord e.
the moon.
T^OT)
What
it is
moons King
modaka
of 'modaka' see
Here,
however,
ball of sugar
in
(
^" !7 ?,
our
modaka'
Guzerathi
favour at Benares,
'
of the twice-born,' " Conf. Harivams'a Adh. 25 st. 21 ?H*^t ( i. e. sreriftf 3T: is
why
King
J*TfffT,
the
|
Crtrr^Rf RUT^rrTTf
moon
ths first three orders,
called the
is
may
^
STT^ST^.
King
of the
perhaps be uncertain.
very likely the epithet has something to do with the
identification
in the
109. 2.
e.
OTF
(pi. ore).
the real reason t.
2.
snow-white and much
u^ wr
'twice-born
But
as a
'
1.
equivalent to a Iddu or round is
as beautiful
For a description
of sugar.'
khanda) which
f.
^^RRTi
2).
J^Rrareftstfaft,
note to MdlaviMgnimitra p. 17, is
(
East
'
P. 73. or ladu
them up at his arrival, and whoso and brightened. The Moon is
ties
visible
hymns
with
of the
In. I. 91. 5 occur
the
Soma which
Rigveda. the words
is
often
See Rig. VIII. 79.
$W *m
S^T;
?r
called 8,
X.
76
NOTES. P. 74.
11.
3-6
Rf??:
Kanganatha UTirr^^
:
%3\
Brdhmana
Conf. Attar'eya
$F?R'm
I
and
fices are offered
MRF^
^r^
|
certain Vedic rites
The amdvdsyd
or
day into the body of the sun
Adh.
|
40. 5. Sacri-
are performed on the
(
ifffTIW^
moon
entering
which
),
if
lie
on that did not
would be no amdvdsyd and consequently no performance
of the sacred rites by the pious
(
?F3: ).
'
rRT, with
:
the night without any moon-light
believed to take place because of the
do, there
||
flfg-
^?Tf f^TF^.
^r^ir^RrrTrqifjTrffsrR
is
TO
r^:
1
amdvdsijd.
Conf. Katavema
&c.
drink
ancestors)
gratifying
Gods
the
The Gods and the Fathers
nectar/
different parts of the
and the Manes
(souls of departed
moon and
are thereby
That drinking is the cause of the gradual waning of gratified. The Mddhaviya Kdlanirnaya lias the the moon from day to day. following
:
JnJTt (soil. ^ci5t)
All
being drank by
the
this
to
childish
sacrifices,
&c.,
owes
its
fWT
^ff
:
|
myth about
HT
the
moon
and thereby losing one
again restored
day in the bright fortnight
ed to Agni in
ffJsfsSfaf
various gods
phase each day, and being
day
IWf
to
his
phases from.
through the oblations origin to
the
offer-
identification of
ACT the
Moon with
our note ad
loc.)
(See Eaglmvams' a V. 16 and
beverage.
Moon
of the
said
the gods and
'gratifies
77
After the identification, whatever could be said
Soma was
of the
Soma
the
in.
hence
:
Manes with
the
that the
it is
Moon
the nectar' contained
in him.
P. 74.
8, 9.
11.
and says that the salutations
P. 74.
whom
to
he
(the king)
to is
sit
down
offering his
speaking through him whom he (the moon) has the purpose because he is a Brahman. PT
p. 5-
1.
3 and the note ad
$T
10, 11.
11.
light of these lamps
who now
the
says
loc.
flnWlfasitfsf
We
?'
'why
the superfluous
must suppose that the maidservants
held portable lights in their hands king,
King
is
selected for
See Supra
Vidtishaka asks the
iff.
Moon
lights
while
in attendance on the
be taken
may
as
away
the
moonlight was bright. f'T^TPR^ IT'TRT: shows that the girls held the lights in their hands and stood which the King implies is a trouble to them.
It is
be noted, how the poet withdraws
to
the girls from the scene where they are no longer required. P. 75.
11.
to the eye ? '
5, 6.
tC
that the state 11.
is
Literally is
'
75 T
'
'
that of course
next page
f
SF,
to
tion of his condition
the
King's health
1, 2) as to (
is
it
not
too
not that apparent indeed
perceptible
of the
why,
eye.' (
aTf*'4f
)
i.e.
to
apparent
That
is,
Viduslvaka means
flf="*?f3W)
make unnecessary
?'
is
him any
his sufferings.
such (see descrip-
True (
and pale appearance does not sufficiently indicate the sufferings of his mind ( 'HflrwrPT: ), which are very great, ^o537T. The existing editions have failed to find out to what tff properly refers and the Calcutta Edithe King, but
replies
(TR"-' )
his poor
None Lenz actually read S^flt after the pronoun of our Mss. nor Katavema nor Ranganatha ILKVQ the addition.
tion and
!
All the corruption has been doubtless
omission of the auusvara over the
T
caused by the too natural
before
NOTES.
78 P. 75.
1.
tiR; HTfiRrr
T.
7.
Katavema
^rrir
jfranw
75.
11.
8-11.
P. 76.
11.
1,
:
'fl-m: R*tr^r:',
Ranganatha.
\sr?r-'-
2.
means that the king with his drooping limbs should appear dejected and in low
(
Vidushaka 8T^T?
TKCf^TRRfl
)
Such, however, he does
spirits.
not appear, but on the contrary in spite of the drooping limbs
him the more
and cheerful
Vidushaka
finds
From
he concludes that the fulfilment of his desires
this
This refers to an idea
proaching. is
lively
additional
auspicious
tokens
^fa) is
.
ap-
that unexpected cheerfulness
This
a precursor of approaching good luck.
the
(*T??*T
that
befal
is
the
confirmed by the
in
King
shape of the sudden twitching of his right arm ^ftfTOlKKT^TJT (See the stanza following). the
following of the
King
the sudden
audience for
By
of
this speech
Vidushaka and
the poet prepares the minds of arrival
the
on the stage of Urvas'i and
Chitralekha in a celestial car. P. 76.
3-5
11.
Such
UaTrsf-T^T:
as
Rf^
tfjftrfr.
11.
6 on the
5,
See note on
p. 35.
1.
4.
^ffa-
previous page and the speech
preceding the present one.
Ranganatha imagines he perceives a play on the word and observes, STOTSTJU ft ^fi^WrflTRT.
Katavema
P. 76. true.'
1.
6.
Mark
^ffrK^ ^T^q-
sfsff
mf^J^rT^fTR
*0f course the words of the sense of
H
1711
^!,
Brahman
a
and compare
=Tr?T
3^1?-
are not un-
page 56
1.
4.
Vidushaka
is emboldened by the auspicious signs the King oband boasts that his serves, words, viz. that the King will soon
have Urvas'i, will turn out true P.
76.
1.
8.
as
he
a Brahman.
is
^fa^f^T^rr, Ranganatha
:
?!^Wifi?W5WBPT J,
fifff
ACT Katavema
P.
77.
11.
amTHrfc*M
Tf5fsrft*ft*r
:
W
3,4.
79
in.
T*
w
J*FW
rr ift WIT: sr
'I wish I were
tffrar,
Purtlravas.'
7TJtf%t &c.
P. 78.
11.
1, 2.
P. 78.
11.
3-4,W*?T.
P. 78.
11.
5-7.
See above
means
1
p. 42,
;
1.
company
(for
which in
construction
2.
The words
Chitralekha
pun.
wishes
of his beloved (some
which he has obtained according
,
1.
to
jealousy by suggesting to her that the
happy enjoying the
lowable
p. 10,
*T?t55V*nTOTaTrrf?.
fr^TWfMiT are intended as a
her friend with
^^TK^
to his
vex
King
is
other girl)
wishes
^If^^f^Tiewril^f T^?-fr is an alPrakrit), whereas what she really
that he is happy enjoying his beloved's [Urvas'i's] which he has obtained by means of his imagination*. company is,
which
)
is
an exact rendering
of
Katavema: P. 79.
1.
5^
2.
3TT
^T
r^rr r^r^rr Rrref?rni7W, 'Child,
other thought about the company of the beloved
you
ITT:.
^T
Eanganatha, '
unworthy thought regarding company of (ro rr T On have spoken of? Katavema adds ?ff
TOnfero^f
^rflt
*R^PnTfnNF*^
improper.'
Conf. '
76,
1.
6.
why do
e.
the
'
unworthy/
f.
'
entertain an
the beloved' I
?
but what
'
Urvas'i replies, fl'TH
).
?>
3 T tTO Tf
^T^ff
Because
my
appears to at p. 56.
mean 4.
'untrue,'
and
at page unkind heart doubts him' 1.
80
XOTES. P. 79.
and
is
P. 80.
4, 5.
&c.
<Jflf
11.
2, 3.
Chitralekhu
TLei'Q
longing
P. 80.
it is
P. 80.
11.
He
not clear from the
some other
Urvas'i or
it is
This
$3.
is
girl that
proposed as a remedy against the
madanabadha that the King complains of
says.
speaks seriously
for.
o.
1.
because
TI^WFrttrr,
speech whether
King's lie is
11.
no longer joking.
6-9.
TJTTOT
goes on
:
9Tf**T:
incurable,
*Hm
*TR|ft UJT:
in his speech.
as
Ranganatha
3\
I
|
Lying on beds of
flowers, enjoying the
cool
moonlight, bes-
mearing the whole body with sandal, wearing strings of cooling crystals round the neck, are some of the chief remedies of love-sick people against P. 81. ^f
K^r
1.
3.
madanabddhd,
the preceding stanza takes courage and congratulates
in
her heart that
and gone over
has gained
it
to the
^F^ = '
11.
4, 5.
MT^&o.
a dinner consisting
console myself by
gested to
the fruit of
Take
King.
Ranganutha.
P. 81.
Urvas'i on hearing the words Sf
ffT*T ^fHr &c.
Oh
Tfffi
RffgJT.
yes,
it.'
Conf. p. 74.
I too,
of dainty venison,
speaking about
its having left her " with STOv^. ?-fr f^T:
when a
feeling
This
is
I
do
11.
riot
get
desire for it
remark
a
8, 9.
sug-
Yiddshaka by the words
P. 82.
1.
1.
fcTOT
P. 82.
1.
3.
7f
^
^^,
'
Hf^T:
but you get
'I think
does not refer to the previous
that,'
this.'
'I say
'
'
Look here/
speech of Vidushaka,
ACT which
,
tlie
contents of the stanza ^*T stands the words
Tf^r
*fi
not satisfied
is
P. 82.
)
3W-
mean
to
notice
but to the
of,
&c. Chitralekha, however, under-
'
the preceding
yes I think
*T^fT
speech,
'Yes
so,' i.e.
I think
and asks Urvas'i reproachfully (for she
her,'
to hear them.
%t
5.
1.
king takes no
*P4 to refer to
and
qrffWr?,
I shall soon have
81
in.
'
frsT
what
that
is it
We
'
you think
?
must
imagine that the King instead of at once finishing his speech, 8 by saying Ti TOf:
and on the other gives the poet an opportunity for of course
)
addressed to her P. 82.
burden
JPT
to the earth*.
Wffr >Tr:
does not
the rest
;
mean
is
a
only
mere
dead clump of
a
a burden to the earth
t.
.
existing
vain.
in
Katavema:
^H
||
^
On ^^^riTRN
P. 82.
11.
P. 83.
1.
1.
P. 83.
1.
7.
STTJT
11.
1.
jesty looks
|
see above Act
?^r >r-Tmr
:
I.
8,9.
4.^
ft'
&c.
St.
iHPTT RH?q^
12-
[W|
See above p. 41
Katavema
:
11.
1, 2.
*T^
n
3WePlTJ^Sf.
On
PT^TR
see
snprd p. GO.
II.
loc.
^76Fffr
'
iTfl
ff%tfOTFrff.
Of course His Mx-
more handsome when Your Ladyship
So does the Moon, she means, Eohini.
^ fTW^W
^fa^fa^rc'fhTrftf.
11 and note ad. P. 84.
C^FFf
Katavema
10, 11.
^ffJffr
P. 83. 7,
T^jl
to the jolting of the carriage, is the
this person that exists with reason
(see Bollenseu) but
earth
J
'This shoulder of mine, that was struck against
by her shoulder owing limb of
not unsought
friend.
7, 8.
11.
(
of interpolating Chitralekha's speech
in
the
is
company of
near him.' his consort
82
NOTES. P.
cause she
Wf &c.
o.
84: 1.
is
going
'I say, I do not
to give us
a
know whether
present of sweetmeats,
of the ceremony
cause using the opportunity
it is
be-
or be-
lay aside her
to
anger she wishes to make amends for her contemptuous treatprostration, but Her Majesty to my eyes appears
ment of your
What Vidushaka means
well-pleased to-day.
He
Aus'inart looks well pleased this time.
that
to assert is
account
wishes to
she does so either because she is two ways going to give Vidushaka a Svastivayana though she is not really reconciled to the King, or because she is really no more angry
for
it
in either of
;
wishes to make
with the King and
with which she has treated
his
amends
prostration,
for the contempt which she wishes
ceremony in fulfilment of a vow. both reasons are possible, but that what he "
to do under the pretext of a
The King says
says,
last
fW^flT
(viz.
TFTTTT^ff
5**TCff
)
is
what he
believes. For 'though wearing only plain white clothes, and having only such scanty ornaments as she must wear as a married lady, her hair decorated with nothing more than sacred
Ddrvas
offered to the gods,
has given up her
anger
of the solemn observance
King means,
even with
ostensibly
she
that simple as
sucli person,
to the
owing
because she
requirements
appears pleased with me.' The her dress is and scanty as her
ornaments are she appears pleased with him by her very nppearance, t. e. he wants no further proof than her cheerful appearance.
Though she might have been expected
to
come
into
his presence in her best attire and with her richest ornaments, if
she had been reconciled, he nevertheless reconciled.
plicity of dress
and paucity of oraments
that she
is satisfied
Her very appearance, simple
as
is
it is
owing
to
her having
given up her anger under the pretext of an observance) to him that she is reconciled.
When serving
a vrata or
it is
observance
enjoined to abstain
is
undertaken the
from the
six.
so
is
(and this sim-
shows
person
spiritual
ob-
enemies
ACT 3>R, ^fa,
*T?,
?"WT
*TW,
and
83
in.
And, therefore, in order
55?*?.
to avoid
Queen has taken advantage of show that she has laid aside her anger, which
the appearance of fickleness the the observance to
she really has.
tfrf^lTW to
given
= ^f^fRFnr,
Brahmans,
of
presents
and virtuous married
priests,
officiating
These are
sweetmeats.
women
(HTfftfflT) on the occasion of the fulfilment of a vow, or the completion of certain ceremonies undertaken to be perform-
ed within a certain time (^ran-T), or on certain religious holi-
The vdyana,
days.
by women and
for so it is generally called, is mostly given
consists
of sweetmeats such as ladus, or fruits
The name is now corrupted into member of one's own family
such as mangoes or plantains. vdna.
A
is
vdyana
not given to a
but to strangers.
The Queen could not
to the King, but
she gives
to
Vidushaka and
Women
it,
therefore give a vdyana
will be
as
apparent further on,
Kanchukin because they
to the
Brahmans*
are
give vdyanas on the occasion of the Mangald Gauri puja,
on the Tuesdays of the month of S'ravana, on the Jyeshthas'uddha-paurnimd when the sacred banyan tree 3%: is wort.
e.
shipped iu commemoration of the revival well
known the
called
consists
of
dry
dates,
return
make
fruits,
similar
cucumber which has
mans and
on
plantains,
is
and
On
the
chiefly
the
being
vdyana
mangoes and
to married
the
husband
rite
women who
6th of the
light
of Khichadi (rice
and in fried muga pulse with ghee) and It is given to Brahits stem unremoved.
Suvasinis.
give vdyanas
sesamum
Savitri's
occasion
given consisting
On
the day of the Makara-Sankrdnti, or
the day on which the Sun enters
men
this
presented
presents.
half of S'ravana y a vdyana
cooked in jaggery
;
of
Mahabharata
of the
Vafasdvitri-vrata
and jambu
jack-fruit
in
readers
to
to
the Capricornus, married
Brahmans and Suvasinis,
wo-
consisting of
seeds, carrots, pieces of sugarcane, green peas or gram,
and wheat,
all
put in a new earthen pot covered with a new eathern
84
NOTES.
The pot
basin
and given is called sugada (=su-ghata). Bralimans and to married women. Widows
so used
Vdyanas are given
to
can neither give nor receive a vdyana, which privilege of married
may owe
its
whom
to
given give blessings
seems
to
alone they (^Hflff)
be different from
on
might
Women
have been
originally
receiving a vdyana. in this that
*TfWRR^
nouncing of a blessing with Vedic verses mans.
man
occasions of S'raddhas a
The name ^R^f^nRfif may that the Brahmans to whom they are
to the fact
origin
and
given
On
an exclusive
is
vdyana to a Brahman.
a
give
women.
and
^'Tf^HT^JT
it is
the
pro-
done by Brah-
is
cannot give a svastivachana as they cannot bless
and are debarred from reading, reciting or hearing the Veda. Construe
JT^fr
with TFTTr^l70 and not with ^^ff^TT because !"
Vidushaka does not yet know what vrata it was that the Queen was going to perform f. e. whether it had any reference to the
He
King.
will
know
later on, p. 87
it
The simplest
Rffitepil.
dress of a
Hindu lady
or patala, so called probably because of
be derived from pntala colour
'
of a
7.
1.
its
a white sari
is
or
thinness; '
pink colour
which
is
may
it
the usual
of a pdta\a.
JT^JTTrsrowr.
There are
ornaments and
certain
decorations
which a married woman must wear howsoever poor and how To wear and have urrwilling soever she may be to have any.
them
is
a sign
mangala, to
and
to
mangala.
to
absence of them
is
of glass
These then were
all
beads
is
the ornaments
a
is
a
it
to
had.
- WCT3T1W.
Kanganatha prefers to take signifying certain decorations only and does not refer SF
is
a mangala,
round the neck
that Aus'inari
of
that
apply the red mark on the forehead
have the arms besmeared with saffron
have a wreath
gWR- WX\ as
of wifehood, as the
Thus
widowhood.
J?
indicated by us.
He
says
ACT
when women
85
in.
On
occasions
fine
ends of the Durva grass are offered to the
remnant
the
worship,
and profane
per
or
is
scanty
follows that
it
enjoined,
from
Gods
in
of ceremonies calmness
passions and pleasures
all
the person
is
not then ornamented or
is
so
simple
and ornaments.
decorations
vow
or
flowers.
Hence Aus'inari was
in her
God
in their hairs, the pro-
occasions of the performance
decorated.
in wfiicli the
ornament of which consists of gold
gay
abstinence and freedom
and
ceremony
put by them
as well as choice
and other jewelry
As on
perfoitn a
If
in her dress
and
were not
for
it
been more splendidly dressed and ornamented, as she was reconciled with the King.
this observance of a
Her appearance
nevertheless
^TWmWf
1.
6.
SFf
1.
7.
rtarryTOrT'T
satisfactory that
so
is
him and
foriven
feels sure she has
P. 86.
she would have
reconciled
is '
that is
flf^re,
the
King
with him.
well said, without
jealousy.' P. 87.
pond
to 9T^R IT ;T*T,
^WRTO
rr3T -
the former applied to a
appears
woman who
please or reconcile her husband or lover after giving
and the
latter to a B
mistress.
T3*T*T,
man who
however,
3TR^JR%
^
3t RffiRlfr
P. 87.
1.
10.
3T*Kr*T
P. 88.
11.
1,2.
P. 88.
11.
6, 7.
7^4
'
is
to
offence,
also found
used of a woman-
As
Kirdtdrjuniya IX.
:
See
above,
note
on
p.
78.
11.
3, 4.
so much,' not in quantity but in quality. 1.
8.
PJT*Tf &c.
oppose auspicious words.' the
tries
adverb qualifying
'
P. 88.
him
similarly towards his wife or
wR^-pfa:
-Construe
T3r
acts
corres-
to
Queen
says,
Be you
That
is,
Say nothing more.
You ought
not to
you should not deny
what
silent.
The auspicious words ap-
NOTES.
86 pear to be
forming the previous speech of the Queen that
tliose
has
observance
the
for his
the sentiments and language of the
Vidushaka
result.
good
Brahman and draws
speaks like a
upon
a
produced
utterances
sapient
men
class of
which
to
he belongs. P. 89.
the
qrafflWtff
"
P. 89.
'
SffT
Maniharmya.'
1
WTffWWlt 'which
?.
that
so
'
OTfra?
7.
The question has fasted
arises
There
day.
which may justify the
accompanied by that the vrata
was
appears nothing
should be eaten
after
moon-rise
shortly sankashti (the 4th lunar
observers of the SanJcashti
require
P. 90.
11.
1.
dT
3-6.
vrata
soil.
day of the dark fortnight) the take no meal till they have
^fa^
|
UTJtf
r
w
the
^reeRKfrf
this is not
who
passage
flffrofa
he could),
erf
P. 90.
11.
7, 8.
fa
'TC
after
moon-rise
arm^S.
of the devi but to the person
Katavema reads
all
food
and the performance of the
worshipped Ganapati, which they can only do on that evening. 1.
And
that no
For instance on every Sankashta chaturthi, or
rite that follows.
P. 90.
one
is
think, lies in the fact
by moon-light.
now performed
Queen
in the play
the vrata
assumption that
be performed
are
till
has found out that the
The answer, we
to
such vratas which
as best
are
ff7irTC*
your fast,' i.e. this observance of the which you have been fasting to-day.
how Vidushaka
on the
a fast.
^
"
I may.'
Rangauatha.
1.
ceremony on account of
so far
Accusative plural, which
nouns ends in
in Prakrit masculine
here on
^TTf.
TTOwr*T*fy
1, 2.
11.
&o.
|
a direction to the character
represented that character. thus
:
(clearly a
7flr
t
3"
ttlft
\
^TO
<3\
bad reading explained
ACT ,V
Katavema. Urvas'i means
Aus'inari or
and reproachful.
does not
know whether
to propitiate the
Bollensen
by
translating
slie
and wishes
really sincere
is
sarcastic
is
87
in.
by *wr:.
King
not correct
is
iu
Lenz, the Calcutta
Editions, Kanganatha and Katavema have correctly Win.
because
locative absolute. frftrr, J?gq6ni, with a broken hand/ 'armless,'
P. 91.11. 3-5.
he
is l% TO Tfi'
P. 92.
^3^>
II.
3T-W.
2-5
SH^only and
Construe with
not with
as this requires an ablative in Sanskrit. '
P. 92.
be
'
11.
6,
Iff! ff
7.
*ir
be so or you
you may
3F,
may
not
'
so.'
as prescribed.'
Sfifri^rftt,
This speech would show that Aus'inari ciled,
make amends
but only wished to
as her fault, viz. her having
reproachful consent given
Urvas'i
is
not really recon-
is
what she considered treated the
contemptuously
But the passive
stration of the King.
for
to the
by her
pro-
and sarcastic and almost
King making
love to
regarded by the author sufficient to satisfy the King's
conscience and justify the rest of his proceedings. P. 92.
'
1.
9.
lord, I
have never broken a sacred
Staying with him any longer
rule before.
which
a breach of the rules
with the
my
^T^sTTTf
would amount
she has to observe
to
in connection
observance, and she wishes that he should not tempt
her.
P. 93.
1.
3.
i*
W
&c.
'
But why should you despair and
withdraw your heart from him P. 93.
1.
7.
5 Tri
^W, '
tion, equivalent to
?'
particles
would
Kf ^PTK'
wishful supposi-
implying a "
that.'
3TfT
R 3T*T.
scil.
^Rfr eHR" ^nrra^," Kanga-
natha. P. 91.
day had
!'
1.
1
H5T {fa&R
Urvas'i as
it
tinio to finish his
were
JTf
!
'that Urvas'i
interrupts the
sentence and
may be happy
to-
before
lias
King
puts in her
lie
own wish
after
NOTES.
88
Conf. Banganatha
the particles.
sjpni
P. 91.
3-6.
11.
Urvas'L
^fi ^RrfSfJH
:
I
*K
a?r?n*r
herself
'being
*T2T,
because of fear,
T-TRTfTRF
tff
TR^
invisible.'
1
-? flfsrrcT.
'
^3RHR
soil.
were
brought forcibly,' because she ( Urvas'i ) would be R'TRffRT, after step,' slow to move.' T^T^ step step by step,' TT*^ '
'
'
'
after aTHRtf.
accusative of motion
by her
tf^F,
^"J^f
clever
friend/ Chitralekha. P. 95.
3-6.
11.
K&tavema
'
P. 95.
the
:
8.
1.
King took her on the same
ing, so that they
3%
Jiff,
11.
officious'
1, 2.
SfaiJ%
virtues of another,'
the
is,
was occupy-
sees
one
who
e.
speech).
lexicons
who
she .
UrvasTs
'
7 CW^PT SWi^ff,
JT
as
is, '
plain
&
iTf
jfflTliWr
it,
seat as he himself
were in close contact with each other
see below, next page,
P. 96.
That
on the same seat as himself.'
do not regard
only the faults and is
me
as
and commentators oxnot the she will
that
so officious
run down the accomplishments of another and attract attenThe same is true of JUJflilt as applied to tions to herself.
Hence the word
a man. peoples
affairs',
making
comes
to
love to
a
*
mean
man
meddling in other
or a
woman
married and that does not love her or him,' as the case
Compare Baghuvams'a S'dlcuntala, ^f:
P. 96.
1.
you here?'
3.
note ad.
is
be.
may
See also
loc.
qxwrfJTR f*WT SIFT^warwj, Act V. Cf
5fa
rpfR 3?^wff
Are you going
you forgetting that gested to
XII. 22 and our
that
it
is
Vidushaka by
'
^rsifr.
to act as if the
not night yet?
what
Has the sun sun were set
The question
Urvas'i says in
the
set
to
?
Are
is
sug-
preceding
ACT
speech, especially
W*W,
^CwrcFr
89
in.
words $ TWTfr
tlie
which
to
his
fT=>?
mind seem
SKfWT* TTmf to
'
wrong
obviously
from sun
set
?'
wie seid ihr schon
(
But there can
it.
also be
little
past sunset as Vidushaka
would have been a proper one
to
is
if
it
is
sev-
The question
speaking.
ask
doubt that
For the time
of the whole of this Act commences from sunset and eral hours
hier ?)
Sonnemmtergang
memoriae on the part of the poet.
a lapsus
is
seit
Bollensen
you been here
is
our Mss. with
ing editions have it
have
how,
H
genuine there CHU be no doubt whatever as two commentators read it and all the exist-
That the speech all
in translating,
f
convey a warning
that they (he and .Chitralekha) should leave the room. is
Tf
\
scene had
been
reads srjfWT.
Chi-
the
laid in day-time.
P. 96.
11.
5-8.
Katavema:
P. 97.
11.
1-3.
T J ?*nT7.
*T
Katavema too
tralekha mentions the fact that she
is
to
going
attend upon the
See note further on to p. Sun (TT^RT^T: = tfr?^:, ST*>jr^: which in the hot season succeeds the spring in order 102, 1. 5) j
to
show
that she
will not be
able to
see
them
Urvas'i
not
Chitralekha were able to see her from
if
Hence
for
some time.
therefore likely to yearn for Svarga, which she
is
that the
it is
King
time to
asked so to behave
is
as to
would time.
avoid
giving cause to Urvas'i to yearn for Svarga.
On
WtfT
?ffr
P. 97.
1.
5.
3JTT*f conf.
Kananatlia
%^3TFTWff "TTOl
done
is that fishes
The
allusion
is to
never shut their
are
word
[f
^PH R^Cr^TFT.
mocked by means of
the belief that those that
I^NFT
'All that
twinkleless live in the
is
eyes.'
Svarga always open, and are as There is an amount of satire in
eyes but have them
twinkleless as those of fishes.
the
:
which deserves
to
be noted.
NOTES.
90 P. 97.
7.
1.
P. 98.
11.
^
SW^T
10
9,
TO
&c. Construe: ?
&c. '
n?ff %ftffr !
distinguished by
many
potentates
obeying my order held on their heads and thereby brightening it with the rays of the jewels worne by them in their crowns/
The
allusion is to a letter containing a royal edict, the humblest
way
of
obeying which
receive
is to
on the head; and when
it
a crowned head receives such an order cious
the crown
in
stones
are
on the crown the pre-
on the
reflected
'
The sense
thereby becomes brightened (U^r.)
is
letter
which
which
is ac-
knowledged by many crowned heads.'
How
'
wonderful
is
of one's wishes, giving rise to contraries
!*
P. 99.
P. 99.
^rTf^
^
4.
1.
*
P. 99.
1.
the
now
&c.
TKRrf
6-6.
11.
&c.
pained me,
Wf"
*Tf r
v
same
z>
which used
arrows
of
to
burn
me
before.
which formerly
Madana,
please me.'
ewFajwr =
7.
j
the accomplishment
"^rsRTOTrjfr."
^R^
Eanganatha.
P. 99.
P. 100.
11-
2,
would appear P. 100.
WfTTC "CTtf ----
11.
1.
The
Tra?K r ff*T. r
-
the palace
4.
1.
3.
I
W un
Maniharmya was not
where the King
wfarT3P7
tf^Rt
^-TT
it
lived.
'
lielp
friend out,'
your
i. e. '
lead her out.
your friend P. 100.
fl*M:
in the
genitive
sense
of
the dative
.
11.
9, 10.
Kafavema: ^TJT^f^rff
(
that is
I
how he
reads
to
ACT
91
iv.
Act IV.
P. 102.
1.
1.
P. 102.
11.
2-4.
Katavema
:
rqwaTJTrT^TfTr^
appearance of your face, which R*? connects to the
fflpHOT^W^f
I^*T
with
t
5??H s^Tf
JfW
and
In fact foftpnnTOCTTOr
verb g%fT.
'tlie
poor
like that of a fading lotus.'
is
is
not to be referred
ff^T
Pf^
is
equiva-
lent to
P. 102.
11.
5,6.
argrrirCTssrrTT,
the Apsarases have to perform.' ^^T.
^[^T is
a
time, an
'by the turn of service which 9l c TOtt
appointed time
^ -^iTTru: ^f r
?Kf:
of service
or
7*ff-
of doing
any task or of the regular return of a recurring event. The is still found in Guzerathi which has preserved it almost
word
intact (^fCf),
:
is
in 7PfR?
as
sffO,
^R^Tf ffU
&c.,
the turning or rotation of the
especially
the
turn,
in.
coming
round of the turn. ffiVTO OTflflB^STO l
Surya,' is
'there
is
the
service
the Venerable Surya has to be served.'
the service
way
fiftj
of
of speaking
of
feet of
the
'
there
Literally,
of Surya.'
This
is
of a person held in great reverence.
The
foot
the
soles
of the
feet
a
NOTES.
92
being the lowest- part of the body (and that
Divine Person q^Jf 5Tf 4fflWl
may
be referred
to
by
thought the
is
)
It is not
inferiors.
S"ft
5RTniTr:, '
of the venerable S'ankara,'
Rdmdyana
JssTW TnW.
sic.
IX. Adh. in the St.
quoted
95Tf
qTTflr5Jr?fTt
What
this
upastMna
is is
tlie
opinion
the opinion of the venera-
is
reverence than
greater
fJTW Bhdgavata as
is
limb that
meet with
to
Padamdla being lower than pada
ble Acharya.' to indicate
fittest
such
P^RT^IR!:,
such
the famous
why
rare
'
expressions like
is
S'udras from the feet of the
so called
Pnrnshasulcta derives the
is
then used
Conf.
pada.
TRW
Also sfirwrRSJfJFT
Petersburg Worterluch, wliich therefore equivalent
to
see.
friWrWJR
appears from the Bhdgaoata Parana.
It says
'
Every month
in
the TCishis
Surya's progress
praise
him
in
such of the hymns of the three Vedas as are addressed to him
and the Apsarases
the Gandliarvas sing
Nagas
him
(snakes) serve
accompany
the car
as ropes
dance
to tie
as harnessers;
before his car
;
j
his car; the Yalcshas
mighty Rakshasas push the
car from behind, and the sixty thousand holy Brahmarshis called
Valakhilyas go forth before him, the praises.'
Each
The names of the
month
forth with the
these six Ganas
Rishis, of the
of the Yakshas, &c., that
month
in
Lord Surya, singing
attend
do
service
Gandliarvas, of the
upon and
which they
serve,
by
his
turns.
Apsarases,
serve Surya are set (Stt. 33-43).
We
ACT
93
iv.
learn tliere that the Apsaras Kritasthali attends ami serves R9ffi
)
MenaM
iii
month of
the
in Jyestha,
pada, Tilottamd in As'vina, gas'irslia, Purvachitti in
jlt(l) in
PMlguna.
Chaitra,
Eambhd
Punjikasthali
in Ashddha,
BambM
in
in
AnumlocJtd
(
3"T-
Vais'dkha, in
Bhddra-
Kdrtika, Urvas'i in Mdr-
PausJta, GhritdcM
The month of S'rdoana
in MdyJia and Sena~ is
omitted doubtless
A
commentary on the Bhdgavata ( Bkdodrthadiaccidentally. pihd) quotes from the Karma Purdnci certain verses which give all
the seven Ganas that form Surya's train of attendants
twelve months.
fr:
in the
94
NOTES.
-fr
Here
fflr
flf^f
too tbe attendance
Cliaitra but the
and service begins
order of the Apsarases
is
from
apparently
slightly different.
It will be seen that our Chitralekha is not among the Apsarases enumerated either by the BJtdgavata or by the Kaurma unless she is identical with one of those there enumerated. According
what Chitralekha says ( p. 97 I. 1 ) she has to attend upon the Sun in the hot season which comes after the spring i. e. to
;
Ashddha
which months according to the Bh'iJi/esJttJta attendant the gavata Apsarases are Menaka and Rambha, and Chitralekha according to the Kaurma Menaka and Sab aj any I.
in
or
in
can be identified with none of these as they are separately mentioned in the play.
It
is
probable
therefore either that Chitra-
lekha and her turn of service in the hot season of our author,
or, if not,
he has refused
to
are
a creation
follow slavishly
the
order of service of the Puranas arid assigned her the month that suited
liis
purpose best, being indebted
for the idea that the Apsarases
to
have to
the attend
Purana
upon
simply the
Sun
rotation.
by
P. 103.
she
is
11.
2, 3.
faring just
covered a great Tflft
'Then
in order to find out
how
put myself in
contemplation and
dis-
tft ?*nc &c.
now
I
calamity.'
Accusative of duration,
ACT P. 103
5, G.
11.
D5
iv.
'accompanied by Rati, or
tfftffrfcf,
love,
unaccompanied by any other female than Rati. That is, no other females with him except Urvas'i and except Rati
Rati.
is love,
lie
t.
e.
took
indeed
The reading SF&KFTTf found in to recommend it. Why should
pleasure.
the existing editions has little
And what does Lakshnu King take Lakshmi with him ? mean here ? He did not require either wealth or beauty to be
the
taken to Gandhamadana from his capital.
yixiWK'nW rf?Kf
^
rp-jr
(
corrected
into
jirrctfiTT
$13
*T
^T-W^ TW fW?KTO ^m^r TO HJrr>*fcw-
Katavema
Conf.
*Kr.
)
|
This
||
:
where Kalidasa sends a newly married pair
moon
to
his wife
Uma.
1.
1.
equivalent to *TtT P. 104.
11.
Mandakini.'
rrT
flT
had in places like
The
those.'
Wr^T
tfiftil
2-4.^^^^ jr^ff^
is
That indeed
the
force of *tf
'
Jfotfg,
that
space
dakini,
only the name of
originally
the
natural
valleys
Himalayan
range, the
See th
lies
between the
Covered with
bank
Man-
sand.
an arm of the Ganges like
are,
we
II. 6 ;
folio wins;
name it
of a heavenly
river,
or
ot*
rathel*
descended from Svarga upon earth.
for Cr^fTRf.
F9$?n??'&&lrf CfOTPrr.
Meghaduta
^T5tj MFT^.
of the Himalaya, afterwards became
Katavema has Ct^^f
in
is
is
that the words are
ttJT is
objects situated within the geographical limits
of the Ganges itself before
referred to
enjoyment wliich
on the sandy bank of the
river,
and
is
^W 3^3 T^rjOT
and the bed of a
in one of the
See also Mahdbhdratto
117. '
P. 104.
same with S'ankara and
the
See Kum. VIII. 20 fgg.
Adh.
Udyogaparv.
many
place
to enjoy their
honeya retired but delightful place like Gandhamadana, bub
Kumdrasambhava he does
in the
not the only
is
The heaps
of sand
(
foffTPT^T
)
here
think, the same as the ftf^WZT: spoken of
on which see the commentary note.
of Mallinatha*
96
NOTES.
As Mandakint
tlio
it
region, clhara
girl
tie a
is
Vidyddltaras are a
heavenly river
but proper that
is
exact nature of the
But we think
game
is
it
is
that
following stanza in the Mcghaduta
tavema, P. 104.
Ranganatha renders Rltifr f5H." 1.
indeed intense love in two
ways
What
may
l>e
that alluded
as
the
doubtful.
the
to in
:
is
this
'^-^f^RRf."
by
qiTfr *Tflfff
'That
|
Ku-
And
is fate.
Sahajanya wishes to account
intolerant.
what has happened
for
and so
^
fa-J IJf^fr
5.
heavenly
Prakshipta VIII. Stenzler's Edn.
.
"
in a
river.
referred to
is
Gods and
should make a Vidyii-
poet
same game
the
situated
bank of that
upon the
play
the
of
class
'
1st that fate
would have
so, happened, nobody would expect such an event, and 2ndly it is also true that the love between Pururavas and Urvas'i being intense the latter could not brook even a it
for
it
glance by Purdravas
at
another
This somewhat modifies
girl.
the proposition lfaf by admitting partly a fact of Urvas'i
having taken offence
Katavema reads the speech thus ff
fr^
|
omitting ^fT^f
somewhat P. 104.
7.
cause for
the
Pururavas' conduct.
3%.
which
\
5jrF?t it
^
1^
*W-
must be admitted
simplifies the reading. 1.
6.
Hfrtf
of her husband.' 1.
altogether,
:
at
human
lianganatlia,
m*T
W
anr^ssrWTr, 'rejecting the apology
!"*? see On note above, on Act "^PT7?mRr ST^fi^fiTf." 7
III. p. 87,
the curse of her ipQff^WJt^Wf, 'deprived of her memory by Chitrulekha means that though Uivus'i was not inpreceptor.'
ACT formed that
was forbidden
it
97
iv.
women
to
enter the
to
forest,,
she
so soon as she approached would nevertheless have perceived that forest, if she had not been deprived of her divine nature by ifc
the curse.
See above p. 67,
7, 8.
11.
See page 126,
1.
'
TKTT % ^f
|
into that of a creeper,
restoration from
some unknown
if any.'
event
slightly
phrase
ll
3
own human
does not
know what
is
to
go
to
know
III. 54. 4,
used even in Marathi in the '
The
not
i
rr
or other be re(
Chitralekha-
)
will bring about
T^) means some distant cause,
cause I do
XIII. 31, Edmdyana
Ichijcma
( 35TC
a
the
*"rcr^T^TR 8 TR'
By
).
the reading
is
latter reads
but that she
cause or event
cause or other, some
lf
may some day
form,
WTT-W^
the restoration.
which will depend on
Katavema (the
WT W
Chitralekha implies that Urvas'i stored to her
Her form was changed
^SK^rfrTK^rfrFIT
of seven of our MSB. as also of
varied
8 fgg.
what.
IV.
9.
somo
See Nalopd-
The word
28.
same sense in the phrase
some distant country.'
existing editions are
apparently wrong in
qrf^KRJTRr^T (^R%F?fTl%^Rr^). that Urva'i was changed into a creeper
This
reading
may mean
either
that already existed
and
became a creeper which then stood in the vicinity of the forest. Urvas'i, howalready existed, the ever, did not enter into a creeper which stood in the vicinity of the forest,
words 5J?(W (
see
besides
creeper into
(3"TRT
tj
)
r
%
*?f not favouring such
an interpretation
page 124 1. 10 and note ad. loo. ) which she was transformed stand
of the forest, but within
had entered
or that she
it
before
;
in
the limits thereof,
her metamorphosis.
nor did the the vicinity
since she
SWWfof TKTt^wRF-
5HKT*FT*f TT^JT. Chitralekha does not refer to any ff^JT IKTrt will that cause restore Urvas'i to her own form nor particular does she
know
it
probably,
For Sahajunya's words on the next
98
NOTES.
w
-jTtwr
pn.ge,
*%f
rpWf'3lWt
SW^T
r
r
\
OTTinrawf ?ffffT show that Sahajanya has not
understood her to refer to any
And
particular cause.
Chitra-
would have, on hearing the part of Sahajanya's speech, referred to the SWTRTCrT: ( see p. 123. 11. 3-6 ) had she had
lekhft
any idea of it. P. 105.
!
'
&c.
ffrt-ifr
[
TOT
T*f
7^1
ifCr
is
8 T^T
result of that love.
at
its
Katavema altogether omits
sMr,
5-7.
11.
this'
*W
^KW.
Chitraleklui and ^J5Tf to
P. 105.
*
was
excel-
so
WMT.
calamity being
the
^T ST.
among
us.'
who
r^TFriT
^^WK%
are happy,' referring to
poets and dramatists,
of the
of rain-clouds on lovers separated from their
appearance
"TrflT
refers to the calamity related
'this before
conventional
demonstrative
painful nature.
'causing uneasiness to those even effect, so
Fate
for
naught
^i, e
(TW)
means
literally
Understand WTT or
aT^i-'lT.
shows horror and surprise
the
nothing that Fate
here means 'that well-known,' 'that which
lent.'
by
'there
STTO^fl.
it ].'
by
is
Tf^T Rfl^f ar^fPTlsT
there is naught that Fate respects,'
indestructible
There
dire calamity should suddenly
that this
attachment!'
befall that *
Alas
not injure.
may
rfcT
3, 4.
11.
wives
or mistresses. P. 106.
11.
,
Katavema reads *TpTf1^4
1-4.
and the rest of the speech like
&c. as follows
us.
(
*T-T3TfR^
He
)
for
remarks on
:
some event for reunion, caused by
The understanding remedy ( lit.
is
the
antidote
that as every disease has
so every imprecation (5TrT:) lias its
compassion
)
against
popularly called 3xUf7
its
the curse.
own
1
specific
own solution, ^J^Tf:, = ^^TCT ). On the (
ACT use of 3" ij r
affifff in tin's -J
^ojfifffTr p.
curse of
G7
Kumara
1.
(
sense conf. above
consequence
of
?
tff
S3
Sahajanya means
5.
see the
last
Urvas'i has been turned into a in
99
iv.
speech
page 126
plant must have
which some event
means the
that by nil
at
WT
(
)
whereby some antidote )
will occur that
will bring about a reunion between Urvas'i and Pururavas.
All the existing editions including that of Bollensen read the before the last speech of Sahajanya in
following interpolation the interlude
And
:
they then go
on
much
(
like
frfcr
But were not such,
I
?rr
us
what we
if
to read
)
*TTO call
speech of Sahajanya would be
this last
since after ChitralekluVs declaration that there
is
than the ^TTflPT which will restore Urvas'i, there in Sahajanya imagining
an interpolation
(
TO^
other that will bring about
)
the
no other means
no propriety that there will be some means or is
Besides the poet
restoration.
can only be justified in giving in the
Praves'aka just a hint
and not a broad declaration in anticipation of what place
in the
forthcoming Act.
It
drama
degree that the author of a
absurd,
is
like
is
to
take
improbable in the
last
this will so recklessly
whole of the soliloquy them, even before the Act
lessen the interest of the audience in the
of the fourth Act by at once telling
commences and without any Urvas'i
is to
P. 106.
1.
P. 107.
11.
necessity,
that the restoration
be brought about by means of the 7.
Katavema
2-5.^
*
:
^f ?fr $ft fainT:
|
of
NOTES.
100 ?f
TTTK'Uf '
late
:
W ^OTR^KWf *$ W PTTHJT
|
This one that
a proud Rakshasa
shower of
tins greatly
;
bow;
not an (archer's)
girded in armour
is
ing, not
is
not
the rain-bow,
a
and
this thing here that
touch-stone
the
is
lightn-
dear Urvas'i.'
*ffRr'4T: 'a
ginning
Trans-
ST^fr.
a new-cloud,
bent thing, here
rain, not a volley of arrows,
my
is
this thing here too that is so sharp is a
bright as a line of gold on
is as
*W VWl
new-cloud
t.
e.
a cloud that appears
rainy season in which
of the
be-
the
at
the scene of this Act
is
laid. ^f
The
^TR 5KRRIT. '
equivalent to
a
bow
as
not a
it is
of this =TR
force
bow
as
'
you may imagine,
is
it
is
not
I have imagined.'
^R^'R^K^'fl'.
The touch -stone
as the cloudy sky in
:
is
nearly of the same colour
which the King sees the
The King thought at first that Urvas'i and was shooting arrows
K&tavema
that the phrase
is
flash of lightning.
Kakshasa was carrying away at him (Pururavas) as he fled. a
^SRW ^rft &&: *tar?*R4 "T^Wf |
(sic)
P. 107.
1.
6.
Wfe.
'
Literally
she whose thighs are as
round and white as the inner part of the plantain P. 107.
11.
7-10.
-The sense
ing near me, but concealed
power
May
?
That can not
'May
is:
from
my
be, for her
is affected
eyes through
become quite invisible
to
my
is
her
But that cannot
with love towards me.
of the gods carry her off from
be that she
stand-
divine
anger does not remain long.
she have fled up to the Svarga ?
her heart
it
full,
tree.
be,
for
Nor can the enemies
my
presence.
eyes.
What an
And
yet
she has
act of Fate is this
' !
ACT &c.
It
natural
is
knew
such a supposition as he fif
& c<
fj
This
been reminded
observes
P. 108.
Pururavas should make
that
she was a celestial being.
once of the Asuras
at
her
to
sHWr!
1-4.
11.
not enough that he
On
is
heat
line
^R
deprived of his
suddenly
Katavema
fl'-^TO Wff^
The King means,
&c.
as if
it
\\
were
beloved one, a
on account of the ex-
the new-cloud making the day pleasant
gone
having
and must thereby cause him
off,
pain by making him think of Urvas'i.
WT-
Katavema:
Gonf.
this
he cannot bear, but that there must perforce be
separation that
cessive
he must have
having- carried off Urvas'i
rescue.
?fflfar
3\
:
101
also a natural supposition as
is
when he came
before
iv.
See note to
-qwr
.
JJ^h
105
p.
11.
5-7.
The
full
WnTTi
|
WIFT
P. 108.
verse
is
%75JT ^f
:
fRqifr 5qr?*fcr TOff ^ra^T ^.K^frf.
5-8.
11.
^F^
MaMbMrata
||
'This being rainy season
But
?
the rainy
signs of
force of ^Trfrsnw
^ftHT lias
W
7
!^ he
Udijoga
so,
why
^^
|
p. ^Id7*.
do
season
I not
is this,
takes
me
are doing
he has to counter-order
(
it
st.
If
^ ^^ x
16.
countermand the
so, as
royal
that with reference
for granted that
5T*ff
132,
no, I will rather not do
these very
honour.
to the
1
maxim
The ^fSTf
was he himself that
come
ordered (KT5T) the rainy season to
this therefore it
^Tf^^KW
^flff ^r*rr ff
JJc*TK5T
To prevent
on)
that season,
and
will then cease its course.
P. 108.
'
1.
9. fgg.
H J'^JsTT &c.
Conf.
This cloud bedecked with the
ning
is
the ceiling of
lines are not rare
my
hall.'
Katavema
gold of the
Ceilings
:
streaks of light-
ornamented with gold
even now in royal palaces.
102
NOTES.
:.
Iff^JTJ^iftSW
Indian
||
Eanganatha.
readers,
especially
those
from Guzerath, need not be reminded how the peacocks welcome the 'new-cloud' with joyous cries at the end of the hot season. ,
because the voices were not so during the heat.
P. 109.
1.
P. 109.
11.
The stanza
9-14.
1$C?Jf
there being a
FrRfJTfjt.e., instead of
5.-
---- JW
3P-T
^ffr^r, 'how should the
&c., indicates
I trace
possibility of meeting
signs which might give a trace of Urvas'i,
and
with
which
to
T he
should therefore direct his attention. P. 110.
11.
1-1.
Construe
:
not particularly
may
:
C
also be taken as a
Bahuvrilu compound.
The belly of the parrot on this side of India is dark-blue any more than the rest of its body.
The poet apparently
refers to a
species of the
bird
not found
in the Deccan.
P. 110.
11.
*
5
^J
5-7.
fernfr.
This adjective
intended to account
is
dark-blue (^JT) appearance of what the
for the
&c.
[And that
is
right,] for
how
is
King saw. J-ff any news about my
beloved one to be obtained in this lonely forest
8-11.-^^^ *^,
P. 11011.
P. 110.
11.
13, 14.
Katavema ......
\
P. ill. HIT
ftsftw 'who has long
See note to
eyes'.
11.
:
I
3-6.
fpRdfrsfr &c.
fffTOTTRnf^i7^P^
with
raised far
6-9.
11.
Conf.
^l^
neck
"^'wrgraOT ffRf" Katavema.
high.'
p. 19,
'with his
?'
IR:.
I^W,
I
^rrsr:
yq
'excellent
Katavema
wCr^r^r
hair.'
^w:
||
:
Take
WTiWfl^
when
they
ACT
when they hang down though
i.e.
get loosened,
'
*
the form of braids. :
Kanganatha
103
iv.
T
JJ^T^RK
if it
existing,'
still
remaining in
were forthcoming.'
TOPT:
|
^
T?t
That
I
and
to
show
he would have
is,
proudly as he
so
nothing
His
doing now.
is
of
to boast tail
would
then sink low by the comparison. p. ill.
111.
P. (sic)
7-9." 7^wfR|?T
rcf :*3Rjwwj sgf&RTT SfotFfcwn" Katavema.
fW*
11.
11.
Katavama
10. fgg.
R'JT^^w
l
tft
:
spsrar 5;*r^F^Tfef
when
because
lovers
I
^Rlfa^ffr
^T^r
fall
out she
negotiate and bring about a reconciliation,
when
the cuckoo
|
^Hr vvit
is
I
supposed to
the fact being that
sings, lovers forget (so say
the poets) their
quarrels and return to each other.
IjnwntfSppW, 'able
to
break down pride.'
This refers to
a
mistress who, offended at something done by her lover, has be-
come angry and has proudly gone away, but who immediately on hearing the cuckoo sing gives up her pride and flies back to her lover. Such is the convention among the poeti. P. 112. '
side,'
JTiJ^F
11.
as far as I
&c.
c
WJJ JffiiT
4-7.
am
'
existing
in me,'
'
arising
on
The ascendancy
of
young women over
their lovers
does not require any deviation by the latter from faithful for
them
to get
angry.'
That
is,
age in which they (young women) hold them.
Katavema
:
love
they get angry without any
offence on the part of their husbands, so complete
Conf,
my
concerned.'
is
the
bond-
104
NOTES.
(that is
fl
f
how he
reads)
^TOW J
in Ihe fourth pada explains to be understood after
fqRff
P. 112
1.
*f
*Wft
I
some such
Wft ^ITOtf
words as
**j
f-
cr
WUWfl^ i.
8^-WF^Rreft^,
e.
him in
rudely interrupting
his story.
P. 112.
Katavema
9-12.
11.
ff^^r ?fi
I
OT:
|
:
w^TfTjr^^
JTJT
^
jrrwiFTRpn
*?-
EajajambA must be a jambu tree of the best Conf. Eayaavala, and Kajarambha (the domestic
species.
IX.
&
2.
l.
^JrR?rr
jfr*^5prr^|
wrgtf TffTO^^TJT
P. 112. P. 113.
11.
T^R^:
7-10.
11.
'
H.
13,
provision for
one.
cant
me from For
Even though
&o.
Translate:
sorrow by giving
iu the
it is '
it
so/
Thou
throw away that
;
thy journey, thou shalt have
lotus-stalk,
again
me some news
shalt go to
of
:
tha
meanwhile
my
beloved
estimation of the good, service to the suppli-
more important than
is
TRN
Rajam&sha (*HZQ\), Eajasarshapa.
)
the Lake Manasa presently
save
plan-
Also Kajahainsa, Eajavidya, and Rajaguhyam (in Gita 3 3 yiTrf 4 iff Km^ipt irr^[?rR^r?cf m^rr^r
tain tree).
ftffj^f, for the bird
their
own
affairs.'
can not with the stalk in
its
beak
speak so as to give the King the news he wants. '
'
meanwhile,'
before going.'
TOW*hf. titioner is S3T*;.
more important
The
a man that
is
Lit.
Ho
the good the business of a pe-
[of the two]
figure implied
is
and not their own
borrowed from the
being diowned in water.
affairs.'
condition of
ACT Kfitavema
^4
:
1W
F?
105
iv.
wftSHB^jSfc*
|
*ft
tt WT:
\
" Eangauatlia
P. 114.
11.
:
1-4.
Construe:
3 " " )
not necessary to
it is
^
is
rnPr
( Kanganatha who quotes T^FR But TT^JT.
^ ^^
Lave a double
baliuvrihi
in the epithet.
used as an adjective J?^ ^55 ^raTfc^ (or R5T^^) be a better mode of interpreting.
7?
^^W5n^will On
this stanza
P. 114.
11.
6,
Kataverna observes
7.Katavema
:
:
f frw?
a
I
I
?e |
'
2^,
he who
gards a part [of the property claimed] of what
is
P. 114. [the
ii
(
proved guilty as
||
re-
should restore the whole
claimed.' 11.
name of
fww,
is
rrw?^^R e^:
10, 11. a]
^^
Wf U. ^fr^CT*. for
his
''^rarWPTlWTf "
name/
Literally, 'having
C^WWrftrf If =
Banganfitha).
An
^JRxgjfor-
epithet expressing
an exaggerated way the roundness of the middle.
106 P.
NOTES.
1H.
12-H.
11.
*:
Conf.
3T 53TT?.
Tt tflffoSlft (be differs slightly
Purtlravas was
he
is
mother's
hence the Sun
Ila the daughter
his
See also p.
5,
2-5.-JW? ...... HW^T
Conf. Katavema
hining in
11.
^
6,
11.
^'4^Tr
will
make
done so
11.
1
op-
wife.'
^
|
^^W-5:
|
R'^t ffj% ffW J
(tliis
he
'
s5*fr &c.
In every
respect
That
my
fortune
is
no where
is,
do I
slightest hope.
8, 9.
^TTST, 'stops me,' 'prevents
10, 11.
me from going
:
*wft iT^r^^R^^^^rjOTf^rijr^, 'i
a request to this bee, lest I should regret having not
after I
P. 116.
'
*T'^Fi?jr%T^rf'^':
not correctly) OT:
Conf. Ranganatha
P. 115.
21
loc.
fltfff
|
full force adversely to me.'
meet with the P. 115.
my
st.
11.
:
1
S^arwrR
:
reads for the second
P. 115.
His
^?f
I
tf
hence
'Although ...... yet.'
very frequent construction in Sanskrit.
posed to [giving me] any news of
:
See p. 160
ad
\
side.
of Mitra or the Sun-god
3 and not
1.
Moon
father's
his maternal grand-father.
is
loc.
P. 115.11.
A
Moon on
of the
name was
and note ad
sou of Budha the sou of the
tlie
the grandson
from our reading)
am gone from
1-5.
ifrUNCT:.
this place.'
See note to p. 246
of Addenda to our edition of the
where you are
sitting.
Baghuvams'a.
st.
67 at page 5
*TK^
on
this
ACT Conf. Katavema
P. 116.
11.
P. 116.
1.
P. 117.
11.
HJ^arn?
:
TO*
|
TiMfaRTi?nnT
9-12.
*
13.
fffllto HfTT:,
Katavema
1-4.
:
107
iv.
ETTT^'H
ir?53N
Ranganatha:
be has Lad his meal. 1
JT^ojairr?
|
(he apparently
reads
JT?"*5y^3y*T^Q^: )
........ I
,
passion, as is the '
means
beauty among young young moon among the stars.
whose speech
sionateness.'
which are
3^
as
damsels sweet with
distinguished for her
is
is
sweet because of
r5^WTjrf
its
literally
in pas-
the words
like
Trff,
T3~3loJ
utterance
of a
child
and through the very indistinctness sweet, or like the speech of a parrot which is sweet for a similar reason. And so the words of a young woman uttering indistinct expresindistinct
Conf. Ranganatha
sions in passion. ^FftJT
|
SriST^cq^R
^ Ri^SFJ^fT
seen on the young moon, but
when
P. 117.
11.
5,
(
when
she will cease to be a WSTTOT)
5fra5TP5RioFf^^f
:
?fr^t
she |
JT^Rf
because the spots are not is
full
f^WRFT
or nearly full
J If^TRr^
||
We must imagine that the which the King takes for a cry here,
6.T^r...lfffcr.
elephant gives out
a
favourable reply to his question.
= '^Wiwfel^
flr<wfav
Eanga-
natha.
P. 117.
11.
7-10.
^fTirW'OT
WR,
gang of elephants that the king
Mark
the double sense of the
is
because
it is
the leader of a
addressing as l^rgJTT.
word
W?
here.
As applied
NOTES.
108 to
the
King
temporal
and
to
King
:
'liberality
As applied
to the
without interruption and in plenty of which
flow
the elephant,
'the
juice.'
TsgfessfjsplRf. is
1
means
it
is
au elephant P. 117.
is
11.
uninterrupted
strong and
The flow
and broad
ffrWW^griT.
11-14.
line
It
is
the
of the
shows that
Purana, or some story in one of the epics.
TKmr: which would
author
the
likely
here refers to some authority for his statement
to JT?RRf JKflRf
'
elephant
be the leader of his herd.
to
fit
;'
and broad.'
in an uninterrupted
temporal juice
'the action of which to the
perhaps
some
to
JTCRj-KJnWWT: equal
have, been the poet's con-
^K
struction if
of a compound one. of his to
show him
the way.
P. 118.
2-5.
11.
Conf. Katavema:
T?i jrerert
*rft
j^frwwrir:
wr:
flf
This
I
obvi-
is
>
ously a better reading
than
*T?7*pfr??ro as
read
by the existing
editions.
<% This
is
&m
(conf.
fswH[fr:
was apparently suggested ittf
no,
p.
an epithet which, though
furnished with
T'f^T.
epitheton ornans,
Adjectives p. 114, 1.
5,
1.
10,
fw^rfo: p HO, .
The bones
as
much
tfrfKiTROT^ 2,
at
The
flesh.
or as little
like this (Conf.
1.
10).
the joints such
wriits did not show themselves
covered with
and has
1.
meaning, by the alliteration that The sense of
elbow and the
ont, but were fully
gijrfr p. 109,
of significant
to the poet
limbs were full and not jejune. as the knee, the
2.
1.
full
ysfafW
107,
applied to the 1.
an
propriety here as
Wf^ p.
109,
is
adjective
1.
6,
OtfW-
hair, p.
Ill,
12, fsifaft flatbellied
ACT 1.
p. 153,
109
as they are as referring to particular
objectionable
6),
iv.
parts of the body, are rather badly frequent in the writings eveu
of the best Sanskrit authors.
That
ar^TKfll'T the property of Ananga.
Manmatha
takes
pleasure to
is
the place where
which must therefore be
dwell,
beautiful.
On
There appears no allusion in this epithet
J*lft
to the
buttocks of Earth or to her breasts (see Raghuvams''a IV. 51 and, I.
Meghaduta
18).
P.
118.
P. 119.
11.
adjective is merely an epitheton ornans
large-sided.'
8, 9.
11.
The
*
in the sense of
5-8.
KUavema:
Corif.
Construe
SWf?
|
:
er
Translate
*
:
Having the waves
for the
broken eyebrows, the
series of frightened birds for the jingling
foam
on
like
foot
fault
the garment
much
this
one here
ed into the
?
&c.
is
Katavema
in anger
up
to
the
thought
of
my
river.'
following one after
raised
owing
surely that offended (Urvas'i) transform-
:
The sense
when
collecting the
through hurry, and going
disordered
interruptedly
zone,
iTClNirf
is
I
m fr\
that the river with its
another seemed to
resemble
would have her eye-brows
ia frown.
TRrf(sic)
gently
waves gently Urvas'i
who
and slowly
NOTES.
110
The water birds white
r.
ing themselves in a line
The
bells.
make
appeared
propriety of Wf*fa is that
of small silver
being frightened the birds
rattling noise and that noise resembles
a
when
a woman's zone
The
in colour and arrang-
like a zone
she walks
in anger.
away
new
river being swollen with the
the jingling of
rain water has waves,
which the King imagines are the eyebrows of the offended Urvas'i owing to the violence of the stream the line of hamsa ;
birds,
which are frightened and are therefore
noise, appear to the
King
making a
rattling
like the zone of Urvas'i jingling
be-
cause she must be walking away hastily through anger; owing to
the
of the stream running on a rocky
violence
a quantity of foam, which
throwing up
disordered garment of the angry Urvas'i walking
the stream
and the imaginative King
sees
steps of the offended Urvas'i,
in its
it is
in hurry
away
repeatedly by the rocks
obstructed
is
bed
his imagination the
is to
;
in its bed,
interrupted motion the
who wholly
engrossed in think-
ing of the offensive conduct of her husband,
is
repeatedly trip-
ping and stumbling. It
is
some corruption.
Neither
Besides,
factory.
applies
the third line
likely that
there
to the river as
TW5" is
there
nor T3T
nothing is
stanza h as suffered
of this
in
apperrs very satis-
PF5T
the
line
that clearly
in the epithets in the previous
lines.
P. 120.
same as
1-4
JPTWIfHTf^^w:
WTflSffiFTlW in
P. 120. is
11.
11.
5-8.
a play on the
with the
mind
7 at page
that flj^
aTfaflrKfr,
which, while
which see supra note
*s
meant the
112.
sea), signifies also the
latter application of
is
not an apparent one only. There
TOT'-J, real,
word
flowing (towards the to the sense of
1.
By HTW3F
5
to p. 76,
WarfC>T(
uiasculiue gender.
it
it
means going or
same as ^TfiwrK^T, as 1.
8.
In connection
should be
borne
in,
ACT
to
equivalent '
Good fortunes
Ill
iv.
without sorrowing,'
are obtained
it is
e.
.
no
lamenting any more the loss of Urvas'I and that if I without any lamenting
use
my
am
ever to get her bade, I shall do so
on
my
part.
P. 120.
11.
*T^W:
9-12.
natha adds "C^Stft
f?
e.
'.
'WR
whose flowers
<jWfWr
are red.
And
Jtfft."
Eangawas yet
as it
only the end of the hot season the flower was not completely
formed and was therefore WHftetfrOT*.
Mark
fsraWTTJT.
that fsnir
crown of a woman's head infrd p. 122.
P. 120. for
13 fgg.
some news about
who with
The
Conf.
man's,
dark
his
my
'But
Translate:
&c.
?JT rHTiT
beloved one
to this
let
me pray
squatting antelope
colour appears
variegated
thrown out by Forest Beauty splendor
on a
as well as that
10 TOF: ($Rinn*nW$drW: &c.
1.
1.
used to signify the hair on the
is
a
like
glance
the purpose of seeing
for
the
of the woods.'
sense
is
that the dark antelope that
is
squatting ou
the
ground and looking about at the forest appears to the King as if he were a solidified glance of the presiding deity of the beauty of the poet,
forest.
The eye
also dark but
compares
it
qfffa:
ttw
it
the concrete body of the antelope.
to
Contrue the couplet thus sjfaw
of the Kdnanas'ri being dark the
somewhat boldly perhaps, not only makes a glance of
^Tflf
:
?T pitf.
^pTSITC^Sf?:, ^FR^rsfar
STOWIT-
$rw=5%w==i:2ttf3f. -Taka
relate to 3R3f: in the previous line.
i:
to
Conf. Katavema, however
^
:
wfavw % ^FTJT: *|u [ ^TOrc ?Rir T: ^Klfr f^^t ?Sr ^R^mr w&nm ^^rrR7^R (that is what he reads for fTOW-T^W Tfffa: Wfto: ^STW & c ? 3r
I
jwrr ^rar
srrcr
? ]
*ft:
all
our
)
The reading existing of dark
^W^^T?:
editions
(**TO
might mean
flK:
f^flK:
[\
found in
^f
'
MSB.
he whose colour
uR^q
is
and in the the
essence
1
:
),
t.
e
.
extremely dark.
112
NOTES.
On
Kunanas'ri see Mdlavilcdgnimitra Act
*R$fWff55f$r*J.
is
Everything
season, and there is no verdure
with
forest (the
*R5fW
returns, at
)
arid and burned
up
that the eye
rest on.
verdure and
rainy season the
the
III. St. 5.
may
the
hot
in the
But
freshness of the
which the Flora Sylvestris
casts
her dark glance. P. 121.
4-7.
11.
IX. 55, and Preface P. 121.
P. 122.
SRqfer
f^T^r to
Translate
3-7.
11.
:
Katavema. 'Surrounded with lustre this
not a piece of the flesh of an elephant it
But
be a cinder of fire?
lias just
had
killed
Ah
yes, this
red as a cluster of the Red-as'oka's flowers, the sun
is
Mark
to time than to space.
the force
The sense
cannot be a cinder of burning
^J'^J
^&
c'
gem
may
;
a ruby
it
as
which
up '
of ?*ff which more
refers
having just rained there
as the
fire,
to the
Owing in
it
lustre
lines,
straight
would have ex-
rain
the
of
not
)
gem
the
too brilliant. (
rays
because
visible
distinctly
that the rays appear like the hands
means both hand and ray the
is,
atmosphere was cloudy and
figure is
is
it.
radiated from
the
is
to take
endeavouring by stretching forth his hands.
JfiH*IWfg J^frfiT.
tinguished
by
a lion
[that can not be because] the sky
(He examines).
rain.
See Kaghuvanis'a
our edition of that poem p. 65.
8."^ ^r^eFT"
1.
yft ^sr.
And
the
observe that 3>C
of the sun stretched
forth
to
take
up.
Katavema
:
WfofnWf
|
\\
*T
7
)
OT"T
(
wfafi WRi ^WrT(sic)^WreffKf ^f
^
Hffcf
(
does he read l7
|RT 7tf Fi
^ww mark
(sic.
his
various reading
^fw iw s wmi ^4
jClrf^r
)
TI^T:
q?rcr*r:
II
ft
ACT
P. 123.
my
'
The King means
that
burst into tears because Urvas'i
put
gone, and thereby soil
it is
P. 123.
11.
'why should
frfRJT^TT^ 3TOT,
1.
1.
tears ?
OTRfPT
3-6.
113
iv.
Sft
I soil it
takes
it,
with
would
he
whose hair he might have " ST?^
in
fN^"
it.
=
if lie
tfiHRffr
^.
Ranganutha.
fRWRTOTOfl^-
RW.
S^tfWO'nft OTRfR^Mr^ tf:, produced from the red which the daughter of the Mountain applies to her feet. We must suppose that some mountain rivulet bathed the lac off 1
lac
and deposited it in the crevice of a rock, so that ultimately became the brilliant gem that it now is. See p.
Parvati's feet it
127.
1.
JTKWTOTf
1.
On
this stanza
P.
123.
living the ascetic
life
who
3T
Kutavema has:
'
TOFariJ^rCr
7-9.
11.
&c.
JRHiffR,
of a Mrigacharin.'
lives like a deer,
and roams about in the
.
e.
some holy
^T^TCf appears to
ascetio
mean au
feeds
upon grass, drinks water, The derivation of the word
forest.
seems analogous to that of Brahmachdrin.
Katavema reads and remarks thus SfftfTO tft
STOW:
I
'the
the father of Urvas'i.
Lave
noticed
him
tradition
is
Jpr^'-TO WTPgR": a T*f that this was Narayana' :
If this were so the poet
further than
lie
would certainly has done not only owing to
the celebrity of that Rishi but also to his Urvas'i.
The poet had
being the
a good opportunity at p. 127,
father 1.
9,
of
where
however he only says ^T^ToJ^T. U^T'T^T
charin
&c. after
We
must suppose that the King sees the Mrigaff5frfo5R9' and does not, probably owing to his
ignorance of the name of that ascetic, take further notice of him
than render his thanks
to
him
for
his
advice,
NOTES. T. 123.
'
TOfRuror
10-13.
R^TTT OT: *M*ft TOF:
waist.'
were
11.
who
SF.
an
lias
so near each other that they stuck to each other, as if the
part between
the sides did not exist
gerated mode
of
at all.
saying that the waist
is
FTiripf^W found in the existing editions
joints of the knees or of the elbows, but
when used
of a
woman's
it
waist.
think, bad.
R*J3T
text. '
Tfj
P. 124.
For he has JTO^CT
can have hardly any
Kafcavema too like our
Mss. reads ftelPWJr, though he reads the
from our
exag-
The reading
proper epithet to bo applied to the ndbhi or to the
a very
sense
we
On
thin.
very
is,
an exag-
Tin's is
gerations of this kind see supra note top. 19 St. 17.
is
tliiu
exceedingly
attached, as if the sides
5J5T is
first
'
having a waist as small as a ring 11.
4-7.
Ktitavema
:
^ftarfr
differently
p
ffeTCSftRyftwrf*' (
|
^fr.
)
3-ff
|
STRRrffqr fc
The King creeper has
||
w^^riftfM
ST^
1
fancies that the creeper
its
leaves wetted
Urvas'i shedding
tears
time of flowering and
is
^nr
like
is
his Urvas'i.
by the rain water
of remorse.
now
The
flowerless
;
^^mp^^ wi^
j
he thinks is
creeper
the
King
Urvas'i without ornaments, remorse preventing her
ing well and decorating
her person.
As
The it is
past
fancies
II
its
it is
from dress-
there are no flowers,
no bees are humming about the creeper he thinks it is Urvas'f dumb with anxiety. Thus he sees Urvas'i, who having disdain',
ed
to
be reconciled
P. 124.
1.
is
now
IK * ipronTr
struck with remorse. '
1
8.
^ffa,
let
me pay my
TOf
SRTCf 7? ^Rf.
respects to
her by an embrace.' P. 124.
1.
Urvas'i came
10.
rR*TFT 7*
out of
t.
e.
the creeper,
but the
latter
Not
that
vanishes and
ACT Urvns'i
manifests herself in
speech and P. 124.
11.
See note to p. 101 last
stead.
its
2 p. 105-
1,
12.
1.
115
iv.
^ WffcUWtf:
TOfT
|
here apparently
is
strengthened by J^:. P. 124.
Katavema
13 fgg.
11.
^sfnTJWW ^^RTO^rpJ^ 1.
1, p.
fr
|
117
1.
118
5, p.
1.
wfa
:
(see p. 107
119
10, p.
WMWfrrl: ^^irftsr I
tf
5
firir ^^r
TMT^CTrr7 W.
7.
1.
st.
st.
1,
p.
28, p.
*m
|
jt
110
st.
7, p.
120
st.
29)
*rc
^r
P. 125.
tfrf
Though Urvas'l had
11.
9,
to the
lost all t. e.
the
King.
10.^^
5W OT &c.
may Your Majesty be pleased to pardon me who gave myself up to anger put Your Majesty in this neuter accusative singular, of
Mean-
'I will relate.
while
**?
113
even in the shape of the creeper she was able to
so that
what happened
see
W1
w
rT'
her organs of sense she had her internal sense of organ
mind
m\
^ OTJT^T
fa Tfrr% wmfrf
P. 125.
C^fK
A
this that I
condition.'
frequent form in the
Gaudavadha.
The I
tli
existing editions are not a
corruption, interpolation
P. 126.
little
confused about this place.
Mss. have enabled us to rescue this passage from
ink our
11.
and reduction.
TO^fWT:,
1-3.
referring
to
'JTR"' in the previ-
ous speech. P.
126.
11.
Katavema: P. 127.11.
by
which
my
Had
preceptor.'
see p. 67.
Katavema.
R?f.
11.
1,2,
T
it
fr~ rel="nofollow">t
my memory
not
3W
stupefied
been for the fFraftRr)
curse
Urvas'i, a
would have known without being informed that was not permitted to females to enter the Akalusha, -
celestial being, it
3OTW="TO^5*raiT"
l-S.^WrenjjrflWff, 'with
the curse of
(for
4-6.
"ftfafrw:."
NOTES.
116 l
this rule
*7*T
had
it
flt^T:
7.
1.
P. 127.
and not with
potential,
not happened as you 9, 10.
11.
power of the gem,
was
to lead, as
123,
11.
55"
ifrff
'
P. 127. soil
Katavema reads 3
the god,'
Construe with
.
'
made by
'I
*T &c.
how
could you have borne'
?
relate.'
have
obtained
from the
having learned
tliee
ascetic
thou sayst, to union with thee.'
the
by
that
this
See note to p.
7-9.
demons, pron. referring to
ffr^qJTRl'^Trff.
rf^'that,' demonstr. prou. referring to as related
"
by
thee,
scil.
RUTrf ^KTfT.
tff'T.
ifffr^
!^^
J?if if "If
A JcarmadMraya
^T
and not
lalmvrihi.
P. 128.
former
1,2.
11.
state.'
P. 128.
1.
P. 129.
The
TW^^f J%
See p- 9 ;
S.^fnTfifr.
11.3-6.
1.
3-
on
'I have been restored to
my
this sense of fljf^.
Eanganatha has the following on
this
:
Katavema:
lightnings were to serve as the banners
of
the vimana,
and the rain-bow as the new pictures on the sides of paint pictures are not
quite
unknown on
it.
Oil-
the sides of carriages
even in the present day. In making the request the poet
is
contained in
obviously desirous that
this
stanza
the audience
to Urvas'i
should not be
ACT allowed to forget that Urvas'i able
to use a cloud for a
is
v.
]
a celestial
being and as such
and do
conveyance
17
such wonderful
things.
Act V.
'
P. 130. it is
1.
5.
frtefaflflfR", '
a sacred clay
because
a holiday.
it is
a special day/ 'because
Sacred streams
acquire special
holiness on special days. P. 131.
1.
L
rararf?fl*fr=ffr5RR:.
But Ranganatha has the singular
the plural.
P. 131.
1.
2.
3WfR3t
P. 131.
1.
3.
ar^TUt
qftfr,
Iff?.
'has entered his tent.'
arwwmr
the remnants of the perfume. the
Katavema too has
^Crfif.
^-
'
Let
me
Vidushaka seems
to
be
first
mean
for
that
King who was perfuming and dressing himself after his some of the perfumes unused and that he
ablutions, will leave
will get them if he
fume
presents himself
like sandal, or yellow pigment,
first.
5 STJcffT ?
is
any per-
saffron &c. reduced to the
and then bedaubed on certain parts of the body such as the forehead, the arms, the breast, and tho state of a thick
neck.
The
liquid
thick liquid of a perfume
(and not used out chiefs),
of small bottles
is
prepared for the occasion
as in
Europe on handker-
and hence whatever remains after use becomes useless
for the next day,
may happen
to
and
is
be present.
therefore
given to the servants
who
118
NOTES.
P. 131.
p^RgT tfra-I^Rfc frf^faa? ofhTflRt
4.
1.
5TW
as JSijj SrK^i"
It
carrying.
The servant
servant for safe custody.
which might mean used to
little
keep
in
things (this
"^piNK q^wNfi")
she put a piece of red
that
gem
off at a
flesh,
it
put
to her
in a tdlavrinta
such as perfumes &c.
and
interpretation, he
the jewel in.
On
the
jewel
which the bird kenning from and descending all of a sudden
The servant mentions
swoop.
she was carrying the
must suppose
bathing it
or a fresh tola leaf plucked for
silk cloth
mistook for a lump of
carried the
had a bath in
basket of tola leaves as
Katavema's
is
the occasion by the sevant to hold
high.
and was
silk-cloth,
ladies before
girl
either such a small
used in bathing places,
having
Construe
ornament the Sangamamya, and gave
she took off her
is
Hindu
JT?.
which I put in a
that Urvas'i too
usual with
is
woven
of red
must be supposed
the river and that as
rfiW?TOf<:
basket covered with a piece
'
the fact
of course to Urvas'i's tent
gem
in a tdla leaf, in order, ag
it
we
were, to justify the
mistake of the bird, flesh being usually brought from the bazars in such leaves or baskets.
P. 132.
which
is
1.
1.
dearest wife.' P. 133.
tffM 3TW^FraffCTtfrfo^T^>tf, 'fit to be (t. e. the jewel in the crown of His Majesty's
used as)
11.
^ttifWflrl^r, o, G.
because
*?rf^FK
it
looked red like
if*T 3Tl*TW,
'as
if
flesh.
drawing lines in
the sky.'
P. 133.
11.
Katavema
8-11.
TO
t*Tfrr
P. 134.
bow.'
1.
3.
^sfffoFr
There can be
little
or Greek servant girl.
of
Greek
girls as
^f
arerf^m*
:
tf
:
Wtt:
' r
exit the
I
T6T
JTFT
Yavani
to
bring the
doubt that the Yavani was an Ionian
The employment
attendants
clearly
in ancient Indian courts
points
to a
very
much
ACT closer intercourse than
we
v.
]
are ordinarily disposed to
which the Hindus lived with the Greeks when themselves
blished
19
admit, in
these had
esta-
on the North-west of our country.
The
Ionian girls might have been taken into their service by Hindu princes for their personal attractions or their
superior
intelli-
gence. Such a preference given to the foreigners requires no explanation if we call to mind that even in our own days rich
men
in
Bombay, Parsls and Hindus, have English coachmen
drive their
carriages
and English nurses
Such a preference
children.
to
to take care of their
to foreigners
could easily
become
fwR"
Banga-
a fashion in royal households. P. 134. iiatlia.
Jwrcsrffd^.
7.
i.
however, JWf
Better,
is
figure implied
*pr raiifo
"ir-rer <pr
gem
Dis'a
is
flowers
which
are,
here spoken of as a that
to
referring
The
The red rays round
young red leaves round a nose-gay
are compared to the
of ns'oka
ff
taken from a nosegay of flowers that has leaves
in the centre. (75MT:) around and flowers
the
W
tfsrR:
like the jewel,
woman and
themselves red.
is to
be considered as
of the globe whither the
quarter
bird was
flying.
P. 135. P. 135.
1.
WnrnrW.
2.
11.
4-7.
K&tavema
&c.
arwrrlr
:
rar*F
^RPTOKW^.
UTO5ta: the excel-
W:.
atffflff f
'
WFfW^tlfyiS
lent gem. cloud.'
T^T, because
if it
closely attached to a
were thin
it
clump of thick would not be sufficient-
resemble the black bird. ly black to P. 135.
fr^^t
Tfflftfmr of a bird
when
P. 135.
gem go
^UTto
8, 9.
11.
it
the Kotv&l, the Police
officer.
fltf
R.
FfffFfWR", 'that he should search for that thief shall resort to its perching tree in the evening.'
12-13.
W
iRt &c., 'where
and escape chastisement from
can the robber of the
you
escape.
Katavema reads the speech thus
:
Sffrflj
*
?
'
i. e.
go so
as to
120
NOTES.
P. 136. told
me
qftiR^ftfe fa%\ HPfT,
of the
We
tion of Urvas'i.
P. ]36.
11.
^urc:
gem
have already seen
9,
T T2"JJ
When
(p. 132, second speech)
well.
f
WRfrfo
friff W-TTF
Katavenia
fgg.
:
RR^(sicXj: fr^?: ^^r^r^rr^
I
Ka^a-
7*f qfriKttFrfo f*"*T
rw^^ sf^^srlifJT^:
reads)
informed
having brought about the restora-
'have I not [already] been informed by you?'
in fact reads
*f[Rfr:
that he has already
knows the gem
that Vidushaka
vema
him but
tells
king
him (Vidushaka)
literally,
'
Yea, you have already Vidushaka does not mean that he now understands
so.*
what the
^
6.
1.
the Kanchukl says,
how he T^KRW?r:
(that is
mr wrfsy: ^reflrf:
|
||
was the King's puissance
it
formed into an arrow that had shot the
bird,
he
is
trans-
paying only
a courtier's compliment to his Master.
m -q7T^pfcwT r
'
having come to
other than that from which
i.e.
WT
with 71^:.
Jn
it
another tent*
had originally
or Dharms'ala,
Construe
fled.
^rT^RVf[^ gives the place where the bird
c
fell.
P. 137.
water
by
fire
P.
to
;
5, 6.
11.
whom
and keep
13Si.
1.
9.
the Kanchuki
is
^TfiT:
'The gem has been washed with
&c.
shall I give it ? it
*
'
arfaSTJT^&c.
Purify
^ 3 $ ^[ff^KOTr
fit:.
We
have already seen
See Act IV. ad.
an old man.
init.
It should
be observed how adroitly the poet avoids the discovery by other person than the
arrow
is
it
in the box.'
of
King
inscribed with the
Kanchuki been allowed
to
the
important
name of
make the
his
own
discovery,
any
matter that the son.
Had
the
not only should
"we have lost a great interest attaching to the discovery, but the
poet would have cut away from underneath his feet the ground he was standing upon as regards that part of the play that
immediately
Kanchuki.
follows
this
speech of
the old and nearly blind
ACT P. 138.
*R^*T.
2.
1.
It is difficult to say
audience that
the
121
v.
See note to
how
p.
was done,
this
45
sr
4
1.
so as to indicate to the
King had suddenly known that he had
al-
ready become a father. P. 138.
1.
command*
just go and do your
the box after purifying
i.e.
with
it
that of keeping the
fire,
or
business,' no particular business being case.
On
mode
this
'
This means either
cjftrfa.
5.-^flfa*friPT-pT
'
I will go
I will
gem
about
in
my
alluded to in this latter
of withdrawing a character from the stage,
See Mdlavikdgnimitra Act
II. p.
22
1.
7
and note ad
Zoc.
in our
edition.
P. 138.
11.
Katavema
7, 8.
:
P. 138.
J^TTF:
'
aiijlflfjOTi
been separated from Urvas'i
at
formed the
Niraisha
name fice
and
epics.
sacrifice in
the
of a forest sacred to
great
any time other than forest.'
all
narrator
Puranas in the Naimisha.
readers
I
have
when
Naimisha
not
I peris
the
of tapas and sacri-
the performance
well-known to
is
The
|
TO" *RT:
ft$reW
SJ-W
10.
1.
slsfrWW^rfr
:
of the Puranas and the
of the Puranas, Sdta, related his
Conf.
the beginning
of the Bhdga-
vata Purdna
Pururavas means that he only remembers Urvas'i was separated from
him and when
one occasion
therefore she might
have given birth
to this
about the event
and that was when he performed a
in the Nimisha
',
forest.
canons of the vedic
child without his
A
sacrificer
ritual, live
when
shall,
knowing anything sacrifice
according to
single during the
the
performance
of the sacrifice.
^T^ffRWfrWJ^fTrTTfjTf^OT is no improvewhat the older editions read b'RT ^t^fwftpnft &c.
Bollen sen's
ment over
122
NOTES.
appears like a misconceived
Jr, *
emendation suggested by
wink/ and the word fl'Su^R^ would show that the emendawas not as Bollensen reads but what his Ms. P. rends, viz.
a
tion
and
V^fesi^W has no
Mark
aTRfa^R^frifarT^,
e.
<
But a
sacrifice
called
Conf.
sense.
the author's skill in
res*TRf
TRWfre
Kanganatha
is
not
^[f^<] known
TRfW
I
making no more than
a
Iff.
mere
al-
which has nothing to do with the plot of The the play. simple allusion gives an appearance of reality which a distinct statement that it was performed would have lusion to a sacrifice
failed to convey.
P. 139.
1-4.
11.
P. 139.
'
P. 141.
?HTtfr
3, 4.
11.
4-7.
11.
On
7? rrfajRr
11. 6, 7.
P. 140.
W1&
Ranganatha:
*f5Rij
T^TT see note suprd to p. 10,
1.
1.
a female ascetic/
Katavema
(he appears to read ^ff^
:
TOT
for
R":
P. 141.
out
1.
even without
Wfl WffW fwfrif
He
*v
my
'
&c.
telling
Ah
him
genitive of agency, or '
f^ aarf^f,
Tapasi finds her.
11 fgg.
by
This royal sage has found
!
his
subjective
the King's
looked
cheerful
she brought was his son. st.
connection.' sprr^T-
genitive.
known even without being communicated.' appearance that he
and
9 is
has
The
anticipated
almost to expect her with the
boy, and made out on their appearance
cribed in
paternal
before
The condition
him
of the
that the
King
as
boy des-
certainly such as to justify the exclamation of
ACT the lady ascetic QT*ff
v.
]
WRfe^fffr RU?r
not be proper to interpret
that
.afatfr
ef^f
\
Jt
would
exclamation refers to
this
23
the
boy having found out himself that the King was his father and that for two reasons, first there was nothing in the boy's conduct, so far as we see from the play, to call for the excla;
mation, and secondly the boy must have left the
hermitage that
besides, note
The
below on
11.
p. 142,
tended to justify the direction
Katavema reads thus
1.
I
to his
when he
father.
See
as will easily be seen, in-
is,
sTPT
TTR
J*T
|
WRf^fff rVlRt*[Xlr
itf
^rWTJTo^f^ 3TW, 'joins
3.
already
G-9.
sflwrrfl^part of the speech
P. 142
known
he was being taken
his
hands in rever-
bow in his hands.' This is intended to show that the boy knew how to behave like a Kshatriya, who should never keep aside his weapons, even when doing obeisence
still
holding his
This
ance to his father.
Indian princes,
who
sentiment
will never
is
still
prevalent
aside their
lay
among
sword or
their
dagger wherever they may be and whatever they may be doing. P. 142.
11.
soil,
6-9.
Katavema
:
from the Tapasi's words
This stanza-the words Tf? clearly
did not
shows that before
tlie
make out who was
those words.
P. 142.
1.
for doing so.
11 fgg.
^f^W-J
^r
PTfW
ffaj
rr^
TTT ^ TC
father, but he did so
ft^KT
we have
l^ff
ffaf
sif
T^past said
his
This shows that
taken and interpreted as
*OT
*U? *P?R3I[r?
W^r W^f
the boy
on hearing should be
done. a?ff5*cr*T,
'seeing some reason'
Katavema reads badly frfrWTT
(sic) 3f *rifa*f
See note below to
p.
152
J?|f1.
4.
NOTES.
124?
The books on Samskaras and Prayo-
.
gas do not make a difference between the birth ceremonies of
Brahman s and ghuvams'a III
18 and our note ad
St.
'
P. 144.
TffSrfJrer
1, 2.
11.
On
those of the Kshatriya caste. loc.
is
say account
as
'
sen
who
indicated
translates
it
by the
who
Neither Lenz
I hear.'
n'amlich has understood
145
to p.
1.
6.
ordered.*
flUlfrfT,
that Chyavana was somewhat annoyed
indeed for his
11.
force
5-8.
here understand
at the boy's conduct,
the bird but for having
having shot
they say,' nor Bollen-
the proper
We may
'
P. 144.
sangamnfya. '
particle f%sr,
renders f%oJ by nempe
See below note
of the particle.
gem
have
what she herself saw but a hear-
relating not is
We
with a piece of flesh/
seen that this piece of flesh was in fact the red
The Tapasi
Ra-
STTrT^ see
not
done so in
the As'rama. P. 144.
1.
7.
FTiiTrcr?.
Katavema
:
iM^R
?nrcrr$m
only knows that
Observe that Chyavana the boy
is
a trust but does not
note below to p. 152,
1.
know who
his
|
parents are.
See
4. '
P. 144. '
1.
8.
"TraFTJHJSFTJ HJpnfr,
may you favour P. 145.
1.
1.
P. 145.
11.
5-8.
sit
down.' Literally
the seat.'
Katavema
:
Katavema
F,
the whole body**
kindly
:
'they say the touch
Kangauiitha yery properly
of a son observes
pleases
ACT
On
this force of f%
fFWfa Tf*KW.
125
v.
above, note to p. 14:4,
see
'Therefore come and gladden
11.
be rendered as 'at once' though Katavema takes
it
may
meaning 1
Its literal force is 'before'
'wholly.'
2.^ m~
1,
me.'
doing anything
else, 'first
'
immediately.' P. 145.
nT?*ff
9.
1.
soil.
him and
to
by going up
3
him.
embracing
'without being frightened.' Viduehaska's appearance and behaviour is always such as to be likeP. 145.
ly
to
ararfj^,
His dress
a child.
frighten
artificial
of
12.
1.
is
quaint and strange, and
shaggy hair all over his person make him a mixture This refers to his appearance on the stage. beast.
man and
'
P. 145.
In
f%Pf the
13.
1.
f%fr
Goanese
fli|^K
will
why
I
he be frightened?' origin of his fadl and
will
recognise the
the Malvan Konkant his fa^r, both meaning
TSWTOtfWSt V*
'
$\* rfa%
1.
12
why
he has of course
'
'
what.'
known
a
monkey
See Mdlvikdgnimitra our Edi.
while he lived at the hermitage.' tion p. 87,
'
where Vidushaka not only
here compares
as
himself to a monkey, but speaks of himself as one of the brother-
hood of that P. 146.
See note ad
species.
11.
5-7.
^ TOKOT
loc. '
WlJWff'rf&f***^,
whose
s'ikhfc
is
being tied into a knot by the Maharaja himself.' S'ikhandaka
is
the
long hair on the crown of the head, also called S'ikha.
The tying
it into a knot is the duty of servants, sometimes done by parents especially the mother out of affection. The
King's doing
it
speech Katavema has
TW
1
S^ffff
On
implies his love to the boy. *T^T
:
^ ^ ^ff
must therefore be
my
boy
this part of the
^WTOlM ^1 fl^TO '
*?rs,
Ayu.'
ah
!
that
is
JTf W.
Satyavati and this
WffrfrfNff,
literally,
cated by Satyavati.'
OQ
this
part of the
speech Katavema observes
:
'indi-
NOTES.
12G
P. 147.
tins is
By
.
P. 148.
1.
*pfeTJT
1.
occupied. P. 148. frft
11.
a
e.
t.
Mark
King.
See atiprdp. 30,
of
part
to the
going up
W ...... mi *wfr
4-6.
fiqFIwff.
1.
11.
the seat
he himself
?rr
...... frurr-
sj'rfr
|
shown by the Urvas'i what the true
the delicacy of feeling here
poet in not making the reason was
is
If*Tg, 'go forth to meet.'
4.
1.
meant that she
to
say
Tfipasf
she was delivering back her trust.
why
Passive infinitive. if
This
is
a
by her absence from
TCtnretift, viz.
remark intended
to
show
that
the hermitage.
not
she wishes
to
be
detained.
This appears to be the time when Urvaa'l
*fo? ^f*T?ff tfj^t.
had told Satyavall that the latter should return the boy See note below to p. 152, 1. 4. P. 149.
11.
^i^T.
T5T
PTC*ff
1-3.
This shows and
tended by the poet to show that after Urvas'i left the As'raraa she had not met Satyavati nor the boy. See suprd p. 18, P. 149.
11.
7, 8.
P. 150.
11.
2-5.
thaka when he
4 and note ad
1.
Jjf^vrrw
gets
is in-
the boy at Jft
loc.
i. e.
Translate: his
to her.
tail,
'Send me that peacock Maniknnthat Manikantaka who feeling
happy by my scratching him about his crest used to go to sleep on my lap.' *T|f literally means on the thigh/ the thighs when '
the legs cross each other in the attitude of squatting. JtffR.
This does not refer to any particular time alone, but
refers to the habit of the peacock.
Conf. Katavema reads
flM*
P. 150.
^
11.
9,
:
says
10
best of wives, so
flPra^f
^fff
W
felR^ 3l&VW
JT^q" ^T. Kanganatha rTvTRR
ftamWHW gR^T 1^:. her
son
Jayauta
is
who
^T.
As
S'nohl
is
the
described as the best of
ACT
Paulomi because a mythe
S'aclii is called
sons-
127
v.
with the daughter of
Demon
a
described to have slain.
See VdlmiJci
identifies
her
Puloma whom Indra
called
is
Rdmdyana Uttara Kanda
8
Adli. 28, St. 20. '
P. 150.
11.
1.
Vtftf,
She does not
weeps.'
cry, for Vidti-
shaka only sees her WrTfT^' P. 151.
11.
Ktitavema
1-6.
:
1%
fp^Rffr
(BJC)
:
'
rf, '
Literally if^fTvffi
tears
when
I
am
exceedingly
when great delight has come '
&c.
|
delighted.'
me.
to
causing another neck-lace of pearls by means of
dropping down over thy
over the breasts.
It
and high hi easts. There round her neck hanging down
full
\vas already a neck-lace of pearls
was superfluous (jTC^ 1^ jw^rsfr
;
)
to
have another.
^rFr^r ftr^Rr^T
JTC^ is
r.
here a sub-
stantive and not an adjective or participle.
P. 151.
11.
PTjqfttfl? soil.
7, 8.
W**
'
condition/ to be under-
stood from the following sentence. ^fl^WrrT'T'T by the mention of the great Indra. The mention referred to is the line
P. 151.
by the
King
condition P. 152.
(
arr.
10.
1.
WT 4.
i.
Observe how
anxiety and
in his
Urvas'i
impatience
is
interrupted
to hear
what the
was.
)
n
^mwrr4r*TWv?r
RwirimRrw
...... Rf^^r.
Here Urvas'l explains both the true reason as also the pretext under which she kept her boy in trust with the ascetics the former was that she wished to put off the des:
tined
separation
from the King
as
long
as possible,
and the
128
NOTES.
latter that she
wished the boy
be educated in the ds'rama of
to
the Rishi.
means that Urvas'i took the him with Satyavati. Her true
Tliis
boy
to
the
and
ds'rama
reason she did not
left
communicate even
The
trust
was made
secretly
charged not to divulge to Urvas'i was
secret that
^FTTKJ
(
tire lie
(p. 144:
1.
communicated ere
7)
to it
he
if
H4
at p.
what severely taken Satyavati
knew
to,
that
the Rishi
that
this with his father,
age already referred
),
is,
who was
Urvas'i's
(
).
Satyavati was
was a Kshatriya boy.
parents of the boy are, for
would have referred
Satyavati,
any one, not even to Chyavana, the the mother of the boy, and Pururavas
the father, further than that he already seen
to
the boy was hers
only admitted to the secret that
We
have
know who
had known his parentage 11. 6,7, and would have
and would not have some-
to task,
for the
the boy as belonging
does not
as he does in the pass-
boy's misconduct.
to Satyavati as a trust
(
He only R&T ) from
some Kshatriya parents. That Satyavati did not know the true reason why Urvas'i had left her boy with her is evident from the fact that she brings the boy at once into the King's presence, which she
have done
if
she
had known
that the
would
not
meeting of the father
and the son was inevitably to be followed by the separation for she would have studiously ever of Urvas'i from Pururavas ;
and delivered back the boy direct to his enable her to conceal him from the King's sight by
averted the meeting
mother, to
keeping him in some other place for the purpose of prolonging life with her earthly husband.
her married
We
to
must suppose, however, that Satyavati was charged not was bring the boy back to his parents until his education
finished
;
a request
that appears
what strange and made
her,
to
we may
have struck her as someimagine, somewhat scepti-
ACT
120
v.
education
cal as to the trueness of the reason
entrusting the
given her for
boy
opinion, for Satyavati's words
(p.
H3
1.1)
we
Satyavati on suspecting the reason which Urvai'i gave her when en-
might have expected her insufficiency in
FTfTffi
ffwrwrfrPR- ...... mfrr%fr, as
of
instead
had
This accounts, in. our ?TPW*T ...... TOlf^ff
to her.
W
that Urvas'i
If
to say.
feel curious and endeavour trusting the boy to her care, did not
to
know by
questioning Urvas'i
we must remember to
be
(hat she
is
or otherwise
the true reason,
an ascetic and as such enjoined
charitable in all her thoughts.
P. 153.
11.
I comforted
5-8.
aTF^ri^WT
by the obtaining of a
force of this particle,
which 'has
commenced/
only just
name and not yet begun to p. 118,
11.
to
'
*TJT ^FJT
is
No
JTOJS^r.
son
than/
that 'the
commenced
be enjoyed,
when.'
it
am
Mark the
^Tr^RHJ?
JRrTSJsSr:
yet, as
sooner
^W.
has
were, only in
^5fKK~, see note
2-5.
The word WflftWT
implies that there was immediately pre-
3 Thesuffering which required consolation ( TP*KHJT). suffering alluded to was the absence of progeny that we havo
vious
seen Vidushaka refer to as the only thing that
unhappy feeling of
(
W^PT^
tfssp?
T
fl'K
%
IFF p. 130,
want of children (^H-RPRR)
to the 3MT5"*r, the
a shower of the
^fto5*fc[WWR*rx to
first
that
is
made the King L
5).
It is this
impliedly compared
iTWsrjfS (the dropping in
rain-cloud after the end of the burning hot
season) and the ffW*T to the stroke of lightning that suddenly and almost immediately after the shower falls upon the tree. Indian students require no note on the phenomenon here referred to which takes place in the early part of the rainy season. P. 154.
11.
good fortune
1, 2.
is
^
of
'awt ar-Wrw^r BJ^t,
turned into a chain
that of the g^hsftft.
the loss
*ff
Urvas'i
'
see
of misfortunes.'
The chain of misfortunes
how
that
^T ^r^TT is
referred to
is
followed by the King's retirement to the
130
NOTES.
The
forest.
idea of 'chain*
S7i
?f%fa
*
succession
I. 22.
ffWfTT
m&
Jlf^T
^ffroT
as
*T^?
is
'now
ir^rTf,
Majesty will put on a bark of a tree of penance.'
'
of one misfortune be derived from the particle *TJ in ^sp-eft.
after another is to
See EagTiuvams a
or
I believe
used in the sense of a future
finite verb,
2 where, however, the participle panied by a future verb. at p. 55, flFCp?
P. 154,
King
1.
WT
3, 4.
'
&o.
Unfortunate
will think that I have done
satisfied
who
11.
)
when
I
now go
into
my
that I am, the
am
business (and
now
Urvas'i means that
son has returned from the hermitage
Ka^avema, however, who
^Frf'TOf, observes
%
?n? (sic.
1
JffiT
W
^RJ
Wtf^'RWOT:.
)
sff^r
But
that her
will think that
she has obtained her end and does not care for him
any longer.
great
selfishly
on finishing his education
Heaven the King
into
accom-
is
Heaven on getting back my sou
has finished his education.'
and now that she will go
His
and will go to the forest
(
the
King
)
reads
Wtf ?W
Ufa
not well
that does
accord
with the sense of the following stanza.
The
particle it
of what the
King
in
*ift
shows that Urvas'i mentions her fear
will think of her as another link of the chain
of misfortunes that Yiclushaka speaks of in the previous speech; as if she were to say,
King
'
this too is
will think that I have done
P. 154. f
f
11.
6,
[ ^:
I
7.
Construe
5hKTWj rf:
another misfortune that the
my
business &c.'
:
5Tf^
m
||
The King here
Urvas'i that he will not think unkindly of
her
from
blame, consoling her that
all
a
position as
it
is
assures
her but will free t
the fault of
her
dependent of Indra and not of her will that she
has to go away. P. 155.
1.
3.
Katavema reads and observes
as
follows
:
JT-
ACT
131
v.
( I )
Mfsrfrj fa^JI
P. 155. fsrar:
:
11.
Svtft
:
aFaFWFH^rftJMFr
sraifr
(sic) nCrT
Kanganatha f ip 8T^ >T^:
*
:
?i4
II
Katavema
5-8.
?
^^T
^^T^ir
^T
^^
^T
I*C
3F
which enables the young
This pre-eminence,' viz.
Gandliadtipa, to overpower other elephants though grown up, which makes the poison of a young snake exceedingly deadly, and which enables the young King to rule over the earth. P. 156. 1. 2. Rf J &c. The splendor of Narada is so great
that his appearance strikes
all
present blind as that of a sudden
flash of lightning.
J ^foc^
Katavema
:"
P. 156.
3.*?TRr.
1.
f
in
is
it
is
!
^TW fl^JT^T vnft
Urvas'i that
\
first re-
a heavenly being and Narada is
heaven than on earth.
P. 156.
11.
5-8.
Ranganatha
:
f
f
from
^q^f
Tfr[r4qrff
Observe that
cognises Narada, because she
more
9
jfrff^RRf
m?T 5^*53?^*?^ tt\
e.
^T
3Ra3R*ffjfao]-5fter
this part of the explanation, see
%.
ROT: ^^Tmrr: TOTO
below)
f r?TTffTfTcf
TWl (we differ
tff
bright yellow like a streak of gold drawn
on a touchstone. '
ajf^rSfRoJffal^f!
as the
new moou
lunar month.
whose sacred thread was
'
i. e,
tho
thin
moon
of
as
the
white and pure first
day
of the
NOTES.
132 '
w hich
n
j
of adornment
beauty
collected by means of wreaths of the best of pearls
The poet does not mean
*JfWT.
by any one
so adorned t.
e.
On
heaven.
but
artificially,
^TfrWI see infra p. 160,
J
kalpavriksha
only makes
For such are
an epitheton ornans.
it
gives
that a
a
is
ever
*fJTrfri%
kalpavriksJias in
10 and note ad
1.
is
'
loc.
'having golden branches* hanging down like the
fJTTO':
goldhewed hair-braids of Narada. P.
156.
sTsfo.
9.
1.
in his
Gargya Narayana
on As'valayaua
Vritti
says
Grihya-Sutra
11.
24.
I.
"^wrr-qfasJ^rginriTefa CSraKT''
snr**
This adjective
.
is
added not to show
that the
kalpa-
but to
vriksha ever goes about
imply that the only difference between a kalpavriksha and Narada is that the latter is mobile
and the other '
is
you have only
goes
about
i.
immovable
tween Narada and that *?7OTTr^p. 70 P. 156.
Urvas'i
1.
1.
10.
that the
to say,
Icalpavriksha
Couf. supra f*IKK?
tree is perfect.'
rt
We
WfTf.
*T 3Tf?
be-
JMRR
must here imagine that
Narada some flowers or other tokens of
water principally (see p. 157
worship
were
as if the poet
7.
offering to
is
;
moment
a
mobile like Narada, and the similarity
is
c.
(^TTT^)
imagine for
to
1.
1)
that lay
at the
by
moment. Narada does not say 5P7J His blessing takes the form of a command to the vsHTJ *Tf[<M:. course of the universe and is not a mere wish, for the gods P. 156.
consider
the
King
1.
12.
frsnFft q^TJTofarTRJ:.
an honor to
it
is
only u
give
^^^1(0*:,
worlds and assigns to the P. 157.
1.
1.
The King puts
W5, his
effect
hand
King
'letting to
as
to his wishes
he has access
;
and
to
him
to all the three
his proper place-
down
UrvasTs
'
scil.
on Narada's
that held
the
water
feet.
and
ACT lets
to
down
show
v.
1.33
contents on Narada's feet.
tlie
The gods and demi-gods
refuse to
woman unaccompanied by may be.
the wife or
P. 157.
1.
3.
This
reception was by both
that the
Katavema:
9
done in order
is
King and
the
be received by a
Urvas'i.
man
a
or
the husband as the
case
TI^[ff]^ff^l^ (?)
Mark again
T.
See note
to p. 156,
P. 157.
1.
4.
arfWTW. one who
the
is
blessing.
12.
1.
'Would
3?fT sffRf Wfi[.
This
of the
imperative force
the form of salutation
is in the position of a
Guru.
On
^IWffT^ see Apastamba's Dharma Sutra
were
that this
a
to
fulfilled
Guru
the manner of
I. 4.
14.
or
!'
to
making
and passim, par-
'
fcSflWffFT*
ticularly
ad
20.
I. 2. 5.
P. 157.
1.
8.
ffSfRar^R. See above, note
P. 158.
1.
2.
Wl^Tr. On TOT
to p. 144,
see supra p. 10,
1.
1
1.
8.
and note
loc.
Mark
the
latter the
difference
between
9FT5TTf%
King, interrupting Narada, substitutes for the former.
P. 158.
1.
4.
predicate and
P. 158.
6.^
1.
In this sentence
&c.
fr^rarcf5TW:
sTfiT2:
an adjective of
Construe
perhaps
7.
1.
f^ 9 T
it is
8 refte T^T.
your partner
more correct to say '
after the sentence
a dart from
Katavema:
immediately after
my
$&
heart.
*T1fp
'
is
the
^" l^:.
'
f^^fKIf,
*Tffr
ir
arice of religious duties.'
P. 158.
and aiWrTTM", which
3& and
^
in
the perform-
?:^ftRWfr
not after
9 Tf ^fT
(sic.
though
that the particle should be taken '
he has, as
it
were,
extracted
NOTES.
134?
P. 158.
Katavema
8.
1.
'
am dependent
I '
i.e.
I
am
:
on the King of the Gods,'
servant and will obey his
his obedient
command
not
to retire to the forest.'
P. 158.
11.
Katavema
10 fgg.
^K[fr
day because is
irfflllr:
its
The notion
||
bright at night because the sun part of
at sun-set leaves
:
3 U*4
his
P. 159.
1.
on
^
Jirmrfa*"
Tf^r
quoted ad
2.tt*rr5THfafa7.
daring day-break and it
and brightness in the
light
J^'Tr
dull
is
when going down the horizon
IV.l, and the s'ruti H[lr5Ifi as
Rambha though
ffarcm'^: (sic.
g5:
that fire
is
brightness enters the sun
Conf. Raghuvaws'a
|
^Hsr
Rang.inatha observes: r?
wtorf?
:
We
present like a spirit
^
^Hf H?f
|
fire.
Pf^f'3 RffH"
^[J^^K5Tf^
|
by Mallinatha.
loc.
must
here
was not
imagine
visible.
that
She was
and presents which Indra himself
the bearer of the provisions
procured and collected (^^l) for the occasion. 159.
1.
5.
Ranganatha who
[^T^mOT^KflRlfr
||
To
may
all juices, all seeds, all flowers, all
It
is
possible there
may
^wff observes
reads
these
be added
all
sacred grasses
be a difference
:
*WKt
food grains,
and so
forth.
between the provisions Us^rfa^ra ) and that of 1
required at the coronation of a
King
an Heir Apparent ( JWTTWfo.) and our notes ad loc. P. 159. ^fhs-
1.
^fru^
6.
14
Ranganatha
:
(
See Bagliuvams'a XVII. 9-28
ACT '
159.
.
8.
1.
*TTC*,
pouring the contents
does personally because that
is
9-28 and our notes ad P. 159.
and
has to be done
by
See Itaghuvams'a XVII.
ftfa:.
loc.
This
iJRTrfec
9.
1.
wff
Brahmans.
of
holiest,
This Narada
of.'
the principal part of the cere-
real essence of the abhishelca,
mony, the the
135
v.
the accusative plural used for
is
the dual, which does not exist in the Prakrits.
P. 160.
Brahma
The
7-10.
11.
divine
sage
Attri
was the
Indu or the Moon was the son of Attri
;
the son of Indu
Each resembled
and King
\
his father
"
Kanganatha
(
that
how he
is
'
&c.
5
Pururavas was the son of Budha. his qualities.
by
W
fR=ff
:
son o
Budha was
|
fceR*qfr
reads
q<<m: S
STfiOT:
)
iEFcilfa
Iff
|
3N:
"
* |
Be
like thy father by thy qualities which For in thy family, highest of all, all blesThe speaker sings have indeed attained their highest pitch.' means that the highest blessing he can wish to the young prince :
are dear to the people.
.
is
that he should
become
father, because all the
like his
bles-
sings he can think of are already in the family. '
arftSTfafr
sense of
3 TI^5nT
P. 160.
'
'
excellent,'
highest,'
conf. supra p. 156,
12 fgg.
11.
1.
the best of
all.'
7 and note
ad
Construe
^T pfaft &o.
:
With
this
loc.
SSffiRf
JTOKT
Conf. Raglmvams'a III. 27,
and our note ad
loc.
STRRt 3^rr^ftT?T: with
Ffar
and
flJTTrl
le. 35T?TRt
and
r>-Tr^^R
WW (
=
"
V?rt:,
should be taken both
JTWfr^: "
see Malliuatlia
on the passage in Eaghuvms'a already referred to) and ^T^f^f^tr with both ^Flr and T5j5r. STO^hr 5T1T, i.e. as opposed to the Sarasvati which never reaches the sea.
136
NOTES.
P. 161.
11.
2, 3.
P. 161.
11.
4,
-were of Urvas'i,
common
to
Katavema
1.
P. 162.
11.
4.
on
this
passage
:
The Apsarases were sisters as and the good fortune ( TW^T: ) was therefore 5.
tfriTCff.
them with
P. 161.
observes
her.
tpret.
1, 2.
ifc
This was doubtless Aus'inari. JTfT4 %^fT^ ?T^rT^r.
aTfalTC
See Kumdra-
sambliava canto XIII.
P. 162.
1.
3.
by pouring
his head with his own hand.
with
water on
WffiC.
Construe
1.
8.
^frjnrfr^t.
P. 162. that
the coronation
See p. 159,
1.
5.
Maghava
is
aKT:
pleased.
'more than this/
viz.
than the fact
APPENDIX
II.
NOTES TO APPENDIX P. 102 A.
It
1.
1.
are
additional passages
Kanganatha .
He
He
may be
observed
I,
once for
included within brackets.
all that the
&c.
R*Tef!
flf^rfr^OTTOf^W^"?
:
reads
goes ou
flftflfr^r
= TOreit^f
for
flf?
f ?.
:
|
mi
flfsrof
m?
*rcfr
P^OTT ^^i^ri
?Rr
^rr
|
^ffrrlf
}:
t|
P. 102 A. as
1.
f^^^rr
4. 1
It is indeed possible to separate
IT^OT^? rlnfc^r &o., so as to turn the stanza
&G. into a speech to be delivered
observe here that this speech, which there
was
to
by is
ChitralekhS,.
Bufc
to indicate
nothing be delivered aside so that Sahajanya might not hear
does not attract Sahajanya's attention,
who
addresses
it,
Chitrale-
2
NOTES.
kha
as if tlie latter
had said nothing.
on the stae.
if genuine the au unseen by person not
Therefore,
stanza must be supposed to be spoken
[lifter
ffR":
i
srer
|
t
I
r
|
nathaP. 102 A.
P. 105 A.
1.
1.
5.
Ranganutha
SaR'fK
&o.
ing after the
is
Conf. also the Guzerathi
*1W, wet.
P. 105 A.
Eananatha
Conf.
This 3&*f
|
tlii
:
11.
Observe here
9-12
prose
spoken by
:
the origin of the Mard-
^j
also,
'
wetted.'
that though as com-
stanza
Clutraleklia the
may be
supposed to form part of the same speech, the following speech of Sahajanya seems to take no notice of the stanza, which must, therefore, be either spurious
or
sung by some one not on the
stage.
P. 106 A.
11.
5-7
Ranganatha |
^I^rUW
3[3ft *\
^
7 ?'^r^r
ifrfrfrOT;
wfe^
|
ir^fflT^H
I
|
iw.
P?^r &c. P. 106 A.
11.
Mark
it
that
stanza, but the
10-12.
is
same
Kananatha
not the king is
that gives
sung aud hoard on the
utterance
to
this
stage before the
APPENDIX king enters the stage, and must, to be
there.
n.
3
therefore, be
supposed either
sung by him just behind the curtain or by some one else In the latter case, however, the usual direction ^T^J
might be expected. 'The forepart
?T5"J0JT &G.
of whose person
trees, flowers, and twigs gathered
decorated
is
and borne
on the
by
forehead
as he proceeds in the forest.
P. 107 A.
"
4
11.
3,
:
I
'
,
with his eyes drenched in
tears.'
Like the Prakrit stanzas that will follow in one
is
how
part of the
little
pose that
s
King
connection
Prakrit
these
long
soliloquy.
bears with the context.
it
this
Observe,
verses have to be
this
however,
Unless
sung
Act
we
by a
sup-
person.
standing behind the curtain, and not being a character appearing
on the
stage,
is difficult
it
to
see
how
they could well
form
parts of the Act.
P. 107 A. that
it
We may
11, 12.
11.
contains nothing but a
Sanskrit
stanza immediately
observe as regards this stanza
repetition
preceding.
of the contents of the
This
is
peculiarly a
characteristic of spurious interpolations.
P. 108 A.
3-7
11.
Ranganatha
)qr (?) ft
ft i
This stanza
^JT^ ^
it
*TO Ttfqrf
I
I
s^F^ %3
:
fr
\
|
Sft^
&c.
^f ^ ^j^Twr? T^f 4
must be admitted has a place of its own, as it where it occurs, though we could very
were, in the context
well do without
it.
It also has
a claim to
liloquy, containing one of the King's
P. 103 A,
11.
ll-lo
ipptt?*T &c,
own
be
part of the so-
sentiments.
Ranganatha:
W^
f
3T
"
NOTES.
The connection
of
stanza with the
this
except the general one that the
King
is
context
is
not clear like the
madly dancing
kalpa-tree.
P. 109 A.
5-7.
11.
TOT:
wvT^r OTflshr:
I
*?:
R^^T
:
|
^r^r^:
^T
He
ff^r
: |
11.
?T*OT j
|
^
|
j
||
^RfK^p
Jr^^nrlrj^r
JT^fr-iTiTf^r
^TOirorc
^tf
zwt
|
is
8-16
&G.
I
T...
:
doubtful.
Kanganatha
fkfsqry^
faw
|
gives the purport of the stanza thus
This, however,
P. 110 A.
:
??T[iT (sic.)
^^q-ft^Tf
I
sic.)
:
Kanganatha
^r
j
:
R'
Wtt fft
(sic-! ff^fsqrj^i tf
5
\
?)
&c
:
(sic.)
|
iff^rfr
is
however, Kauganatha
He
^ ^^
wrong and
ri^}
9*f
??qy^qf*i^
:
I
mW-rf^
S'S
SF^f^Tgt (I)
Observe that there
is
to tsF^^T: in
refers
goes on ^Hfapfaft^Nr'Sf =^4R^r ^[f^T:
T^Ti? ^f
it is likely,
||
?fr?f
|
^oo,
^7
^00,
no connection between the
|
^r
o%
|
|
8.
1.
WFT o
o |
last Sanskrit
1
phrase fnrf^ Jr^fW lines
^Trrff
HJCT^TT
(1.
8)
which
refers to the
peacock,
which are about an elephant
four lines beginning with ^FfT
;
and the
and that the
&c. referring to the peacock are
merely a repetition of the Sanskrit s'loka 3ffi3\w
Wfavar &c.
APPENDIX n. The t^T
and immediate connection
direct
T^rfa and ^fSra * 17
silent
the time
all
verses, and then
dressing the peacock by P. Ill A.
11.
that
of a sudden
all
7-13.
3^^*
his
soliloquy
by ad-
:
573^4
||
where the King
who
re-
&c.
is
of must be some part
reads
f^RT^Tr
so
roaming.
Rangan&tha has the following on the tautology in
Kanganatha
that tbo
mind
somebody repeats the Prakrit
The VidyddharaMnana here spoken called of the forest
between TR"-
we suppose
resumes
Ranganatha
........
clear only
distressed state of his
\
&c.
is
&c., unless
to fatigue or to the
King owing mains
JW^ST
5
^f^Tf
for
TO 3?
says
:
and
^55f?ei^
sic
P. 112 A.I.
?R*^T.
2.
Ranganatha: rli^r
P. 113A. I
11.
v*
AT?*? &c. Ranganatha
2-7.
:
fSfl
&o. I
:
1
^W^UJt^T 7* ^ swiff ........
5t^: 5rfrcfrf^ (?)
&c.
iTCrFf
|
I
rT^r?r4lr 5tt
Mark how abrupt is the introduction ^K^^ &c. after imnr l^lft I
additions appear here, so far
|
as the
ff
%
of the Prakrit verses I
In
fact the Prakrit
context goes, quite out of
NOTES.
6
The
place.
that
context requires
should follow immediately after P. 114 A%:
11.
11-15.
sfonJi
1
I
^rmr^w^:
TU^JTT
(sic.)
I
how
is
(that 5TC:
irtr
fNwWR^f%^f
q?R[
Rr^re^r^^Rf
ft tr^riT
I
^"^
^
It should be noticed that the lines
^
lie
(sic.)
reads)
tf^fl^ir^a^
^^qyrJTrf
OJHRR'T
are so connected with the words arewSRf
&c.
(11.
no connection with the
context, and
least suspiciously anticipatory before
the
36
&c
is
\
to
.
18)
17,
WtKB^Wmtftt:
(11-
35 has
5"?Tr
|
ifr<>ior
10, 11) that they might naturally be expected without the intervention of any more words. low them
J^FR
&<j,
tff?f
aifcroirwr
I
S^RF
\
iR'STET in line 1.
ffcFOT. Ranganatha:
rcrorj d(sic. uO'fa
\
fa*
^Tff fa*r
'^^ fol-
Stanza
to say the
introductory
address
contained in stanza 37. P. 115 A.
11.
12-15.
Kanganatha
^^Rr^frir^j^^r^: 5
:
r-
i
i
Observe that the
words included in brackets have
little
connection with the context and intervene between two portions of the King's speech intimately connected with each other. P. 116 A.
11.
flowing down
8-11.
B a T'*ryj roj T3.
This means that the juice
the elephants' temples attracted to itself by
its
APPENDIX n. winch then hovered about them.
smell the bees
Tho two
line*
do not form a complete stanza by themselves but must be taken
with the
four verses on
first
the next page ?
Wi
&c.
The
compound ^K^fK^f^rjT'ptf should either be taken as a vocative or some such verb as (*WfrJ or Tfwr has to be understood.
*W
P. 116
A.I.
F. 117 A.
11.
?'-4R*^.
17.
1-4.
it
to
Ranganatha appears
He
ia reading ^T for ff.
4 and explains
Rangnnatha:
by ^
1<
also reads Tliis
be more correct
and line
for T* in line 1
'i
may
*M
no more
after all be
than the particle, so frequently met with in old Marathi poetry, where it early ceased to bear any meaning. Thus :
irror
|
i
^
^
jjf
||
^5Tf^rrf r
XI L ^T
Id.
J|
||
3.
-Tt
|
13.
3
srsr T
qf
H 3\
Mukundardja, Vivelcasindhu Adhs. ,
*by a sportive blow;'
t
e
II. III.
by a blow
dealt
with-
out exertiou. '
W}F^F*T*T*W^"?3T'
who
[hy means of her beauty].'
"
Ranganatha takes ^*TfFrfr latos
2^fr ifFCf.
has by far vanquished "
|5T^^^" as being
moon
Eanganatha.
^^
^5?t ^F^f appears to be
the
Fff.
For he trans-
quite correct.
3
NOTES. P. 118 A.
2-4.
11.
Ranganatha
Wf T^r (sic.)
^r^ri: TKH'TK
(sic
J
qfrf
u?^
HW &c.
|
I^Iark that stanza
47 does not
form a necessary part of the
context. P. 110 A. this as
10, 11.
11.
follows
^MPK^fTfim?.
^WUPRr
:
* ,
Rangruiatha
explains
^frHrffT^^^iT^ TOT?"!
whose banks are
as noisy (with the cries of
birds) as those of the heavenly river.'
F, 119 A.
11.
13-18.
Ranganatha
:
In his madness the King supposes that he sea instead of by
from the of the
east,
feed,
and
a ,the
.causing
waters were running
waves
is
standing by the
The wind was blowing
river.
to
rise
fully in
violently
the whole
and strike the banks.
APPENDIX n. made the
The waves
river-birds cry aloud.
rain-clouds
the
e.
t.
is
performing
monsoon clouds are spreading
tions and giving the sky a
Tims
dance.
Meanwhile
a dance.
bank
striking the
time to a
at regular intervals appear to beat the
the sea, he says,
9
in
the
new
all direc-
gloomy appearance.
&c. A dancer throws up hi* hands. So does the sea 2*3NSr throw up its huge waves which are raised by the violent eastern
wind.
We
R? 3?^.
must here suppose
that the
King
appearance of the supposed sea before him, and ing that the clouds over his head that if^t-
body
that
is,
is
refers to the
not
suppos-
the limbs of the sea
are
in our opinion, equivalent, to ^"fifTS 8?^
;
so
'with a
of azure colour.'
is
A
fsfrf^JTf l^fl^aTRrtjT.
dancer
ties to his feet
small bells
or hollow round globules of bell-metal containing small pebbles, that
in
make
a jingling sound as
the course
of his
lie
strikes the enrth with his feet
In the case of the sea the
dance.
feet-
ornament was the flamingo and the conch-shells. It is doubtful what is meant by J'^JT if it is not some bird or some shell that
makes a jingling or rattling
noise.
A
^f^^r^^flOT^iW^TrT^.
dancer
flowers and covers himself with wreaths
of
wears garlands
of
young sprouts
or
In the case of the so-called sea the garlands and wreaths consisted of the black lotuses in the river, at the bottom green leaves.
of whose stalks in their
there were alligators that resembled elephant*
colour.
^fffaspfsT^f "-Tr^Wf
*TW
free
lOTt Tjf fiPT SfOT 3
This seems to
tf:.
incomplete
=
be superfluous,
repetition of the
from the suspicion that
does not seem
first
it is
to refer to the
line.
TO: fo
being
5rT-
merely an
The following
line, if
a later addition (see footnotes),
dancing sea but to be an indepen-
deut description of the cloudy sky that accompanied the dancing.
NOTES.
On
the whole the stanza does appear to be somewhat difficult.
P. 120 A.
14-18.
11.
Ranganatha:
wi ww^v
?rfa*n
the reading of K. It
is
^^JHW^HttTC*W 7FW
that
val phrase qualifying Trf^ffffa and
A.
P. 121
9-12.
11.
I
P. 122 A.
:
.
mm
^ :
9-12.
11.
^r
........
jmrVsr ^:
I
|
1 I7T?rTr
(?)
Jprr^Rl^rarrw*' ?r%
I
^r
i
Kanganatha:
'
,
|
Pianganatha: W'*rnfrR J^fff y *rar5 8 ir?, bufc renders it
He reads like us He adds w^fasrKW^T
P. 121 A.
^fRJf
:
I
i
T:
*rr*Rf J*TJT-
=
Ranganatha
9-12.
11.
There
an adjecti-
is
equivalent to
is
being a bahuvrihi
,
not possible to say what
he does not give the whole stanza.
read, as
Ranganatha is little doubt
is
\
*
fortunately.' literally
by an encounter with [good]
fortune/
With
^*
P. 129 A.
compare the Gujeratht 11.
'
^*,'
'lie puts.'
&c. Trff^T Ranganatha: ?6F^FTh[Rr? whose person is decorated with the hairs that
8-12. '
^^iT^rfer^:,
|
stood on their ends through joy.'
^rRTORsfr 3
W
'
to
whom
ia OrST refers to the
a vimdna
came of its own
vimdna and not to the
v5
Ou ?sPiwr
see note to p. 106 A.
11.
5-7,
accord.'
Tha
LIST OF CORRIGENDA.
At
Page
Line
5
17
For
For (left -hand
Itoful .
prefixes
prefix
column) 6
17
13
10
18
6
00 O
J
omit
S^PfF^
10
28
10
34
14
47
7
.,
33
(left
hand
flrfa*T
column)
.
58
6
^^
59
4
JT=frw
65
5 ]2, 13
81
7
81
29
5
74
(ri glit
HF
hand
column) former
84
9
87
12
100
11
120
13
133
7
103A
12
113A
20
22 A
17
1
.
latter
q^fVRJT
........ T5WHJT
JlIT^} ^
........ JTTfMfl
l
S.ii6k.i i' .
.The YLVrekor-vas
M31937
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
.
/V/!tfr
PJ
-